華嚴經 義疏通講 · 冊20Avataṃsaka Sūtra · Exposition Throughout · Vol. 20
品三十九 入法界品 · 普眼長者(寄善現行)Entering the Dharma Realm · The Elder Universal Eye (Assigned to the Practice of Good Manifestation)
全文五層 →Full five layers →這一節的兩件事:療病與合香
《入法界品》裡的善知識,說法的方式各各不同。到普眼長者這裡,他所說的只有兩件事——一是「我知一切眾生諸病」,二是「我又善知和合一切諸香要法」。前者對眾生,後者對諸佛;前者是往下的,後者是往上的。澄觀科這一段時,正是這樣分的,說授己法界「於中二:先能療病,即下化眾生;後「善男子我又」下明能合香上供諸佛」。
要排一個誤解:這不是一位醫生兼香商在講他的職業。全子一千三百餘字,療病一段裡真正花力氣寫的不是藥方,是四分病觀與十六句正授大行;合香一段裡真正花力氣寫的不是配方,是三願與香雲遍法界。他的職業是入處,不是內容。
落到地上:讀這一節,若停在『他會治病』上,就把這一位讀成了一則行善的故事。經文的重量全在治好之後那一句——「然後各為如應說法」。
寄善現行:這一判是澄觀承古德,不是經文自標
經文從頭到尾沒有說普眼長者是「第六行」。這個位是疏家配的。澄觀科此子開口即說「第六普眼長者,寄善現行」,《演義鈔》釋他何以配此位,說「慧能顯發三諦之理,般若現前故」。李通玄配在十行的同一位上,說「第六精進林菩薩者,此是善現行,主般若波羅蜜門」,並直接舉善財此位之友為證,說「如善財此位中善知識號普眼長者」。
要排一個誤解:以為寄位是經文的層級標示。澄觀自己在本會通論寄位時就說得很持平,說「二皆有理……然無次位中不礙次位」——寄位是一種讀法,不是經文的自判;用它讀得通,不等於經文如此說。
落到地上:知道哪一句是經文、哪一句是疏家的配,是讀《華嚴》最先要練的一件事。本節凡言「第六行」「善現行」處,一律是澄觀與古德的科,不是長者的自稱。
十一句念前,九重無量:從前一位那裡帶走的是什麼
本節起手不寫路,寫的是善財在寶髻長者那裡聽完之後的心。十一句連下——深入、安住、了達、希求、清淨、明利、成就、通達、增長、建立、起;前九句所深入所安住的各冠一個「無量」,末二句不冠:一是「建立菩薩無能勝幢」,一是「起菩薩智照菩薩法」。
為什麼要用「無量」?澄觀就第一句釋得最細,說「無量有二義:一多故,即權智境;二無分量故,即實慧境。境無量故,智亦無量」。一個是數不盡,一個是根本沒有量可說;前者是權智所對,後者是實慧所對。境既無量,能照的智也就無量——這句是倒過來說的:不是智先大,是境本無量。
要排一個誤解:以為這十一句是形容詞的堆疊。逐句看,它們有次第——先深入所證,次安住所行,再了達方便,然後才是希求法門。是先得而後求,不是先求而後得。
落到地上:離開一位善知識之後帶走什麼,經文寫在走路之前。走路的路上帶著的是這十一重,到下一位那裡才問得出話來。
知與見:為什麼要說兩個字
「深入諸佛無量知見」一語,澄觀不放過那兩個字。他先開別義,說「知即是智,見即是慧,即照二境之智慧」;再開通義,說「知見二字俱是如來能證,如實知彼義故,即無障礙智」。
若是通義,兩個字說的是同一件事,那何必重說?澄觀自問自答,說「為揀比知,所以言見。為揀肉眼見,所以云知」——說「見」是要揀掉那種推比而知(見煙知火),說「知」是要揀掉那種只是肉眼看見。他並注明所依,說「此如世親《般若論》釋悉知悉見」。
要排一個誤解:以為這是疏家在摳字。此二字定的是佛之所證的性質——不是推理得來的,也不是感官所及的。少一個字,就會落在其中一邊。
落到地上:自己所謂「知道」的事,可以拿這兩個字量一量——是推出來的,還是看見的,還是兩者都不是而只是聽說。
藤根國與普門城:三個名字,各表一義
國名藤根,城名普門,人名普眼。這三個名字,澄觀一一以般若釋之。國名,他說「夫藤根深入於地,上發華苗。表善現行般若證深能生後得,後得隨物而轉,故取類於藤」——藤的根扎得深,苗才發得上來,蔓才能隨所附而轉;證得深,後得智才能隨物而現。城名,他說「城名普門者,實相般若無所不通故」。人名,他說「長者名普眼者,觀照般若無不見故」。
法藏所據是六十本,名為「實利根」與「普眼妙香」,故其釋不同,說「般若離倒稱理名實,明照生後故名利根」,又說「智照根藥普熏眾生,故以為名」——一個「根藥」,一個「普熏」,正合此子療病與合香兩業。
要排一個誤解:以為表法可以隨意配。二家所配之名雖異,所指之骨相同,都落在般若;而何以落在般若,是因為寄位在善現行。表法是有軌的。
落到地上:讀到經中的地名人名時,可以先照經文讀一遍,再看古德怎麼配——順序不能倒過來。
見依正:城牆與大路也在說法
善財見城的一段只有八個字——「雉堞崇峻,衢路寬平」。澄觀連這八個字也配了。他先解字,說「五板為堵,五堵為雉。堞即女牆」;再立表,說「雉堞崇峻者,般若防非,高而無上也」,說「衢路寬平者,般若諸佛常行非權逕,故蕩然無涯」。城外的百千聚落,他說是「眷屬般若也」。
要排一個誤解:以為這是牽合。牆是防外的,故配防非;路是行走的,故配所行;牆之「崇」配無上,路之「寬平」配非小徑——每一配都取物之用,不是取物之名。
落到地上:般若不是一個空蕩蕩的字。它有防的一面(不容非法入),有行的一面(是諸佛常走的大路),有攝的一面(周圍百千聚落)。三面缺一,讀出來就偏了。
善財問的還是那一句
善財到了,頂禮合掌,說的是「聖者!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,而未知菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?」——與善財向本會多數善友所問同一句。
為什麼善財向多數善友所問同一句?因為所問的不是各家的法門,是同一件事在各家所現的相。法藏科這一段作「見敬申請」,並分為四,說「初求趣作念、二見勝依正、三設敬、四申請」——問之前有三重準備,問只是最後一步。
要排一個誤解:以為重複是經文的省筆。善財向本會多數善友皆用此問,正是要讓所問恆定而所答自別;若每一位問法不同,就看不出各家所答之所以不同。
落到地上:問題問得穩,才聽得出答案的差別。一路換問題的人,聽到的永遠是自己的問題。
稱讚:先印可,後授法
長者開口不是說法,是說「善哉善哉!善男子!汝已能發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心。」澄觀科此為「先讚、後「善男子」下授己法界」,法藏更直接標出其用,說「初歎發心為授法方便」。
要排一個誤解:以為這是客套。法藏一語點破——歎發心是「授法方便」,是授法的第一步而不是授法之前的寒暄。所以要授的法有多深,先要確認來者的心已經發到哪裡。
落到地上:一個真正要教人的人,第一句話往往是確認對方站在哪裡,而不是急著把自己所知傾倒出來。
知病:他所知的病,從風黃痰熱到水火之傷
長者自述的第一件事是知病——「我知一切眾生諸病:風黃痰熱、鬼魅、蠱毒,乃至水火之所傷害。」四類病目:一是身中四大不調(風·黃·痰·熱),二是鬼魅所惱,三是蠱毒所中,四是水火所傷。前一類是內起的,後三類是外來的。
要排一個誤解:以為這一段是在說神通。經文用的字是「我悉能以方便救療」——是方便,不是神變。六十本此處作「隨其所應,皆能𤻲治」,也是同一意思:對什麼病,用什麼法。
落到地上:這一位善友的入處是最實的。他不是先講法界,是先把人身上的痛處接下來。所謂下化眾生,起點在此。
除身病與身樂:治好之後還要給他
第二段寫的不是治,是治好之後。經文說「我皆療治,令其得差」之後,還有一長串——香湯沐浴、香華瓔珞、名衣上服、種種莊嚴、飲食財寶,「悉令充足無所乏短」。澄觀科這一節作「來者皆治兼與身樂」,法藏分得更細,說前面四事之中「初除其身苦、二與其身樂」,並說這兩事「共安樂眾生,亦是攝化方便」。
要排一個誤解:以為布施財物是與正法無關的枝節。法藏那句「亦是攝化方便」正說明它的位置——它不是正授的法,但它是正授之所以能授的條件。
落到地上:一個身上還痛著、還餓著的人,聽不進法。經文的次第是先止痛、次與樂、然後才說法,一步也沒有跳。
治心病(一):四分病觀通於大小乘
治好身之後,「然後各為如應說法」。第一層說的是對治——貪欲多者教不淨觀,瞋恚多者教慈悲觀,愚癡多者教其分別種種法相,等分行者為其顯示殊勝法門。四種人,四種藥。
澄觀在這裡下了一個很要緊的判,說這一層「先明除惑,義通大小」,而下一層十六句「令其成益,此唯大乘」。也就是說,四分病觀不是大乘專有的法——它是共法,聲聞亦修。
要排一個誤解:以為共法就是淺法。共法之所以共,是因為它對治的是一切修行人都有的偏重;長者對來者不先問他是什麼乘,先看他偏在哪一分。
落到地上:對治要對得準。貪重的人修慈悲觀不對症,瞋重的人修不淨觀也不對症——藥錯了,越用越偏。
四觀各有其所以:不淨觀觀身之不淨,貪之所著在淨相,故以不淨破之;慈悲觀與樂拔苦,瞋之所起在惱他,故以與樂息之;分別種種法相辨諸法之相,癡之所迷在不辨,故以分別開之;殊勝法門則不專一偏,三分平等者無一偏可對,故與之以總。李通玄釋本段治病之表法,於煩惱病云「以五停心觀、十波羅蜜治」,並一一配之:風病表想念多者而對以數息,黃病表貪欲多者而對以不淨觀,痰熱病表愚癡多者而對以十二緣生觀,鬼魅病表取著妙相者而對以空觀——其配與經文之四目不全相當(經以分別法相對癡,通玄以十二緣生觀對癡),誌錄不判。
治心病(二):十六句之骨,初五通顯大心行願
除惑之後,經文轉入「為欲令其……」的十六句。澄觀分之為三段,說「有十六句:初五通顯大心行願。次十別明十度之因,感十身之果」,末一句總結。
初五所為者:發菩提心、起大悲意、增長功德、發大誓願、修普賢行。所稱揚者依次為:諸佛功德、生死無量苦惱、修集無量福智、調伏一切眾生、諸菩薩於一切剎一切劫住修諸行網。
要排一個誤解:以為這五句是隨舉。它有次第——先立心(菩提心),次立悲(大悲意),次積資(功德),次立願(大誓願),末立行(普賢行)。心悲資願行,正是大乘之骨。
落到地上:這五句每一句都是『為欲令其某事,故說某法』。說法者所說的內容,是被聽者所需要的果決定的,不是被說者所知的多寡決定的。
治心病(三):十度之因,感十身之果
次十句是本節最整齊的一段。經文之骨在『為欲令其某身,稱揚讚歎某度』——所欲之身在前,所稱讚之度在後;惟句式不一:尸、忍、禪三句作『得…身』,精進句作『獲於…身』,般若句作『顯現…法身』,方便與力、智三句作『現…身』;首句『為欲令其具佛相好』不出「身」字,願之一句『為欲令其為諸眾生住一切劫』則全不及身相。十度依序為檀·尸·忍·精進·禪·般若·方便·願·力·智,十身依序為相好·淨身遍至·清淨不思議身·無能勝身·無與等身·法身·色身·住一切劫·過一切剎·隨心歡喜。
澄觀逐句釋其配之所以,說「施滿他心故相好悅物。戒遍止惡故淨身遍至,忍兼忍理故不思議,進策萬行故無能勝,禪唯一心故無與等,般若照理故顯法身,方便顯用色身可覩,願窮來際住劫無窮,力不可搖悉過一切,智窮事法故隨物成身」。每一配都取該度之性——施是與人,故果在悅物之相好;戒是遍止,故果在遍至之淨身;禪是一心,故果在無與等。
《演義鈔》於疏之配外,別以如來十身一一對此十度:施對相好莊嚴身,戒獲意生身(以遍至故),忍獲威勢身,精進策萬行而成菩提,禪獲福德無等,般若顯法身,方便成化身,願亦成願身,力還成力持,智亦成智身,末一總淨十身。疏之配取經文所出之身相,鈔之對取如來十身之目;同是以十度配十身,而所配之名並不相同。讀時當分二軌,不可併為一說。
要排一個誤解:以為十度感十身是機械的對號。看澄觀的理由就知道不是——他配的是性質,不是次序。忍之所以感不思議身,理由在「忍兼忍理」;不是因為忍排第三、不思議身排第三。
落到地上:修一度而不知其所感之果,容易修成一種習氣;知其所感,才知道自己修的是不是那一度。
治心病(四):末一句與各令還去
十六句之末是「為欲令其獲於究竟淨妙之身,稱揚讚歎永離一切諸不善法」。澄觀判此為總結,說「後一句總離諸惡故,究竟淨妙」——前十句各離一偏,此一句總離一切;前十句各成一身,此一句成究竟之身。
其下「如是施已,各令還去」八字,是療病一段的收束。六十本此處作「我以如是等種種法施,悉令滿足,歡喜而還」,明標「法施」二字。
要排一個誤解:以為「各令還去」是冷淡。長者不留人。法既授了,人就回到自己的處所去修——這是善知識的分寸,教而不攝為己有。
落到地上:一場真正的授受,末了是各自回去。留下來的不是關係,是所受的法。
知香體:九種香與「和合」二字
第二件事從「我又善知和合一切諸香要法」起。所列九香:無等香、辛頭波羅香、無勝香、覺悟香、阿盧那跋底香、堅黑栴檀香、烏洛迦栴檀香、沈水香、不動諸根香。澄觀釋其中三個外來語之義,說「辛頭者,即信度河也。波羅是岸,即彼河岸之香」,說「阿盧那跋底,此云赤色極」,說「烏洛迦者,西域蛇名,其蛇有毒,繞此檀樹故」。
而經文說的重點不在香名,在「悉知調理和合之法」。澄觀就「和合」二字轉入宗義,說「和合者,戒定慧等融無礙故」——香之為用不在單味,在調;三學之為行不在別修,在融。
李通玄於此另立一軌。他先分二層:長者之療病與和香是「實有是行」,不是空設之寓言;其表法則別有所指。就三香言之——辛頭波羅香出於大河之岸,他以之表此位之三空智慧、四辯無礙,如大池涌出四河、潤澤大地而復成大海,戒定慧解脫解脫知見五分法身之香皆生其中;阿盧那跋底香色赤而鮮明,他以之表此位三空四辯無相智慧之光明麗於一切眾生心境,令皆得智慧解脫之香;烏洛迦栴檀香能息蛇之毒熱,他以之表眾生若聞說心境俱空、本無體相而無一法可得之香,信而悟入,則一切煩惱毒熱自然清淨。末以「如是八種智慧香」(照錄其自標之數)總收,說此香熏眾生邪見之識種,令依八正道行而入如來智慧。
要排一個誤解:以為這只是一個好聽的比方。澄觀就此香之「和合」說的是三學:「和合者,戒定慧等融無礙故」;李通玄則就寄位說此子「主般若波羅蜜門」。二造各就一邊而說——一者就香喻明三學之融,一者就寄位標般若之主——古德未把這兩句接成一句話,誌錄不判。
落到地上:修行若只在一味上用力,出來的味道是偏的。和合不是折衷,是每一味都在而互不相礙。
興供起願:三願皆滿
「我持此香以為供養,普見諸佛,所願皆滿」——所滿者三願:救護一切眾生願、嚴淨一切佛剎願、供養一切如來願。澄觀科此為「次興供起願」。三願之向,一向眾生,一向剎土,一向諸佛。
要排一個誤解:以為供佛是求福。經文說得清楚,持香供養所滿的第一願是「救護一切眾生」——供的是佛,願的頭一件卻是眾生。上供與下化在這裡合成一事,不是兩事。
落到地上:一個人所發的願往哪裡去,比他做了什麼更能說明他在修什麼。此處供香之人所發的第一願不在自己身上。
能成大供:一香出無量香
第三層寫供之成就——「一一香中出無量香,遍至十方一切法界一切諸佛眾會道場」,然後是十七個以「香」字冠首的目:香宮、香殿、香欄檻、香垣牆、香却敵、香戶牖、香重閣、香半月、香蓋、香幢、香幡、香帳、香羅網、香形像、香莊嚴具、香光明、香雲雨。澄觀科此為「後能成大供」,並與前二層合說「文處並顯」。
要排一個誤解:以為這是誇張的描寫。看那十七目的排法就知道不是——自宮殿而欄檻垣牆,自門窗重閣而幢幡帳網,最後到光明與雲雨,是自建築之體漸入非形之相。一物遍現而成全法界之莊嚴,這是本經一貫的說法方式。
落到地上:所供之物只是一香,所成之供是遍法界。差別不在物,在持物之人所發的願有多大。
結法名體:我這一門叫什麼
長者自結其法門名——「令一切眾生普見諸佛歡喜法門」。這個名把他兩段業用都收進去了:療病故眾生歡喜,合香故普見諸佛。澄觀在謙己一段點明此義,說「謂身心病除,成二世樂故皆歡喜,以香普供」。
名之異形值得記一筆。六十本作「令一切眾生歡喜普門法門」,法藏並傳一本,說「天竺本云:得令一切眾生喜足普門見佛供養香身法門」。法藏又把此名拆為三事解,說「令眾生歡喜者……利樂眾生故。普門者……燒香普熏嚴法界故。見一切佛者,是所供諸佛故」。三名並存,誌錄不判。
要排一個誤解:以為法門名只是標籤。此名之結構就是此子之結構——歡喜對應下化,普見諸佛對應上供。名一改,讀法就跟著改,所以異本之名要並錄。
落到地上:一個法門的名字若讀得懂,這一段經文的骨也就看見了。
大藥王:六緣皆益,無空過者
結名之後,長者以喻推勝——「如諸菩薩摩訶薩如大藥王,若見、若聞、若憶念、若同住、若隨行往、若稱名號,皆獲利益,無空過者」。六緣:見、聞、憶念、同住、隨行、稱名。下面又進一層,說「若有眾生暫得值遇」,也必令銷滅煩惱、入於佛法、離諸苦蘊、永息生死怖畏、到無所畏一切智處、摧壞老死大山、安住平等寂滅之樂。
要排一個誤解:以為藥王喻是說菩薩神通大。藥之為用,不待人懂得藥性;六緣之中沒有一緣是「解其義」。所比的正是這一點——菩薩之益物不繫於物之能解。
落到地上:這個喻出自一位醫者之口,是他一生本業裡最貼切的一句話。他不是借一個現成的比方,是把自己所知的事推到極處來說別人。
謙己推勝:我只知道這一個
「而我云何能知能說彼功德行?」——一句反問,是本會善友多有的一段。法藏就此類文字歸納出兩種,說「然諸文仰推有二類:一即於自己法門之內更有深細,非己能知,即如此文及前位等;二推異類法門非己能知」。法藏此語是在解脫長者一段(第五住)下說的,所舉之例即彼文,未指普眼屬何類。二類之分如此,誌錄不判。智儼科此段起於「諸大藥王」一語,說「三「諸大藥王」下仰推勝分」。
要排一個誤解:以為這是謙辭。看他推的次第——法藏科此段作四:初舉其人、次總推大益、三別推見益、後結非己分。所推者是那些菩薩之所行,他不能知、不能說。前面他把自己所知的說得極盡,一句不藏;到這裡他說不能知,就不是客套而是實話。
落到地上:說得盡自己所知,才說得出自己所不知在哪裡。二者是同一種誠實。
指示後友:從普眼到無厭足
末了指路——「於此南方,有一大城,名:多羅幢;彼中有王,名:無厭足。」六十本作「城名曰滿幢,王名滿足」,名之異形並錄。從一位以醫術與香行度人的長者,轉到一位現作治罰之相的王。李通玄釋後一位之名,說「救護眾生愛而不捨,名無厭足」。
要排一個誤解:以為善知識是一位比一位高。經文只說「汝詣彼問」,所問的還是那兩句。位次之判是古德所配,經文自身只給了一條路。
落到地上:從善現行到無著行這一轉,是從般若之現轉到方便之入俗。前一位讓人歡喜,後一位讓人怖畏——法之相貌可以相反,所為之事是同一件。
戀德禮辭
「時,善財童子禮普眼足,遶無量匝,慇懃瞻仰,辭退而去。」四事:禮足、遶匝、瞻仰、辭去。此子之禮辭極簡,不像前面幾位那樣列一長串所得。
要排一個誤解:以為簡就是略。本節全篇一千三百餘字,是《入法界品》中極短的一子;短而六段科皆具——趣求、諮問、授法、謙己、指示、禮辭,一段不缺。
落到地上:法之完整不在長短。此子之骨與最長的那幾子是同一副。
承衍
本節之文,向下所開之流有四條線。
其一是名之異形之線。八十本作「普眼」,六十本作「普眼妙香」;智儼《華嚴經孔目章》之善知識序次表亦作「普眼妙香」,並列後友為「有王名滿足」。國名亦然,八十本「藤根」而六十本一系作「實利根」。法門名則有三:八十本「令一切眾生普見諸佛歡喜法門」、六十本「令一切眾生歡喜普門法門」、法藏所傳天竺本「得令一切眾生喜足普門見佛供養香身法門」。名之異形不是誤譯之疑,是所據之本不同;並錄之,不取捨。
其二是「知見」二字之線。澄觀釋此二字時引世親《般若論》;《演義鈔》承之而更廣,並分別、通二義:別依《法華論》,通即《般若論》,而所牒之問答(何以既說悉知又說悉見)即《般若論》之文。其下次引《功德施論》上卷,次引《智論》二十九明十八不共法解脫無減中之問答,更引《瑜伽》八十六、《成實論》第十九〈見知品〉、《俱舍》二十六、《大婆沙》九十五,皆以辨知與見之差別(凡此諸論皆據鈔所引之文)。諸處所論同一事——知與見何以並舉。鈔又於「眷屬般若」處辨般若有五,而判本節具五:城為實相,長者為觀照,釋無量中已有境界,今有眷屬,文字通四。此線出自鈔家自舉之旁證,非本節逐句之釋,誌錄之。
其三是諸家分科之線,各有其軌,誌錄不判。本節之科,澄觀作六段,法藏作五分(勸修·依教趣入·見敬申請·授己法界·仰推勝進分),智儼作三段(勸教進入·依教趣入·正得法界)而於進入中復開七、於自分中復開四,李通玄則於本段別有專釋,分正入當位法門八門、推德昇進四門(照錄其自標之數),又於十行通論中以精進林菩薩·金剛慧世界·解脫眼佛三事夾釋此位;並判此位善知識以般若波羅蜜為主而餘九為伴,就智門則諸位同治,就位門則治隨行寂用不自在障。心病所授之句數,澄觀判十六句而分初五·次十·後一,法藏判十四句而分初三·後十一。障之分目,智儼作報障·定障·細障三層,澄觀作除惑·成益二層。法藏並就香行一段別存一說,云「以梵本中是賣香人故」。此諸異釋皆古德成說。
其四是四十本增明之線。四十本此段獨多一番問答:善財既聞長者說治病之法,即問「我問菩薩所修妙行,云何說此世俗醫方」——所求是菩薩之妙行,何以說世間醫方?長者之答不避此問:菩薩初學修菩提時,當知病為最大障礙;身有疾病則心不安,何能修諸波羅蜜?故菩薩起化,先療其身而後說法、調伏其心。四十本又於知病一段大廣,別開四病、五大性、身器之譬、內外五時、時無自體、飲食知量諸目,後友之名亦作「甘露火」而不作「無厭足」。所謂四病,四十本一一出其主:身病以風黃痰熱為主,心病以顛狂心亂為主,客病以刀杖所傷、動作過勞為主,俱有病以飢渴、寒熱、苦樂、憂喜為主——八十本唯舉病相,不分四病,亦不出其主。身之為器,四十本明其所由:「如是身器由業所持,非自在天之所能作」,亦非自性、非時方所作;是則療身即是就業之所感者而療。內身五時者,嬰孩位心無分別、童幼位能辨是非、壯年位縱貪瞋癡、衰老位眾病所侵、次至死位身壞命終,一一與外器自劫初成至世界壞滅之五時相比。善財於此再問,四十本作「善財白言」「普眼告言」之問答——問「如是五時因何而起?」,長者答「時無自體,分別所成,隨妄業輪,循環無際」:時不自有而隨妄業以現,故智者知病之增損而善達方域所有諸時。又大藥王之緣,四十本作八(見·聞·憶·念·同住·共行·稱名·隨喜),八十本作六。此皆四十本之文,八十本無之;錄之以見異譯所增明者何在,不以之代本經之說。
一位長者,先接人身上的痛,再接人心裡的偏,最後把一香燒成遍法界的供養。所謂般若之「善現」,經文沒有另說一個字。
The Two Matters of This Unit: Curing Illness and Blending Incense
Among the good friends of the chapter Entering the Dharma Realm, each expounds the Dharma in his own way. When we come to the elder Universal Eye, what he expounds is two matters only — the first, “I know all the illnesses of all beings”; the second, “I also know well the essential method of blending all the incenses.” The first faces beings, the second faces the buddhas; the first goes downward, the second upward. When Chengguan outlines this passage, he divides it in just this way, saying of the conferring of his own Dharma realm that “within it there are two: first, the ability to cure illness, which is the transforming of beings below; afterward, from ‘son of good family, I also’ downward, is the clarifying of the ability to blend incense as an offering to the buddhas above.”
A misreading to be cleared away: this is not a man who is both physician and incense merchant talking about his trade. The whole unit runs to something over thirteen hundred graphs; in the passage on curing illness what is really worked at is not prescriptions but the contemplations of the four divisions of illness and the sixteen clauses of the direct conferral of the great practice, and in the passage on blending incense what is really worked at is not formulas but the three vows and the clouds of incense pervading the Dharma realm. His trade is the door he enters by, not the content.
Bringing it to the ground: in reading this unit, if one stops at ‘he can cure the sick’, one has read this friend as a story of good works. The whole weight of the scripture text lies in the one clause that comes after the cure — “then I expound the Dharma for each of them according to what he ought to receive.”
Assigned to the Practice of Good Manifestation: This Judgment Is Chengguan Carrying Forward the Ancient Worthies, Not the Scripture Labeling Itself
From beginning to end the scripture text never says that the elder Universal Eye is “the sixth practice.” This position is matched by the commentators. Chengguan opens his outline of this unit by saying “the sixth, the elder Universal Eye, assigned to the practice of Good Manifestation”; and the Yanyi chao, glossing why he is matched to this position, says “wisdom is able to make manifest the principle of the three truths, and wisdom is present before one.” Li Tongxuan matches the same position among the ten practices, saying “the sixth, the bodhisattva Grove of Vigor: this is the practice of Good Manifestation, presiding over the gate of prajñā-pāramitā,” and directly raises Sudhana’s friend at this position as evidence, saying “as Sudhana’s good friend at this position is named the elder Universal Eye.”
A misreading to be cleared away: taking the assigned position to be a mark of rank set down by the scripture. Chengguan himself, when he discusses assigned positions generally within this assembly, speaks quite evenly, saying “both have their reason … and yet, where there are no graded positions, graded positions are not thereby obstructed.” An assigned position is a way of reading, not the scripture’s own judgment; that it reads well by this means does not amount to the scripture saying so.
Bringing it to the ground: knowing which sentence is scripture and which is the commentators’ matching is the first thing to be practiced in reading the Avataṃsaka. Wherever this exposition speaks of “the sixth practice” or “the practice of Good Manifestation,” it is without exception the outline of Chengguan and the ancient worthies, and not the elder’s own name for himself.
Eleven Clauses of Recalling, Nine Layers of the Measureless: What He Carried Away from the Previous Friend
This unit does not open by writing the road; it writes the mind Sudhana had after he finished listening at the place of the elder Jewel Topknot. Eleven clauses run down in a row — entering deeply, abiding securely, penetrating, seeking after, purifying, making bright and keen, accomplishing, penetrating, making grow, setting up, giving rise — and in the first nine what is entered and what is abided in are each crowned with the one word “measureless,” while the last two are not: one is “setting up a bodhisattva’s banner that none can surpass,” the other “giving rise to the knowledge of a bodhisattva so as to illumine the things of a bodhisattva.”
Why use “measureless”? Chengguan glosses the first clause most finely of all, saying “the measureless has two senses: first, because it is many, which is the object of provisional knowledge; second, because it has no measure at all, which is the object of real wisdom. Because the object is measureless, knowledge too is measureless.” The one is what cannot be counted; the other is what has no quantity to speak of at all. The former is what provisional knowledge faces, the latter what real wisdom faces. Since the object is measureless, the knowledge that illumines it is measureless too — and this sentence is said in reverse: it is not that knowledge is first made great, but that the object is measureless from the start.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking these eleven clauses for a heap of adjectives. Read clause by clause, they have an order — first entering deeply into what is realized, next abiding securely in what is practiced, then penetrating the skillful means, and only then seeking after the Dharma gates. It is first gaining and afterward seeking, not first seeking and afterward gaining.
Bringing it to the ground: what one carries away on leaving a good friend, the scripture writes before it writes the walking. What is carried along the road is these eleven layers; only so is there a question to be asked when he reaches the next friend.
Knowing and Seeing: Why Two Words Are Needed
Of the phrase “entering deeply into the measureless knowing and seeing of the buddhas,” Chengguan does not let those two words pass. He first opens their distinct sense, saying “knowing is knowledge, seeing is wisdom, that is, the knowledge and wisdom that illumine the two objects”; then he opens their common sense, saying “the two words knowing and seeing are both the realizing power of the Tathāgata, since he knows that meaning as it truly is, which is unobstructed knowledge.”
If they are taken in the common sense, the two words say one and the same thing — then why say it twice? Chengguan asks and answers himself, saying “to set apart knowing by inference, therefore he says seeing; to set apart seeing with the eye of flesh, therefore he says knowing” — saying “seeing” is meant to set aside the kind of knowing that infers by comparison (seeing smoke, one knows there is fire), and saying “knowing” is meant to set aside the kind that is only seen with the eye of flesh. And he notes what he rests upon, saying “this is as Vasubandhu’s Bore lun glosses ‘knows in full and sees in full.’”
A misreading to be cleared away: taking this for a commentator picking at words. These two words fix the character of what a buddha realizes — it is not arrived at by reasoning, nor is it within the reach of the senses. Take away either word and one falls to one side.
Bringing it to the ground: what one calls one’s own ‘knowing’ can be measured against these two words — is it inferred, or is it seen, or is it neither of the two but only something heard.
The Country of Vine Root and the City of Universal Gate: Three Names, Each Signifying One Sense
The country is named Vine Root, the city Universal Gate, the man Universal Eye. These three names Chengguan glosses one by one by way of wisdom. Of the country’s name he says “now the root of a vine enters deep into the ground, and above it puts forth flowers and shoots. This signifies that in the practice of Good Manifestation the realization of wisdom is deep and so can give birth to what is subsequently attained, and what is subsequently attained turns with things — hence the likeness is taken from the vine” — the vine’s root strikes deep, and only so do the shoots come up, and only so can the tendrils turn with whatever they cling to; realization being deep, subsequently attained knowledge can manifest along with things. Of the city’s name he says “the city is named Universal Gate because the wisdom of true reality is nowhere it does not pass through.” Of the man’s name he says “the elder is named Universal Eye because contemplating and illumining wisdom is nowhere it does not see.”
What Fazang rests upon is the sixty-fascicle version, where the names are “True Sharp Root” and “Universal Eye Wondrous Fragrance,” and so his gloss is different: he says “wisdom leaves error behind and accords with principle, hence named True; it illumines clearly and gives birth to what comes after, hence named Sharp Root,” and again “his knowledge illumines the faculties and the medicine, and everywhere perfumes beings, and from this the name is taken” — the one a ‘the faculties and the medicine’, the other a ‘universal perfuming’, which answer exactly to the two occupations of this unit, curing illness and blending incense.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that symbolic matching may be done as one likes. Though the names the two masters match are different, the bone they point to is the same, and both come down upon wisdom; and the reason they come down upon wisdom is that the assigned position is the practice of Good Manifestation. Symbolic matching runs on rails.
Bringing it to the ground: when one comes to a place-name or a person’s name in a scripture, one may first read it through as scripture, and only then look at how the ancient worthies matched it — the order cannot be reversed.
Seeing the Dependent and the Proper: The City Wall and the Great Road Are Expounding the Dharma Too
The passage in which Sudhana sees the city has only eight graphs — “the low parapets stood high and steep, the great roads were broad and level.” Even these eight graphs Chengguan matches. He first glosses the words, saying “five boards make a wall-length, five wall-lengths make a parapet-course; a parapet is the low wall”; then he sets up the symbol, saying “that the low parapets stand high and steep is that wisdom guards against wrong, being high and unsurpassed,” and saying “that the great roads are broad and level is that wisdom is what the buddhas constantly walk and is no expedient bypath, hence it is open and boundless.” Of the hundred thousand villages outside the city he says they are “the wisdom of the retinue.”
A misreading to be cleared away: taking this for forced matching. A wall guards against what is outside, and so is matched to guarding against wrong; a road is walked, and so is matched to what is walked; the wall’s “height” is matched to the unsurpassed, the road’s “broad and level” to its being no narrow path — every matching takes the use of the thing, not the name of the thing.
Bringing it to the ground: wisdom is not an empty word. It has a side that guards (it does not let what is contrary to the Dharma in), a side that walks (it is the great road the buddhas constantly travel), and a side that gathers in (the hundred thousand villages all around). Lacking any one of the three, one’s reading goes to one side.
Sudhana Asks the Same Question as Before
Sudhana arrives, bows and joins his palms, and what he says is “Holy one! I have already raised the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, but I do not yet know how a bodhisattva is to study the bodhisattva practice, and how he is to cultivate the bodhisattva path?” — the same question that Sudhana puts to most of the good friends of this assembly.
Why does Sudhana put the same question to most of the good friends? Because what is asked is not each master’s own Dharma gate, but the one same matter as it appears in each master. Fazang outlines this passage as “seeing, paying respects, and making the request,” and divides it into four, saying “first, the thought of going in search; second, seeing the surpassing dependent and proper; third, paying respects; fourth, making the request” — before the question there are three layers of preparation, and the asking is only the last step.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking the repetition for the scripture economizing on words. Sudhana puts this question to most of the good friends of this assembly, precisely so that what is asked may stay constant while what is answered differs of itself; if each friend were asked differently, one could not see why what each answers is different.
Bringing it to the ground: only when a question is asked steadily can one hear the differences in the answers. One who keeps changing the question hears nothing but his own question forever.
Praising: First the Confirmation, Then the Conferral of the Dharma
What the elder says first is not the Dharma; it is “it is good, it is good! Son of good family! You have been able to raise the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi.” Chengguan outlines this as “first the praising, and afterward, from ‘son of good family’ downward, the conferring of his own Dharma realm,” and Fazang marks out its use still more directly, saying “first, praising the raising of the mind, as a skillful means for conferring the Dharma.”
A misreading to be cleared away: taking this for courtesy. Fazang puts his finger on it in a phrase — praising the raising of the mind is a “skillful means for conferring the Dharma,” the first step of conferral and not small talk before it. And so, however deep the Dharma to be conferred, one must first make sure how far the mind of the one who comes has been raised.
Bringing it to the ground: a person who truly means to teach another most often begins by making sure where the other is standing, rather than hurrying to pour out what he himself knows.
Knowing the Illnesses: The Illnesses He Knows, from Wind, Bile, Phlegm, and Fever to Harm by Water and Fire
The first matter the elder relates of himself is knowing illnesses — “I know all the illnesses of all beings: wind, bile, phlegm, fever; ghosts and sprites; venomous magic; and even harm done by water and fire.” Four classes of illness: first, the four great elements out of balance within the body (wind · bile · phlegm · fever); second, affliction by ghosts and sprites; third, being struck by venomous magic; fourth, harm by water and fire. The first class arises within, the latter three come from without.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking this passage for talk of supernormal powers. The words the scripture uses are “I am able to rescue and cure them all by skillful means” — skillful means, not miraculous transformation. The sixty-fascicle version here has “according to what each requires, he is able to cure them all,” which is the same sense: for such an illness, such a method.
Bringing it to the ground: the door this good friend enters by is the most solid of all. He does not begin by expounding the Dharma realm; he begins by taking up the sore places in a person’s body. What is called transforming beings below has its starting point here.
Removing Bodily Illness and Giving Bodily Ease: After the Cure There Is Still the Giving
The second passage writes not the curing but what comes after the cure. After the scripture says “I treat them all so that they are restored to health,” there follows a long string — bathing in fragrant water, fragrant flowers and necklaces, fine garments and choice robes, every kind of ornament, food and drink and goods and treasures — “so that all of them are supplied in full and lack nothing at all.” Chengguan outlines this section as “all who come are cured, together with the giving of bodily ease,” and Fazang divides it more finely, saying that of the four matters that come first, “the first is removing their bodily suffering; the second is giving them bodily ease,” and saying that these two matters “together bring beings to ease, and are likewise a skillful means of gathering and transforming.”
A misreading to be cleared away: taking the giving of goods and property for a side-branch unrelated to the true Dharma. Fazang’s phrase “are likewise a skillful means of gathering and transforming” states exactly its place — it is not the Dharma directly conferred, but it is the condition on which the direct conferral can be conferred at all.
Bringing it to the ground: a person whose body still hurts and who is still hungry cannot take in the Dharma. The order of the scripture is: first stop the pain, next give ease, and only then expound the Dharma — not one step is skipped.
Curing the Illnesses of the Mind (1): The Contemplations of the Four Divisions of Illness Run Through Both the Great and the Small Vehicles
After the body is cured, “then I expound the Dharma for each of them according to what he ought to receive.” The first layer speaks of counteragents — for those in whom greed and desire are heavy, the contemplation of impurity; for those in whom anger is heavy, the contemplation of kindness and compassion; for those in whom delusion is heavy, teaching them to distinguish the many kinds of marks of things; for those who act in equal parts, revealing the surpassing Dharma gate. Four kinds of person, four medicines.
Here Chengguan makes a judgment of great importance, saying that this layer “first clarifies the removing of delusion, and in sense it runs through both the great and the small,” while the sixteen clauses of the next layer “bring them to accomplish benefit, and this is the Great Vehicle alone.” That is to say, the contemplations of the four divisions of illness are not a Dharma belonging to the Great Vehicle alone — they are a shared Dharma, and hearers cultivate them too.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that a shared Dharma is a shallow Dharma. What makes a shared Dharma shared is that it counteracts the leanings that every practitioner has; the elder does not first ask the one who comes which vehicle he belongs to, but first looks at which division he leans toward.
Bringing it to the ground: a counteragent must be matched exactly. For one heavy in greed, the contemplation of kindness and compassion does not meet the illness; for one heavy in anger, the contemplation of impurity does not meet it either — with the wrong medicine, the more it is used the further one leans.
Each of the four contemplations has its own reason. The contemplation of impurity contemplates the body’s impurity: what greed clings to is the mark of the pure, and so it is broken by impurity. The contemplation of kindness and compassion gives joy and draws out suffering: what anger arises from is the vexing of others, and so it is stilled by the giving of joy. Distinguishing the many kinds of marks of things discerns the marks of things: what delusion is confused about is precisely the failure to discern, and so it is opened by distinguishing. The surpassing Dharma gate is not directed at any single leaning: one who acts in equal parts has no one leaning to be met, and so what is given him is the whole. Li Tongxuan, glossing the symbolism of the curing of illness in this passage, says of the illnesses of affliction that they are “cured by the five contemplations that halt the mind and by the ten perfections,” and matches them one by one: the illness of wind signifies those in whom thought and recollection are heavy, met by counting the breath; the illness of bile signifies those in whom greed and desire are heavy, met by the contemplation of impurity; the illness of phlegm and fever signifies those in whom delusion is heavy, met by the contemplation of the twelvefold arising by conditions; the illness of ghosts and sprites signifies those who cling to wondrous marks, met by the contemplation of emptiness — his matchings do not answer in every respect to the four items of the scripture text (the scripture meets delusion with the distinguishing of the marks of things, while Tongxuan meets it with the contemplation of the twelvefold arising by conditions). Recorded without adjudication.
Curing the Illnesses of the Mind (2): The Bone of the Sixteen Clauses, the First Five Displaying the Great Mind, Practice, and Vow in Common
After the removing of delusion, the scripture turns into the sixteen clauses of “so that they may …”. Chengguan divides them into three parts, saying “there are sixteen clauses: the first five display in common the great mind, practice, and vow. The next ten separately clarify the causes of the ten perfections, bringing about the fruit of the ten bodies,” with the last clause as a general conclusion.
What the first five are for: raising the mind of awakening, giving rise to the intent of great compassion, making merit and virtue grow, raising the great vow, cultivating the practice of Samantabhadra. And what is extolled, in order: the merit and virtue of the buddhas, the measureless suffering and distress within birth and death, the gathering and cultivating of measureless merit and virtue and knowledge, the taming and subduing of all beings, the bodhisattvas abiding in all lands and all kalpas and cultivating the net of practices.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking these five clauses for a random selection. They have an order — first the mind is set up (the mind of awakening), next compassion (the intent of great compassion), next the provisions are gathered (merit and virtue), next the vow is set up (the great vow), and last the practice is set up (the practice of Samantabhadra). Mind, compassion, provisions, vow, practice: this is precisely the bone of the Great Vehicle.
Bringing it to the ground: every one of these five clauses is of the form ‘so that they may do such a thing, therefore he expounds such a Dharma’. What the expounder expounds is settled by the fruit the listener needs, not by how much the expounder happens to know.
Curing the Illnesses of the Mind (3): The Causes of the Ten Perfections, Bringing About the Fruit of the Ten Bodies
The next ten clauses are the most evenly ordered passage in this unit. The bone of the scripture text is ‘so that they may gain such a body, he extols and praises such a perfection’ — the body desired coming first, the perfection praised coming after; only the sentence forms are not uniform: the clauses of discipline, forbearance, and meditation read ‘obtain such a body’, the clause of vigor reads ‘gain such a body’, the clause of wisdom reads ‘make manifest such a Dharma body’, and the three clauses of skillful means, powers, and knowledge read ‘manifest such a body’; the first clause, ‘so that they may become fully endowed with the marks and signs of a buddha’, does not bring out the word “body” at all, while the clause of the vow, ‘so that they may abide in all kalpas for the sake of beings’, does not touch on the mark of a body at all. The ten perfections in order are giving · discipline · forbearance · vigor · meditation · wisdom · skillful means · vows · powers · knowledge; and the ten bodies in order are the marks and signs · the pure body reaching everywhere · the pure and inconceivable body · the body none can surpass · the body to which nothing is equal · the Dharma body · the form-body · abiding in all kalpas · passing through all lands · gladdening according to the mind.
Chengguan glosses clause by clause the reason for each matching, saying “giving fulfills the minds of others, hence the marks and signs that delight what they meet. Discipline stops evil everywhere, hence the pure body reaching everywhere; forbearance takes in the forbearance of principle as well, hence the inconceivable; vigor spurs on the myriad practices, hence none can surpass; meditation is single-minded, hence nothing is equal to it; wisdom illumines principle, hence it makes manifest the Dharma body; skillful means makes the function manifest, hence the form-body can be beheld; the vow reaches to the limit of the future, hence abiding in kalpas without end; power cannot be shaken, hence it passes through all; knowledge exhausts things and dharmas, hence the body is formed according to what beings are.” Every matching takes the nature of that perfection — giving is giving to others, and so its fruit is in the marks and signs that delight what they meet; discipline is stopping everywhere, and so its fruit is in the pure body that reaches everywhere; meditation is single-mindedness, and so its fruit is in what nothing equals.
Besides the matching made in the commentary, the Yanyi chao matches the ten bodies of the Tathāgata one by one to these same ten perfections: giving to the body adorned with marks and signs; discipline to the gaining of the body born of mind (since it reaches everywhere); forbearance to the gaining of the body of majestic power; vigor to the urging on of the myriad practices and so the accomplishing of awakening; meditation to the gaining of merit that nothing equals; wisdom to the manifesting of the Dharma body; skillful means to the accomplishing of the transformation body; the vow to the accomplishing also of the body of vow; power to the becoming again of the sustaining of power; knowledge to the accomplishing also of the body of knowledge; and the last one purifies all ten bodies together. The commentary’s matching takes the marks of body that the scripture text itself brings out, while the Chao’s takes the items of the ten bodies of the Tathāgata; both match ten perfections to ten bodies, but the names matched are not the same. In reading, the two tracks are to be kept apart and not run together into one account.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that the ten perfections bringing about the ten bodies is a mechanical numbering off. Look at Chengguan’s reasons and one sees it is not — what he matches is nature, not order. The reason forbearance brings about the inconceivable body lies in “forbearance takes in the forbearance of principle as well,” not in forbearance standing third and the inconceivable body standing third.
Bringing it to the ground: to cultivate one perfection without knowing the fruit it brings about is to risk cultivating it into a mere habit; knowing the fruit it brings about, one knows whether what one is cultivating is that perfection at all.
Curing the Illnesses of the Mind (4): The Last Clause, and Letting Each of Them Return
The last of the sixteen clauses is “so that they may gain the ultimate, pure, and exquisite body, I extol and praise the leaving behind forever of all unwholesome things.” Chengguan judges this to be the general conclusion, saying “the last clause is the general leaving behind of all evils, hence ultimate, pure, and exquisite” — the ten clauses before each leave behind one leaning, this one clause leaves behind all of them; the ten clauses before each accomplish one body, this one clause accomplishes the ultimate body.
The eight Chinese characters that follow, “when the giving has been done in this way, I let each of them return,” are the gathering-in of the passage on curing illness. The sixty-fascicle version here has “with such and such kinds of giving of Dharma I bring them all to fullness, and they return rejoicing,” marking out plainly the words “giving of Dharma.”
A misreading to be cleared away: taking “I let each of them return” for coldness. The elder does not keep people. The Dharma having been conferred, a person goes back to his own place to cultivate it — this is a good friend’s sense of measure: he teaches and does not gather people to himself as his own.
Bringing it to the ground: a true conferring and receiving ends with each going back. What is left behind is not the relationship but the Dharma received.
Knowing the Substance of the Incenses: Nine Incenses and the Two Graphs for Blending
The second matter begins from “I also know well the essential method of blending all the incenses.” The nine incenses listed: the incense without equal, the sindhu-pāra incense, the unsurpassed incense, the incense of awakening, the aruṇavatī incense, the hard black sandal incense, the uraga sandal incense, the aloeswood incense, the incense that stirs none of the faculties. Chengguan glosses the sense of three of these foreign words, saying “sindhu is the river Indus. Pāra is the bank — the incense of the bank of that river,” saying “aruṇavatī, this means red at its utmost,” and saying “uraga is the name of a snake of the Western Regions; that snake is venomous, and it coils about this sandal tree.”
But the weight of what the scripture says lies not in the names of the incenses; it lies in “knowing in full the method of preparing and blending them.” Upon those two graphs for blending, Chengguan turns into sectarian doctrine, saying “blending is the perfect and unobstructed fusion of discipline, concentration, and wisdom” — the use of incense lies not in a single note but in the blending; the practice of the three trainings lies not in cultivating them separately but in their fusion.
Li Tongxuan sets up another track here. He first divides two layers: the elder’s curing of illness and blending of incense are, in his words, “truly such a practice,” not an allegory set up out of nothing; what they symbolize is something further. Of the three incenses: the sindhu-pāra incense comes from the bank of a great river, and he takes it as symbolizing the wisdom of the three emptinesses and the four unobstructed eloquences at this position — like the great lake gushing forth four rivers, moistening the great earth and becoming again a great sea, wherein the incense of the five-part Dharma body (discipline, concentration, wisdom, liberation, and the knowing and seeing of liberation) is all born; the aruṇavatī incense is red and bright in color, and he takes it as symbolizing how the light of the signless wisdom of the three emptinesses and four eloquences at this position shines upon the mind-realms of all beings, so that all gain the incense of the liberation of wisdom; the uraga sandal incense can quiet the venom and heat of the snake, and he takes it as symbolizing that if beings hear the incense of the teaching that mind and object-realm are alike empty, without substance or mark from the first and with no single dharma to be got, and believe and awaken into it, then all the venom and heat of the afflictions is of itself made pure. He gathers all in at the last with “these eight incenses of wisdom” (his own figure recorded as it stands), saying that this incense perfumes the seeds in the consciousness of beings’ wrong views and causes them to practice in accordance with the eightfold noble path and so to enter the Tathāgata’s wisdom.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking this for no more than a pleasant simile. On the “blending” of this incense what Chengguan speaks of is the three trainings: “blending is the perfect and unobstructed fusion of discipline, concentration, and wisdom”; Li Tongxuan, for his part, speaks with respect to the assigned position, saying that this unit “presides over the gate of prajñā-pāramitā.” The two masters each speak from one side — the one clarifying by the simile of incense the fusion of the three trainings, the other marking by the assigned position that wisdom presides — and the ancient worthies did not join these two sentences into one; recorded without adjudication.
Bringing it to the ground: if cultivation puts all its strength on a single note, the flavor that comes out is lopsided. Blending is not compromise; it is that every note is present and none obstructs another.
Raising the Offering and Giving Rise to Vows: Three Vows All Fulfilled
“When I take this incense and make it an offering, I everywhere see the buddhas, and the vows I have raised are all fulfilled” — and what is fulfilled is three vows: the vow to rescue and guard all beings, the vow to adorn and purify all buddha-lands, the vow to make offerings to all the tathāgatas. Chengguan outlines this as “next, raising the offering and giving rise to vows.” The three vows face in three directions: one toward beings, one toward lands, one toward the buddhas.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking the offering to the buddhas for the seeking of blessings. The scripture says it plainly: the first vow fulfilled by holding incense and making offering is “to rescue and guard all beings” — what is offered to is the buddhas, but the first item of the vow is beings. Making offerings above and transforming below are here made into one matter, not two.
Bringing it to the ground: where a person’s vows are aimed says more about what he is cultivating than what he has done. The first vow of the one who offers incense here is not aimed at himself.
Accomplishing the Great Offering: One Incense Brings Forth Measureless Incense
The third layer writes the completion of the offering — “from each single incense there are born measureless incenses, which reach everywhere to all the Dharma realms of the ten directions and to the sites of awakening where all the buddhas gather with their assemblies” — and then come seventeen items each crowned with the word for incense: palaces of incense, halls of incense, railings of incense, walls of incense, parapets of incense, doors and windows of incense, storeyed pavilions of incense, half-moon ornaments of incense, canopies of incense, banners of incense, pennants of incense, curtains of incense, nets of incense, images of incense, ornaments of incense, light of incense, clouds and rain of incense. Chengguan outlines this as “afterward, the accomplishing of the great offering,” and speaks of it together with the two layers before it as “where they stand in the text is evident in each case.”
A misreading to be cleared away: taking this for exaggerated description. Look at the way the seventeen items are arrayed and one sees it is not — from palaces and halls to railings and walls, from doors and windows and storeyed pavilions to banners, pennants, curtains, and nets, and at the last to light and to clouds and rain: it moves from the substance of buildings gradually into what has no form. One thing manifesting everywhere and thereby completing the adornment of the whole Dharma realm is the way this sūtra expounds throughout.
Bringing it to the ground: what is offered is but a single incense; what is accomplished is an offering that pervades the Dharma realm. The difference lies not in the thing but in how great the vow is of the one who holds it.
Concluding with the Name and Substance of the Dharma Gate: What My Gate Is Called
The elder concludes with the name of his own Dharma gate — “the Dharma gate of causing all beings everywhere to see the buddhas and rejoice.” This name gathers both of his working occupations into itself: because he cures illness, beings rejoice; because he blends incense, they everywhere see the buddhas. Chengguan makes this sense plain in the passage on humbling himself, saying “that is, the illnesses of body and mind being removed, the ease of the two worlds is accomplished, and so all rejoice; and by incense the offering is made everywhere.”
The variant forms of the name are worth noting. The sixty-fascicle version has “the Dharma gate of the universal gate that causes all beings to rejoice,” and Fazang further transmits another version, saying “the Indian text has: the Dharma gate of the fragrant body of offering, of seeing the buddhas by the universal gate, that causes all beings to be glad and satisfied.” Fazang also opens this name into three matters, saying “as for causing beings to rejoice … it is because he benefits and gladdens beings. As for the universal gate … it is because burning incense perfumes everywhere and adorns the Dharma realm. As for seeing all the buddhas, they are the buddhas to whom the offering is made.” Three names stand together; recorded without adjudication.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking the name of a Dharma gate for a mere label. The structure of this name is the structure of this unit — rejoicing answers to transforming below, seeing the buddhas everywhere answers to offering above. Change the name and the reading changes with it, and this is why the names in the different versions must be recorded together.
Bringing it to the ground: if one can read the name of a Dharma gate, one has also seen the bone of this passage of scripture.
The Great King of Medicines: Six Conditions All Benefit, and None Passes By in Vain
After concluding the name, the elder points to the superior by a simile — “as for the bodhisattva-mahāsattvas, they are like a great king of medicines: whether one sees him, or hears of him, or holds him in mind, or dwells together with him, or goes along following his practice, or utters his name, all of these gain benefit, and not one of them passes by in vain.” Six conditions: seeing, hearing, holding in mind, dwelling together, following his practice, uttering his name. Below this he goes a layer further, saying “if there are beings who only for a moment are able to meet with him,” that too will surely cause them to melt away the afflictions, to enter the Dharma of the buddhas, to leave behind the heaps of suffering, to put an end forever to the terrors of birth and death, to reach the place of omniscience where there is nothing to fear, to shatter the great mountain of old age and death, and to abide in the bliss of equal quiescence.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking the simile of the king of medicines to say that a bodhisattva’s supernormal power is great. The use of a medicine does not wait upon a man’s understanding its properties; among the six conditions there is not one that is ‘understanding its meaning’. What is likened is exactly this — a bodhisattva’s benefiting of things does not hang upon whether things can understand.
Bringing it to the ground: this simile comes from the mouth of a physician, and it is the aptest sentence in his whole life’s trade. He does not borrow a ready-made comparison; he pushes what he himself knows to its utmost in order to speak of another.
Humbling Himself and Pointing to the Superior: I Know Only This One
“But how could I know, how could I expound, such a practice of merit and virtue as theirs?” — a single rhetorical question, a passage that many of the good friends of this assembly have. Fazang draws out of this class of text two kinds, saying “yet in all these texts the looking up and pointing to the superior is of two kinds: first, that within one’s own Dharma gate there is something still deeper and finer which is not within one’s own knowing, as in this text and the positions before it; second, pointing to a Dharma gate of a different class as not within one’s own knowing.” Fazang says this beneath the passage on the elder Liberation (the fifth abode), and the example he raises is that text; he does not state to which kind Universal Eye belongs. The division into two kinds stands thus; recorded without adjudication. Zhiyan outlines this passage as beginning from the phrase “the great kings of medicines,” saying “third, from ‘the great kings of medicines’ downward is the part of looking up and pointing to the superior.”
A misreading to be cleared away: taking this for modesty. Look at the order of what he points to — Fazang outlines this passage in four: first it raises the person, next it points in general to the great benefit, third it points separately to the benefit of seeing, and last it concludes that it is not within his own share. What is pointed to is what those bodhisattvas practice, which he cannot know and cannot expound. Before this he has expounded what he himself knows to the utmost, hiding not a sentence; when he says here that he cannot know, it is not courtesy but the plain truth.
Bringing it to the ground: only one who can expound to the end what he knows can state where what he does not know lies. The two are one and the same honesty.
Pointing to the Next Friend: From Universal Eye to Never Satiated
At the last he points out the road — “south of here there is a great city named Tāla Banner; in that city there is a king named Never Satiated.” The sixty-fascicle version has “a city named Full Banner, a king named Fully Satisfied”; the variant forms of the names are recorded together. From an elder who delivers people by the art of medicine and the practice of incense, we turn to a king who manifests the appearance of punishment. Li Tongxuan glosses the name of the latter, saying “rescuing and guarding beings, he loves and does not let go — hence named Never Satiated.”
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that each good friend is higher than the last. The scripture says only “go to him and ask,” and what is asked is still the same two questions. The judging of rank is what the ancient worthies matched; the scripture itself gives only a road.
Bringing it to the ground: this turn from the practice of Good Manifestation to the practice of non-attachment is a turn from the manifesting of wisdom to the entering into the common world by skillful means. The one friend makes people rejoice, the next makes them afraid — the appearances of the Dharma may be opposite, while what is being done is one and the same.
Cherishing His Virtue and Taking Leave
“At that time Sudhana the youth bowed to the feet of Universal Eye, circumambulated him measureless times, gazed up at him earnestly and with longing, took his leave, and departed.” Four matters: bowing to his feet, circumambulating, gazing up, taking leave. The leave-taking of this unit is of the barest, not like those of several friends before, which set out a long string of what was gained.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking bareness for abridgment. This whole unit runs to something over thirteen hundred graphs and is one of the very short units in the chapter Entering the Dharma Realm; yet short as it is, all six sections of the outline are present — going in search, inquiring, conferring the Dharma, humbling himself, pointing onward, taking leave — not one section is missing.
Bringing it to the ground: the completeness of a Dharma does not lie in length. The bone of this unit is the same frame as that of the longest units of all.
Lineage
For the text of this unit, four lines are opened downward.
The first is the line of the variant forms of names. The eighty-fascicle version has “Universal Eye,” the sixty-fascicle version “Universal Eye Wondrous Fragrance”; the table of the order of the good friends in Zhiyan’s Huayan jing kongmu zhang likewise has “Universal Eye Wondrous Fragrance,” and lists the next friend as “a king named Fully Satisfied.” So too with the country’s name: the eighty-fascicle version has “Vine Root,” while the line of the sixty-fascicle version has “True Sharp Root.” As for the name of the Dharma gate there are three: the eighty-fascicle version’s “the Dharma gate of causing all beings everywhere to see the buddhas and rejoice,” the sixty-fascicle version’s “the Dharma gate of the universal gate that causes all beings to rejoice,” and the Indian version transmitted by Fazang, “the Dharma gate of the fragrant body of offering, of seeing the buddhas by the universal gate, that causes all beings to be glad and satisfied.” The variant forms of names are not a suspicion of mistranslation; they are a difference in the versions relied upon. They are recorded together, without selecting between them.
The second is the line of the two words knowing and seeing. When Chengguan glosses these two words he cites Vasubandhu’s Bore lun (the Treatise on the Prajñā); the Yanyi chao carries this forward and widens it, and divides the distinct from the common sense: the distinct rests on the Fahua lun (the Treatise on the Lotus), the common is the Bore lun, and the question and answer it quotes (why, having said he knows in full, it further says he sees in full) is the text of the Bore lun. Below this it next cites the first fascicle of the Gongde shi lun, next the question and answer in the twenty-ninth fascicle of the Zhi lun (the Treatise on Great Wisdom) on the undiminished liberation among the eighteen unshared dharmas, and further the eighty-sixth fascicle of the Yuqie, the nineteenth fascicle of the Chengshi lun in its chapter on seeing and knowing, the twenty-sixth fascicle of the Jushe, and the ninety-fifth fascicle of the Da poshalun, all to set out the difference between knowing and seeing (all of these treatises are given as the Chao cites them). All these places discuss the one matter — why knowing and seeing are raised together. The Chao further, at the place of the wisdom of the retinue, sets out that wisdom is of five kinds and judges that all five are present in this unit: the city is true reality, the elder is contemplating and illumining, the object-realm was already there in the gloss on the measureless, here there is the retinue, and letters run through all four. This line comes from the corroborations the author of the Chao himself raises, and is not a gloss on the clauses of this unit one by one; it is recorded here.
The third is the line of the various masters’ divisions of the outline, each having its own rails; recorded without adjudication. As for the outline of this unit, Chengguan makes six sections, Fazang five parts (exhorting to cultivate · entering in accord with the teaching · seeing, paying respects, and making the request · conferring his own Dharma realm · the part of looking up and pointing to the superior in advancing), Zhiyan three sections (exhorting and teaching to proceed and enter · entering in accord with the teaching · truly gaining the Dharma realm), opening the entering again into seven and the portion of his own share again into four, while Li Tongxuan has besides a gloss dedicated to this passage, dividing it into the eight gates of directly entering the Dharma gate of the present position and the four gates of pointing to virtue and advancing (his own figures recorded as they stand), and also glosses this position within his general discussion of the ten practices by way of three matters, the bodhisattva Grove of Vigor, the world Adamantine Wisdom, and the buddha Eye of Liberation; and he judges that the good friend of this position has prajñā-pāramitā as the host with the remaining nine as companions, that under the gate of knowledge all the positions cure alike, and that under the gate of position what is cured is the obstruction of not being free in the quiescence and the functioning that follow upon practice. As for the number of clauses conferred in curing the illnesses of the mind, Chengguan judges sixteen clauses and divides them as first five · next ten · last one, while Fazang judges fourteen clauses and divides them as first three · last eleven. As for the divisions of the obstructions, Zhiyan makes three layers, the obstruction of retribution · the obstruction of concentration · the subtle obstruction, while Chengguan makes two layers, removing delusion · accomplishing benefit. Fazang moreover preserves a separate view on the passage of the practice of incense, saying “because in the Sanskrit text he is a seller of incense.” All these divergent glosses are the settled teachings of the ancient worthies.
The fourth is the line of what the forty-fascicle version clarifies in addition. In this passage the forty-fascicle version has besides one exchange of its own: having heard the elder speak of curing illness, Sudhana asks, “I asked about the wondrous practice a bodhisattva cultivates; why do you speak of these worldly medical arts?” — what is sought is a bodhisattva’s wondrous practice, so why speak of the medicine of the world? The elder’s answer does not evade the question: when a bodhisattva first studies and cultivates awakening, he should know that illness is the greatest obstruction; if the body has disease the mind is not at ease, and how then should one cultivate the perfections? Therefore when a bodhisattva sets about transforming others he first cures their bodies, and only afterward expounds the Dharma and brings their minds under discipline. The forty-fascicle version further greatly widens the passage on knowing illness, opening out separately the four illnesses, the five great natures, the simile of the body as a vessel, the five periods of the inner body and the outer vessel, the absence of any self-nature in time, and the knowing of measure in food and drink; and the next friend’s name there is “Nectar Fire” rather than “Never Satiated.” As for the four illnesses, the forty-fascicle version brings out what governs each: illness of the body is governed by wind, bile, phlegm and heat; illness of the mind by madness and distraction of mind; illness from without by wounds from blade and staff and overexertion in action; illness belonging to both together by hunger and thirst, cold and heat, pain and pleasure, sorrow and joy — while the eighty-fascicle version raises only the forms of illness, neither dividing them into four nor bringing out what governs them. As for the body as a vessel, the forty-fascicle version makes plain whence it comes: “this vessel of a body is sustained by karma; it is not what Īśvara is able to make,” nor is it made by self-nature, or time, or place; and so to cure the body is to cure what karma has brought about. As for the five periods of the inner body: in the state of the infant the mind makes no discriminations; in childhood one can tell right from wrong; in the prime of life one gives rein to greed, hatred and delusion; in decrepitude the many illnesses press in; and next comes the state of death, where the body breaks up and life ends — each set against the five periods of the outer vessel, from the forming of the aeon to the destruction of the world. Here Sudhana asks again, the forty-fascicle version setting it out as an exchange, “Sudhana said” and “Universal Eye told him” — the question, “from what do these five periods arise?” and the elder’s answer, “time has no self-nature; it is made by discrimination, and turns with the wheel of deluded karma, circling without end”: time is not of itself but appears along with deluded karma, and so the wise one knows the waxing and waning of illness and understands well the seasons that belong to each region. And as for the conditions of the great king of medicines, the forty-fascicle version has eight (seeing · hearing · remembering · calling to mind · dwelling together · practicing together · invoking the name · rejoicing along), the eighty-fascicle version six. All of this is the text of the forty-fascicle version, and the eighty-fascicle version has none of it; it is recorded here so as to show where the other translation clarifies in addition, and not so as to stand in place of what the present scripture says.
An elder first takes up the pain in a person’s body, then takes up the leaning in a person’s mind, and at the last kindles a single incense into an offering that pervades the Dharma realm. As for the “Good Manifestation” of wisdom, the scripture text says not one further word.
品三十九 入法界品 · 無厭足王(寄無著行)Entering the Dharma Realm · King Never Satiated (Assigned to the Practice of Non-Attachment)
全文五層 →Full five layers →這一節為什麼刺眼
前十六位善友,善財到了都能問、都能得答。到這第十七位,情況變了:善財遠遠看見的,是一位國王在正殿上用刑——斷手足、截耳鼻、挑目、斬首、剝皮、解體、湯煮、火焚、推落高山,而經文自己下了一個譬,說那號叫之聲「譬如眾合大地獄中」。善財看了就疑,疑到不敢求法。
要排一個誤解:這不是經文寫壞了,也不是後人竄入的異段。全子一千六百餘字,前半近八百字寫的正是這個「看」,後半王自己一句一句拆給他聽——八十本王之直說是「化作惡人造諸罪業受種種苦」:造罪的人是化的,受苦的人也是化的。至於行罰者自身亦是變化,八十本此處未出此語,四十本則明云「及彼能治暴惡眾生,皆是變化」,李通玄亦讀作其王「化現其身自作惡業受種種苦」。也就是說,這一位善知識的授法方式,就是先讓人看見一件他無法接受的事。
落到地上:讀這一節,若急著跳過前半去看「如幻解脫」四個字,就把這一節最要緊的東西丟了。善財那個疑,是這一節的門。
念前友之教:走路的時候心裡在做什麼
一子開頭不是走路,是憶念。經文說善財「憶念思惟善知識教」,念的內容是三句:「能攝受我,能守護我,令我於阿耨多羅三藐三菩提無有退轉。」攝受是收進來,守護是不讓失,不退轉是往前不回頭——三句正好是一位善知識對學人所作的三件事。
然後生起十七種心:歡喜、淨信、廣大、怡暢、踊躍、欣慶、勝妙、寂靜、莊嚴、無著、無礙、平等、自在、住法、遍往佛剎、見佛莊嚴、不捨十力。澄觀《演義鈔》釋此云「有十七心,初歡喜為總、餘十六別」——第一個歡喜是總,後十六是別,逐一配義:淨信是「信樂聞法」,廣大是「下化上求」,怡暢是「法樂怡神」,踊躍是「勇求進趣」,欣慶是「欣慶所得」,勝妙是「悲智雙流」,寂靜是「不取不生」,莊嚴是「以德嚴飾」,無著是「不著萬境」,無礙是「不礙起修」,平等是「物我齊均」,自在是「不被心使」,住法是「無住而住」,遍往佛剎是「稱理普周」,見佛莊嚴是「見佛相嚴」,不捨十力是「不捨佛智」——十六別逐一有配,無一心是虛設。
這十六配義不是十六個名目並列,是一條次第:從信樂聞法起,因聞而能下化上求,因下化上求而得法樂怡神,因法樂而勇求進趣,因進趣而欣慶所得;至悲智雙流,自利利他才並行。其下不取不生、以德嚴飾、不著萬境、不礙起修四者,就所修之相說;物我齊均以下,已是無著行之正相——不被心使、無住而住、稱理普周,末歸於見佛相嚴與不捨佛智。
要排一個誤解:以為這十七心是文飾。看第十個「無著心」——澄觀判本節寄無著行,這一心在此處出現,是後面全部文字的預告。
落到地上:兩位善知識之間的那段路,不是空白。這一節告訴你那段路上該做什麼——把上一位給的教,一句一句念過。
趣求後友:多羅幢城與無厭足之名
經文說他「漸次遊行,經歷國土、村邑、聚落,至多羅幢城」。城名與王名,古德各有所釋,而所釋不同。
澄觀釋城名云「言多羅者,此云明淨」,又分釋「幢」字說「幢者建立,表無著行依般若淨,明立勝行故」——多羅是明淨,幢是建立,合起來表這一位的無著之行依於般若之淨而建立勝行。李通玄釋此云「城名多羅幢者,此名明淨,約化主立名」——同取明淨之義,而不分釋二字,且說此名是就化主(此王)而立。
王名之釋,二家分歧更明。澄觀釋此云「王名無厭足者,如幻方便,化無所著,故無疲厭心」——因為所化本是幻,能化亦無所著,所以化到多久都不生疲厭。李通玄則云「王名無厭足者,利生無厭故,因行成名」——因為利益眾生沒有厭倦,是就因地之行而得此名。前者從所化之空立名,後者從能化之悲立名。二說並存,誌錄不判。
落到地上:一個名字可以有兩種讀法,而兩種都通。讀古德之釋要習慣這件事。
諸人答王之政:先聞其政,後見其人
善財沒有直接見王,先問路人。這一問一答不是過場。澄觀釋此云「既入其國,必聞其政」——進了一個國,總先聽見這個國怎麼治。
眾人所答的是這位王的正面:「宣布法化,調御眾生,可治者治,可攝者攝,罰其罪惡,決其諍訟,撫其孤弱」,而其教化之目就是十善——身三(永斷殺、盜、邪婬)、語四(禁止妄言、兩舌、惡口、綺語)、意三(遠離貪、瞋、邪見)。
要排一個誤解:以為眾人這段話與後面的刑罰相矛盾,所以其中必有一段是假的。不是。經文的次第正是:先讓你聽見一個以十善治國的王,再讓你看見他在斷人手足。矛盾是經文自己設下的,答案在後半。
落到地上:這一段是本節的伏筆。眾人所說的「皆令永斷殺、盜、邪婬」,與王後來所說的「令諸眾生,捨十惡業,住十善道」是同一件事——只是手段令人難以接受。
見勝依正:先寫他的座,再寫他的身
見敬諮問一科,澄觀分為四支:「一見勝依正、二「其前後有」下覩其逆化、三「善財見已」下不了生疑、四「作是念時」下空天曉諭。」第一支就是這一段。
所謂依正,依是所依之處(座、蓋、宮室),正是能依之身(王身之嚴)。經文先寫座:那羅延金剛之座,無數寶為足,無量寶像為嚴,金繩之網覆其上。再寫身:如意摩尼為冠嚴其首,閻浮檀金作半月嚴其額,帝青摩尼為耳璫,無價摩尼為瓔珞嚴其頸,天妙摩尼為印釧嚴其臂。末寫蓋:金為蓋,眾寶為輪輻,大琉璃為竿,光味摩尼為𪗇,雜寶為鈴常出妙音,放大光明周遍十方。
要排一個誤解:以為這一段是鋪張。看它的方向——自座而首、而額、而耳、而頸、而臂、而蓋,大體自座而上,而頸後轉臂、臂後歸蓋,非一路單調上行;而末句是「放大光明周遍十方」。這一段所寫的不是奢華,是果報之相,正為後文王那一問「云何而得如是果報」預先鋪好。
落到地上:這一段每讀一句,都要記著後面那一問。看的時候不知道為什麼要看,讀到後面才知道全是證據。
覩其逆化:所犯者六,所罰者九
第二支。經文先寫王之勢與其前之猛卒:「阿那羅王有大力勢,能伏他眾,無能與敵」,一萬大臣共理王事,十萬猛卒「形貌醜惡,衣服褊陋,執持器仗,攘臂瞋目,眾生見者無不恐怖」。
再寫犯者所犯,六事:盜他物、害他命、侵他妻、生邪見、起瞋恨、懷貪嫉。再寫所罰,九刑:斷手足、截耳鼻、挑其目、斬其首、剝其皮、解其體、湯煮、火焚、推落高山。犯六而罰九,兩組排比相對而下。
「逆化」二字是澄觀的科名,意思是以違逆之相行教化。要排一個誤解:以為「逆化」是說這位王行得不對而經文替他辯護。不是。逆是就所現之相說——現的是逆,作的是化。這兩個字把整段的性質先定住了,然後才容許善財去疑。
落到地上:讀到這裡若不覺得刺眼,反倒是沒讀進去。經文自己說了「發聲號叫,譬如眾合大地獄中」,它要你聽見那個聲音。
不了生疑:善財為什麼在這裡疑
第三支。善財所念的是四句:我為利益一切眾生而求菩薩行修菩薩道;此王滅諸善法作大罪業逼惱眾生乃至斷命;他竟不顧懼未來惡道;那麼我怎能在他這裡求法、發大悲心救護眾生。
澄觀在這裡問了一個好問題:善財既然常憶前教,為什麼還疑?他釋此云「然善財雖常憶教,而生疑者,逆行難知故」——逆行本來就難懂。又進一步分判善財之疑何以此處起而前不起:「貪益此世,不疑婆須;瞋癡現損,故勝熱、此王並生疑怪。」婆須蜜多所現似違戒律,然其所與者是當世之益,故善財不疑;勝熱婆羅門之火聚刀山與此王之刀鋸,現前是損,故疑。
要排一個誤解:以為善財之疑是他修行不夠。澄觀的判正相反——疑之所以起,在境之難知,不在人之不肖。經文把善財這一疑原原本本寫下來,是替一切讀者寫的。
落到地上:讀經讀到不能接受的地方,先照這一節的辦法:把疑如實承認,不強壓,也不因疑而走。善財是站在原地疑的。
空天曉諭(一):先叫他回頭念前一位的教
第四支,澄觀分為二層:「於中二:先令憶前教真實,使不生疑」,這是第一層。
空中之天只說了一句:「善男子!汝當憶念普眼長者善知識教。」不解釋,不辯護,只叫他回頭。善財答「我常憶念,初不敢忘」——他確實在念,念了還是疑。
要排一個誤解:以為這一天人是替王說情的。看他所說的內容——他沒有一句話是講這位王的,講的全是善知識這件事本身。第一句叫他念前教,第二句叫他「莫厭離善知識語」,理由是「善知識者能引導汝至無險難安隱之處」。
落到地上:疑起的時候,第一步不是去解那個疑,是先回到已經確定的地方站住。前一位善知識所給的教,是善財已經確定的東西。
空天曉諭(二):七種不可思議之智
第二層,澄觀云「後「善男子菩薩善巧」下辨後行深玄,令其信入」。天人所舉是七事,每一事都綴一個「智」字:善巧方便智、攝受眾生智、護念眾生智、成熟眾生智、守護眾生智、度脫眾生智、調伏眾生智,皆不可思議。
這七事逐一有其位置,不是同義反覆。善巧方便智是能設一個法子的智——法子從何處立。攝受眾生智是能把人收進來的智——收不進來,其餘皆無從說起。護念眾生智是收進來之後不令其失的智。成熟眾生智是令其善根長到可收之時的智——未熟而收,即傷。守護眾生智是於其將退之處為之遮護的智。度脫眾生智是令其出於所繫的智。調伏眾生智是能折其剛強的智——本節之王所現,正落在這最後一件上。七事各綴一個「智」字,是說這七件都不止是好心,是量:好心人人可有,量則非下位所能測。法藏就六十本此七句別有一分判:「二明菩薩所作玄密之中,初二句巧智難思、後五句業用難思,謂迹違行順,非下位測量故云也。」——七句之中,初二句所難思者在巧智,後五句所難思者在業用;巧智是能設之智,業用是所作之事。而所以難思,法藏繫於「迹違行順」四字:所現之迹是違,所行之實是順,違順兩不相掩,故非下位所能測量。八十本此處七事逐事綴一「智」字,六十本則作菩薩方便·菩薩智慧·攝取眾生·調伏眾生·教化眾生·愍念眾生·度脫眾生而不綴;法藏所分之初二句與後五句,正就六十本此一列而說。
「深玄」二字,澄觀有一句斷語:「言深玄者,通達非道故。」通達非道,是說於非道之中而能通達——這是本節全部關節之所在。《演義鈔》把疏這一段析為五節:「一總標令信;二「然善財」下,徵其疑心;三「逆行」下,出其疑意;四「貪益」下,通其伏難;五「言深玄」下,示其深玄,先標、後證,可知。」
要排一個誤解:以為「不可思議」是搪塞之詞,等於說『別問了』。不是。天人所舉的七事全是攝受眾生一邊的事——方便、攝受、護念、成熟、守護、度脫、調伏,沒有一件是講神通境界的。他是在告訴善財:你所看見的那件事,屬於這七件之中的哪一件,你現在還量不到。
落到地上:疑不能解的時候,先確定這件事屬於哪一類。屬於利生之事,就先不急著定它的罪。
善財敬問:疑除而王事未明
善財聽了就走進去,「頂禮其足」,稱他「聖者」,問的還是全會那同一問:我已先發菩提心,而未知菩薩云何學菩薩行、云何修菩薩道。澄觀於此只下一句:「二「時善財」下敬問,可知。」
要排一個誤解:以為天人已替王辯白,善財才敢禮足。經文沒有這樣寫。天人並沒有告訴他這位王是清白的,只告訴他菩薩之智不可思議;澄觀說這一段是「令其信入」,李通玄科為「善財疑除往詣王所」——所除的是不敢往之疑,所信的是善知識之語。至於王究竟在做什麼,天人一字未說,要到入宮之後王自己來答。
落到地上:對善知識的敬,不必等到自己完全懂了才給。這一節把這個次第寫得很清楚——先敬,後懂。
授法方便:執手同坐
王的第一個動作不是說法,是「執善財手,將入宮中,命之同坐」。澄觀在此下了一句很重的話:「執手同坐,示無間之儀,表攝彼加行令趣真故。」
無間之儀,是說沒有隔閡的禮數——不是王對民,是同坐。而所表者是「攝彼加行令趣真」:把學人的用功收攝過來,令他趣向真實。
要排一個誤解:以為執手同坐只是禮貌。看它出現的位置——正在王尚未自陳、善財所見之逆相尚未得解的時候。所謂授法方便,方便就在這個動作裡:先讓那個曾怕他的人與他同坐,王之所行才有可能開口說明。
落到地上:前面九刑是身體,這裡執手也是身體——同一雙手。
舉果令入:先看宮殿
王說的第一句話是「汝應觀我所住宮殿」。澄觀判正示法界一科有四支,此為第一:「於中四:一舉果令入。」
善財所見:宮殿廣大無比,皆妙寶合成,七寶為牆,百千眾寶為樓閣,摩尼寶網羅覆其上;十億侍女端正殊絕,威儀進止皆悉可觀,凡所施為無非巧妙,先起後臥軟意承旨。
要排一個誤解:以為這是誇富。舉果令入四字說得很準——舉的是果,用意是令他入。這一段所列的每一樣,都要在下一段被王拿去當作反證。
落到地上:善財這時候還不知道自己在看什麼。經文讓他先看,再問——與海幢比丘那一子的次第相同:先見,後知。
以實顯權:這樣的惡業,怎麼會有這樣的果報
第二支。澄觀云「二「時阿那羅王告善財」下以實顯權」。王的問法是反詰:「我若實作如是惡業,云何而得如是果報、如是色身、如是眷屬、如是富贍、如是自在?」
推法是這樣的:惡業與這五樣果報不相應;而這五樣果報現前可見;所以那個惡業不是實作。以現前之實(果),顯所現之權(因)——這就是「以實顯權」四字。
要排一個誤解:以為這是以富貴自證清白,等於說『我過得好所以我沒罪』。不是。所依的不是富貴本身,是業果不相欺這一條。若真作了那些業,果報必不如此——這一推的力量全在業果之理,不在富貴之相。
落到地上:王沒有直接說『那些人是我變的』。他讓善財自己從果推回去。自己推出來的,才進得去。
示其所得(一):如幻解脫之名
第三支,澄觀分三節:初釋名、次明業用、後明勝益。此為第一節。
王自道:「善男子!我得菩薩如幻解脫。」澄觀釋此名云「初名如幻者,了生如幻,故以幻化幻」——了知眾生本自如幻,所以用幻去化幻。「以幻化幻」四個字裡有兩個「幻」:所了者是眾生之幻,所用者是方便之幻。
要排一個誤解:以為「如幻」是說一切都不算數,所以殺人也無妨。經文自己堵死了這條路——後面王明說「我身、語、意未曾惱害於一眾生」。如幻不是取消因果,是說能化者於所化之中無實惱害。
落到地上:這一節的法門名,是善財這一路上少數幾個一聽就懂、細想就難的名字。難處在:懂了名,還要看它怎麼用。
示其所得(二):法門業用,惡人是化的
第二節,澄觀云「次「我此國」下明法門業用」。王自己交代得極清楚,分三句:
一、所對之機——「我此國土所有眾生,多行殺、盜乃至邪見,作餘方便不能令其捨離惡業」。別的方便都試過了,不行。二、所用之方便——「我為調伏彼眾生故,化作惡人造諸罪業受種種苦」。造罪的人是化的,受苦的人也是化的。三、所得之效——令一切作惡眾生見了以後「心生惶怖,心生厭離,心生怯弱」,於是斷其所作一切惡業,發菩提心。
此處八十本止於「化作惡人」一句;四十本則於此段之末別下一句總收,明所見之造惡受苦者與能治彼暴惡者「皆是變化」——連行罰的那一邊也一併收進所化之中。八十本無此一句,讀時當知其分際。
澄觀在辨深玄一段早已判定此子屬何種逆行:「此有二種:一實行、二變化。」而本節屬後者——「言變化者,即當此文。下王自說。」最後四個字最要緊:這不是疏家替經文找的說法,是經文自己在此處說出來的。
要排一個誤解:以為前半所寫的刑罰是真有其人受苦。經文此處自破——受苦者與造罪者同是所化。真正在看的、真正受用的,是那些「作惡眾生」。
落到地上:所以前半那一段的功能是給人看的,不是給人受的。而第一個被它嚇到的人,正是善財。
法門勝益:從捨十惡到住一切智地
第三節,澄觀云「後「我以如是」下明法門勝益」。經文三層:「捨十惡業,住十善道」是第一層,「究竟快樂,究竟安隱」是第二層,「究竟住於一切智地」是第三層。
要排一個誤解:以為此王之化止於使人守法。看這三層的末一層——一切智地是佛之智地。從嚇止一件惡事起手,而所歸在一切智,中間不斷。這與開頭眾人所說的「皆令永斷殺、盜、邪婬」正好前後相扣:眾人看見的是第一層,王自說的是三層。
落到地上:一個方便能不能用,不只看它當下有沒有效,還要看它通到哪裡。這三層就是這一節給的尺。
直顯實德:一蚊一蟻
第四支。澄觀云「四「善男子我身語」下直顯實德慈念之深」。前面三支都在說法門,這一支說的是這個人的心。
經文兩句:「我身、語、意未曾惱害於一眾生」;「如我心者,寧於未來受無間苦,終不發生一念之意與一蚊一蟻而作苦事,況復人耶!人是福田,能生一切諸善法故。」
前半九刑是刀鋸鼎鑊,這裡是一蚊一蟻;前半是加於人身,這裡是「一念之意」。經文用最極端的兩頭把這一節扣住:能作那樣可怕之相的人,連一個蚊子都不肯使它受苦,而寧可自己受無間之苦。四十本於此更推一層,說自憶念乃至夢中未曾一念心生放逸,何況覺時而殺人——以夢與覺相對,把不害之誓推到意識最不受管束的地方;八十本無此一層。
澄觀又就位補一句通判:「然諸位至七皆方便故,休捨觀自在,開敷樹華,多約慈悲。」十住之第七休捨、十迴向之第七觀自在、十地之第七開敷樹華,與此十行之第七,四位之友多從慈悲立相。
要排一個誤解:以為這一段是自我表白,可有可無。這一段是本節的心臟。沒有它,前面的「如幻」只是一套說詞;有了它,如幻才落在一個具體的慈悲上。
落到地上:判一個方便是不是真方便,看施設者自己肯不肯代受。這一句「寧於未來受無間苦」,就是那個判準。
謙己推勝:無生忍是由了如幻而證的
經文說「我唯得此如幻解脫」,然後舉他菩薩之所得:得無生忍,知諸有趣悉皆如幻、菩薩諸行悉皆如化、一切世間悉皆如影、一切諸法悉皆如夢,入真實相無礙法門,修行帝網一切諸行,以無礙智行於境界,普入一切平等三昧,於陀羅尼已得自在——而我怎麼能知能說他們的功德之行。
澄觀於此下一句釋:「第四謙己推勝。推勝云無生忍者,由了如幻方證此忍故。」推勝所推的是無生忍,而所以推此忍,正因為此忍是由了達如幻而證的——推的不是不相干的別的德,是自己這一門所通向的那個果。
無生忍與四喻之外,經文更列五事,逐一皆有所指。「入真實相無礙法門」是所入之門:於真實之相而不為之所礙。「修行帝網一切諸行」是所修之行:帝網是帝釋天宮之寶網,珠珠互現,重重無盡,以之狀諸行之互相涉入——不是修完一行再修一行,是一行之中具一切行。「以無礙智行於境界」是能行之智:境界不礙智,智亦不壞境界。「普入一切平等三昧」是所住之定:一切法平等無二,故其定亦無所不入。「於陀羅尼已得自在」是所持之力:陀羅尼即總持,持而不失,且於持中得自在,不為所持之法所使。法藏判此推勝之文為三分——初一句總推,下九句別顯幻等之甚深,後一句結非己分;澄觀則就無生忍一句下判「由了如幻方證此忍故」。合二家所判可見:所推之諸句不是平列的功德清單,是「幻」這一義往深處推出去的層層。
要排一個誤解:以為謙己是客套。看四喻的次第:如幻是有趣(眾生所往),如化是諸行,如影是世間,如夢是諸法——由眾生而行、而器界、而一切法,範圍一層一層放大。王所得的如幻,是這四喻裡的第一個;他所推的,是四喻全備而更入無礙法門的那些人。謙得有分寸,因為算得清楚。
六十本一子與八十本出入不一,自首至末,可並看者凡七處,今逐處列之。
其一,念教之心。八十本作十七心,六十本作十六心,自「得大歡喜心」起至「不捨諸佛善知識心」止,名目與次第皆異。又八十本之「憶念思惟善知識教」,六十本作「次第憶念諸善知識,正念思惟善知識教」,多一「次第」與一「諸」字——所念不是泛泛一位,是一路走來的諸位,而且順次念過。
其二,諸人答王之政。八十本末一句「撫其孤弱」,六十本作「有恐怖者,施以無畏」——一就孤弱之無依說,一就恐怖之已起說,所撫所施各指一邊。十善之列,八十本分身三·語四·意三為三組而各繫一動詞(永斷·禁止·遠離),六十本則通以「讚歎」一詞總領而逐支列名,末三支作「無貪、恚、癡」——一是以禁止之勢說治,一是以讚歎之勢說化。語之第四支,八十本作「綺語」,六十本作「無義語」:綺者華飾,無義者無實,一從其文說,一從其實說。
其三,見依正與威勢。大臣之數二本相同而寫法異,八十本作「十千」,六十本作「一萬」。猛卒一段為八十本所獨詳——形貌醜惡·衣服褊陋·執持器仗·攘臂瞋目·見者恐怖五事俱寫;六十本唯作「勇將一萬持仗侍衛」一句,且其數作一萬而非十萬,亦無令人恐怖之相。前半之所以刺眼,八十本用力正在此處。依正莊嚴之文二本互有出入:六十本別有髮紺青色等句為八十本所無,而八十本之帝青摩尼耳璫·天妙摩尼印釧諸句於六十本亦無。
其四,逆化之刑。八十本列九目,六十本列六目;前四目二本大同而字異——「挑其目」/「挑雙目」,「斬其首」/「斬身首」。八十本獨有剝其皮·解其體·湯煮·驅上高山推令墮落四目,六十本獨有「投沸灰」與「疊纏油灌」二目。又八十本於刑後別下一譬「譬如眾合大地獄中」,六十本無此譬,唯作「以如是等無量楚毒而苦治之」——那一聲號叫之所以能入耳,正在八十本自加的這一譬。
其五,生疑與空天曉諭。善財之疑,八十本但言此王滅諸善法·作大罪業·不顧惡道,六十本則直下一句斷語「此乃惡中之惡,第一惡人」,語勢遠重於八十本。前友之名,八十本作「普眼長者」,六十本作「普眼妙香」。天之第二語,八十本先誡「汝莫厭離善知識語」而後舉七事,六十本則以反詰「若常憶念,何故疑怪」領起——一是先安其心而後與其量,一是先責其疑而後開其解。七事二本同數而名目不同:六十本作菩薩方便·菩薩智慧·攝取眾生·調伏眾生·教化眾生·愍念眾生·度脫眾生,不逐事綴一「智」字。
其六,入宮與舉果。侍女之數,八十本作「十億」,六十本作「五百」。舉果一句,八十本作反詰之式,以果報·色身·眷屬·富贍·自在五事逼出「我若實作如是惡業」之不可能;六十本則唯一問句「見我此報所因業不」,而善財答「已見」——八十本無此一答,反詰之力全留在王的一問裡。六十本於觀宮殿處作「如上所說」以省文,八十本則逐句列出。法門之名,八十本作「如幻解脫」,六十本作「幻化法門」。
其七,謙己推勝與指示後友。忍之名,八十本作「無生忍」,六十本作「無生法忍」。四喻之第三,八十本作「如影」而六十本作「一切世間,悉如電光」——影是隨形而有、形去則無,電光是一閃即滅,一狀其無自性,一狀其不久住,兩譯各取一邊。所入之門,八十本作「真實相無礙法門」,六十本作「無礙法界」;八十本別有「修行帝網一切諸行」「普入一切平等三昧」二句,六十本作「具菩薩妙行」「攝一切行」,無帝網之語。陀羅尼,六十本作「無量旋陀羅尼」,多「無量旋」三字,旋者迴轉不住之義,是就總持之用說。後友之城,八十本作妙光而六十本作善光,名異而同指一處。辭退之文,八十本作「辭退而去」,六十本作「辭退南行」,末二字異——一止於辭,一已見其向。
落到地上:知道自己得的是哪一分,也知道那一分通往哪裡——這才叫謙己推勝。
指示後友與戀德禮辭:往南到妙光城
末段兩事。指示後友:「於此南方,有城名:妙光;王名:大光。汝詣彼問:菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道?」戀德禮辭:善財「頂禮王足,遶無數匝,辭退而去」。
澄觀於本節之科止於謙己推勝,此二段未別立科目,據實記之。李通玄則於此別立一門:他把這末段開為四門——推德昇進、示善知識方處及所居之城名為妙光、舉善知識王名大光、頂禮辭去;且釋所指之二名,說城名妙光者同於第八住、第八地之無功智慧妙用,是本位之中差別智滿,王名大光者即是根本智。至於推德昇進、示所居方所及城名多羅幢、舉王名無厭足、敬辭而去那一組四門,是前友普眼長者推介本友之科,不是本友此處之科——二組同名,而所繫之段一前一後。
要排一個誤解:以為指示後友是行政交接。此王所指的下一位名「大光」,而此王所住之城名「多羅幢」(明淨)——一路的城名友名,本身就是次第。
落到地上:一位善知識的完整結構,到這一句才算閉合:來時憶前教,去時指後友。中間所有刺眼的東西,都在這個結構裡面。
承衍
本節之文,向下所開之流有三條線。
其一是逆行判釋之線。澄觀於辨深玄處牒梁《攝論》戒學,說菩薩逆行殺等能生無量福、得無上菩提,而必「要大菩薩方堪此事」,並分實行與變化二種;實行者是了知前人必造無間業、無別方便可離,唯有斷命使其不作;又知前人若捨命已必生善道;且菩薩自念行殺已必墮地獄而為彼受苦,而彼雖現受輕苦必得樂果——生善道與得樂果二事,正是實行一種之所以能立的限定;又云《瑜伽·菩薩地·戒品》之中亦同此說。此二論之文,本考據唯錄澄觀所牒之句,不另掘其原文。而澄觀明判本節屬變化一種,其據是「下王自說」——經文後半自己交代所化。智儼《孔目章》於逐知識之釋中亦有本友一節,判之云「約一乘別教。善巧自在顯逆行法。成進退德。殊勝方便。」,而末繫於方便波羅蜜所成——逆行法之名與澄觀之逆化同指一事,進退德則就違順二相說:於違相而不失其順,於順相而不滯其違,進退皆成其德;所繫之方便波羅蜜,又與李通玄「以方便波羅蜜為主」所立之度相合。
其二是四位互讀之線。澄觀云諸位至七皆方便,舉休捨、觀自在、開敷樹華三友多約慈悲;李通玄則明列四位:「如十住第七住慈悲位,以休捨優婆夷表之」「此十行第七慈悲行以無厭足王表之」「第七迴向以觀世音主之,第七遠行地中以夜天名開敷樹花主之,如是皆是隨位成就慈悲之別名」。二家同一機軸;澄觀所舉者為休捨·觀自在·開敷樹華三友,李通玄則明列四位並各繫其位,所多者正是本友無厭足王——觀世音即觀自在,同是迴向第七之友。
其三是諸家異釋之線,各有其軌,誌錄不判。本節之科,澄觀作四段(依教趣求·見敬諮問·授己法界·謙己推勝),李通玄不從此骨,別立前後二組推德昇進四門(前友一組·本友一組)與正入當位門十四門。位名一事,澄觀作寄無著行,《演義鈔》釋其所以為「方便涉有不迷於空,事理無滯不捨不受,故名無著」;李通玄則稱本友為「此是第七善現行善知識」,又於他處作「此十行第七慈悲行」,三名並見。城名之釋,澄觀分釋多羅與幢二字,李通玄唯取明淨而約化主立名。王名之釋,澄觀繫於如幻方便化無所著,李通玄繫於利生無厭因行成名。所主之度,李通玄稱「以方便波羅蜜為主,餘九為伴」。他又別開智門與位門二面說對治:約智門則諸位通治,約位門則此一位專治「處生死中染淨二行不自在障」,令得住生死中而大智大悲皆得自在——前者是通說一切位,後者才是此一位之所以立。法藏《探玄記》與智儼《搜玄記》二家於本節皆有專釋,唯所依是六十本,故其名形作滿足王、城作滿幢、法門作幻化法門。法藏釋城名滿幢者,取方便之境已備、勝出為名;釋王名滿足者,取善巧之智已圓、於違於順皆得自在。他又自設一問作答——善財既自憶前教,何故還疑?他答:因所對的是瞋害障道之相,「理須要疑,方乃顯知菩薩道中反道順道二行差別」,若不疑,則「邪正無以甄別」。這一答與澄觀「逆行難知故」一語同繫於境之難知,而更進一步說出疑之用處:疑正是分別邪正的那一道關。法藏又記彼名之梵,說那羅是梵語、此云滿也,並誌天竺本此一法門名作住幻三昧。智儼則科本節為三段(勸教進入·依教進入·正入法界),於依教進入下開八項——一辭(辭前友而去)·二念(念中復有初總·次十六句別)·三至處·四起方便導之(有問答二文,即問王所在而眾人答其政)·五「見」下見相(復開三:初見依正·二見治國法·三覩生疑)·六「作是念」下諸菩薩等導誡除疑·七「聞天」已下敬儀·八「白言」下自說請問——八項自辭前友起至自說請問止,正與本節前半逐段相當,於正入下判法門有體·用·反以顯成三分——所謂反以顯成,正是王自陳身語意未曾惱害一段:由這一段反過來顯前面所化之不實。此諸異釋皆古德成說。
澄觀明判
寄位之配一事,澄觀於品前總判五相處自下明判,不在誌錄不判之列。他先述二家之說——意法師與臺山論但隨文散釋而更無別配,光統等師則皆配地位;二說既列,乃自判云:「二皆有理,謂隨一一位具多法門,豈容凡心不得習求善友之法,故不配有理。然無次位中不礙次位,顯位是常規,配亦無失。」此一句是澄觀之判,不是前二家之語。故本節稱寄無著行者,是依古德配位而說,非謂離此配位即無所解。
一節之文,前半令人不能看,後半令人不能不看。而經文把善財那個『不能看』原樣留在紙上——這一節的教法,就在這個沒有被抹去的疑上。
Why This Passage Is Hard to Look At
At the first sixteen good friends, Sudhana arrived and was able to ask, and was able to receive an answer. At this seventeenth one the situation changes: what Sudhana sees from far off is a king inflicting punishment upon his main hall — hands and feet cut off, ears and nose severed, eyes gouged out, heads struck off, skin flayed, bodies dismembered, boiling in water, burning with fire, being driven up a high mountain and pushed down — and the scripture itself sets down a comparison, saying that the sound of the cries is “as it is in the great hell of Crushing Together.” Sudhana looks and doubts, doubts to the point of not daring to seek the Dharma.
A misreading to be cleared away: this is not the scripture text written badly, nor a variant passage inserted by later hands. The whole unit runs to something over sixteen hundred characters (punctuation included); the first half, nearly eight hundred characters, is precisely this act of looking, and in the second half the king takes it apart for him clause by clause — what the king himself says in the eighty-fascicle version is that he “conjures up evil men who do all manner of criminal deeds and undergo torments of every kind”: the ones who do the crimes are conjured, and the ones who undergo the suffering are conjured too. That the one who inflicts the punishment is himself a conjuring is not put in words here in the eighty-fascicle version; the forty-fascicle version says it plainly, “and those who are able to deal with the fierce and evil beings are alike transformations by conjuring,” and Li Tongxuan likewise reads it as the king “conjuring and manifesting his own body doing evil deeds and undergoing torments of every kind.” Which is to say: the way this good friend confers the Dharma is to let a person first see something he cannot accept.
Bringing it to the ground: in reading this passage, if one hurries past the first half in order to get to the four graphs “liberation like an illusion,” one has thrown away what matters most here. That doubt of Sudhana’s is the door of this passage.
Recalling the Previous Friend’s Teaching: What the Mind Is Doing While the Feet Are Walking
The unit does not open with walking; it opens with recalling. The scripture says that Sudhana was “recalling and pondering the teaching the good friend had given,” and what he recalled had three clauses: “he is able to gather me in, able to guard and keep me, and to make me not turn back from unsurpassed perfect awakening.” Gathering in is taking a person into one’s keeping; guarding is not letting him be lost; not turning back is going forward and not returning — the three clauses are exactly the three things a good friend does for a student.
Then seventeen kinds of mind arise: joy, pure faith, vastness, ease and gladness, leaping up, rejoicing and giving thanks, the surpassing and wondrous, stillness and quiet, adornment, non-attachment, non-obstruction, impartiality, sovereign freedom, abiding in the Dharma, going everywhere to the buddha-lands, seeing the adornments of the buddhas, not forsaking the ten powers. Chengguan’s Yanyi chao glosses this, saying that “there are seventeen minds; the first, joy, is the general one, and the remaining sixteen are the particular ones” — the first, joy, is the general, and the sixteen after it are the particular, each matched to its sense in turn: pure faith is “faith and delight in hearing the Dharma,” vastness is “transforming below and seeking above,” ease and gladness is “the delight in the Dharma gladdening the spirit,” leaping up is “seeking bravely and pressing forward,” rejoicing and giving thanks is “rejoicing in what has been obtained,” the surpassing and wondrous is “compassion and knowledge flowing together,” stillness and quiet is “neither grasping nor arising,” adornment is “adorning with virtue,” non-attachment is “not attached to the myriad objects,” non-obstruction is “not obstructed in giving rise to cultivation,” impartiality is “things and self made level and even,” sovereign freedom is “not being driven by one’s own mind,” abiding in the Dharma is “abiding without abiding,” going everywhere to the buddha-lands is “matching the principle and pervading all,” seeing the adornments of the buddhas is “seeing the adornment of the marks of a buddha,” and not forsaking the ten powers is “not forsaking the knowledge of a buddha” — each of the sixteen particulars has its match, and not one of the minds is set down for nothing.
These sixteen matchings are not sixteen headings laid side by side; they are one sequence. It begins from faith and delight in hearing the Dharma; because one hears, one can transform below and seek above; because one transforms below and seeks above, the delight in the Dharma gladdens the spirit; because of that delight, one seeks bravely and presses forward; because one presses forward, one rejoices in what has been obtained; and at compassion and knowledge flowing together, benefiting oneself and benefiting others at last run side by side. Below that, the four—neither grasping nor arising, adorning with virtue, not being attached to the myriad objects, and not being obstructed in giving rise to cultivation—speak with respect to the marks of what is cultivated. From things and self made level and even onward, it is already the proper appearance of the practice of non-attachment — not being driven by one’s own mind, abiding without abiding, matching the principle and pervading all — coming home at the last to seeing the adornment of the marks of a buddha and not forsaking the knowledge of a buddha.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking these seventeen minds for literary ornament. Look at the tenth, the unattached mind — Chengguan judges this passage to be assigned to the practice of non-attachment, and this one mind, appearing at this place, is the announcement of everything written afterward.
Bringing it to the ground: the stretch of road between two good friends is not a blank. This passage tells you what is to be done on that road — take the teaching the previous one gave, and recall it clause by clause.
Seeking the Next Friend: The City of Tāla Banner, and the Name Never Satiated
The scripture says that he “traveled on from one place to the next, passing through countries, villages, and hamlets, until he came to the city of Tāla Banner.” On the name of the city and the name of the king the ancient worthies each have their own gloss, and the glosses differ.
Chengguan glosses the city’s name, saying “as for the word tāla, it means here bright and pure,” and further glosses the graph “banner” separately, saying “a banner is what is set up; it signifies that the practice of non-attachment rests upon the purity of wisdom, and so brightly sets up the surpassing practice” — tāla is bright and pure, banner is setting up, and put together they signify that this one’s practice of non-attachment rests upon the purity of wisdom and thereby sets up the surpassing practice. Li Tongxuan glosses this, saying “the city is named Tāla Banner; this name means bright and pure, and the name is established with respect to the lord of the transforming” — he takes the same sense of bright and pure, but does not gloss the two elements of the name separately, and he says that this name is established with respect to the lord of the transforming, that is, this king.
On the gloss of the king’s name the two houses diverge still more plainly. Chengguan glosses this, saying “the king is named Never Satiated because, his skillful means being like an illusion, his transforming is without any attachment, and so he has no mind that wearies” — because what is transformed is in the first place an illusion, and because the one who transforms is himself without attachment, no matter how long the transforming goes on no weariness arises. Li Tongxuan, on the other hand, says “the king is named Never Satiated because he is never satiated in benefiting the living; the name is formed from the practice of the causal stage” — because he never wearies of benefiting beings, the name is obtained with respect to the practice at the causal stage. The former establishes the name from the emptiness of what is transformed, the latter from the compassion of the one who transforms. The two accounts stand together; they are recorded without adjudication.
Bringing it to the ground: one name can have two readings, and both hold. In reading the glosses of the ancient worthies one must get used to this.
The People’s Answer About the King’s Governing: First His Governing Is Heard Of, Then the Man Himself Is Seen
Sudhana does not see the king directly; he first asks the people on the road. This one question and answer is not a passing scene. Chengguan glosses this, saying “having entered his country, one is bound to hear of his governing” — having entered a country, one first hears how that country is governed.
What the people answer is this king’s outward face: “proclaiming the transformation of the Dharma and taming and guiding beings, governing those who are to be governed, gathering in those who are to be gathered in, punishing their crimes, deciding their disputes, comforting the orphaned and the weak,” and the very items of his transforming teaching are the ten good deeds — the three of the body (cutting off killing, stealing, and unchaste conduct forever), the four of speech (refraining from false speech, divisive speech, harsh speech, and frivolous speech), and the three of the mind (leaving behind greed, anger, and wrong views).
A misreading to be cleared away: taking this speech of the people to contradict the punishments that follow, and concluding that one of the two must be false. It is not so. The order of the scripture text is precisely this: first it lets you hear of a king who governs his country by the ten good deeds, then it lets you see him cutting off people’s hands and feet. The contradiction is one the scripture text sets up itself, and the answer is in the second half.
Bringing it to the ground: this passage is the foreshadowing of the unit. What the people say, “he makes them all cut off killing, stealing, and unchaste conduct forever,” and what the king later says, “I make all beings give up the ten evil deeds and abide in the path of the ten good deeds,” are one and the same matter — only the means are hard to accept.
Seeing the Surpassing Dependent and Proper: First His Throne Is Written, Then His Body
Of the one section on seeing, paying respects, and inquiring, Chengguan makes four branches: “first, the seeing of the surpassing dependent and proper; second, from ‘before him and behind him there were’ downward, the seeing of his transforming by contrary means; third, from ‘when Sudhana had seen this’ downward, not understanding and giving rise to doubt; fourth, from ‘as he was thinking in this way’ downward, the deity in the sky instructing him.” The first branch is this passage.
As for the dependent and the proper: the dependent is the place that is depended upon (the throne, the canopy, the palace), the proper is the body that depends upon it (the adornments of the king’s body). The scripture writes the throne first: a Nārāyaṇa adamantine throne, numberless jewels for its feet, measureless jeweled images for its adornment, a net of golden cords spread over it above. Then it writes the body: a wish-fulfilling maṇi for his crown, adorning his head; gold of the Jambū river made into a half-moon, adorning his forehead; indranīla maṇi for ear-pendants; priceless maṇi for a necklace, adorning his neck; the fine maṇi of the heavens made into seal-bracelets, adorning his arms. Last it writes the canopy: gold made the canopy, many jewels made its ribs and spokes, great beryl made its pole, lustrous maṇi made its rim, jewels of every kind made its bells, constantly giving forth a lovely sound and sending out a great radiance pervading the ten directions.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking this passage for mere display. Look at its direction — from the throne to the head, to the forehead, to the ears, to the neck, to the arms, to the canopy; broadly it goes upward from the throne, yet after the neck it turns to the arms, and after the arms it returns to the canopy, so it is not a monotonous single ascent; and its last clause is “sending out a great radiance pervading the ten directions.” What this passage writes is not luxury but the marks of a fruit of deeds, laid down in advance precisely for that one question of the king’s later on, “how would I obtain a fruit such as this?”
Bringing it to the ground: at each clause of this passage one must keep that later question in mind. While looking, one does not know why one is being made to look; only on reaching the later passage does one know that it was all evidence.
Seeing His Transforming by Contrary Means: Six Are the Offenses, Nine Are the Punishments
The second branch. The scripture first writes the king’s might and the fierce troops before him: “King Anala had great strength and might; he could subdue every other host, and there was none who could stand against him,” ten thousand great ministers managing the affairs of the royal house together with him, and a hundred thousand fierce troops, “ugly and coarse of form, their clothing scant and mean, holding weapons in their hands, their sleeves rolled back and their arms bared, glaring with angry eyes; not one of the beings who saw them was without terror.”
Then it writes what the offenders had committed, six matters: stealing the goods of others, taking the lives of others, violating the wives of others, giving rise to wrong views, giving rise to anger, harboring greed and envy. Then it writes what was inflicted, nine punishments: hands and feet cut off, ears and nose severed, eyes gouged out, heads struck off, skin flayed, bodies dismembered, boiling in water, burning with fire, being driven up a high mountain and pushed down. Six offenses and nine punishments, two sets of parallels running down against each other.
The two graphs “transforming by contrary means” are Chengguan’s name for the section, and their sense is that the transforming teaching is carried on by way of a contrary appearance. A misreading to be cleared away: taking “transforming by contrary means” to say that this king acts wrongly and that the scripture is making a defense for him. It is not so. Contrary is said with respect to the appearance that is manifested — what is manifested is contrary, what is done is transforming. These two graphs fix the character of the whole passage in advance, and only then is Sudhana allowed to doubt.
Bringing it to the ground: if on reading this far one does not find it hard to look at, then one has not read it in at all. The scripture itself says “the sound of the cries they raised was as it is in the great hell of Crushing Together”; it wants you to hear that sound.
Not Understanding, He Gives Rise to Doubt: Why Sudhana Doubts Here
The third branch. What Sudhana thinks has four clauses: it is for the benefit of all beings that I seek the practice of a bodhisattva and cultivate the path of a bodhisattva; this king destroys all the wholesome things, does great crimes, oppresses and afflicts beings, and even cuts off their lives; he has never once given a thought of fear to the evil destinies to come; then how could I seek the Dharma at his place and raise the mind of great compassion to rescue and protect beings?
Chengguan asks a good question here: since Sudhana constantly recalls the previous teaching, why does he still doubt? He glosses this, saying “yet, though Sudhana constantly recalled the teaching, doubt arose in him, because practice by contrary means is hard to know” — practice by contrary means is hard to understand in the first place. And he further distinguishes why Sudhana’s doubt arises here and did not arise before: “Greed benefits in this present world, and so he did not doubt Vasumitrā; anger and delusion appear as harm, and so at Victorious Heat and at this king alike doubt and wonder arose.” What Vasumitrā manifested seemed to run against the precepts, yet what she gave was benefit in the present world, and so Sudhana did not doubt; the mass of fire and the mountain of blades of the brahmin Victorious Heat, and the blade and saw of this king, are harm as they appear before one, and so he doubted.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking Sudhana’s doubt to mean that his cultivation was insufficient. Chengguan’s judgment is exactly the reverse — the doubt arises because the object is hard to know, not because the person is unworthy. That the scripture writes down this doubt of Sudhana’s just as it was, it writes for every reader.
Bringing it to the ground: when in reading the scriptures one comes to a place one cannot accept, one should first follow the method of this passage: acknowledge the doubt as it is, neither forcing it down nor walking away because of it. Sudhana stood where he was and doubted.
The Deity in the Sky Instructs Him (One): First He Is Told to Turn Back and Recall the Previous One’s Teaching
The fourth branch, which Chengguan divides into two layers: “within it there are two: first he is made to recall that the previous teaching is real, so that doubt does not arise.” This is the first layer.
The deity in the sky says only one thing: “Son of good family! You should recall the teaching that the good friend, the elder Universal Eye, gave you.” It does not explain, it does not defend; it only tells him to turn back. Sudhana answers, “I recall it constantly, and have never once dared to forget it” — he really is recalling it, and having recalled it he still doubts.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking this deity to be putting in a word for the king. Look at what it says — it has not one clause about this king; everything it says is about the matter of the good friend itself. Its first clause tells him to recall the previous teaching; its second tells him “do not turn away in weariness from the words of a good friend,” and the reason given is that “a good friend can lead you to a place free of danger and hardship, a place of security.”
Bringing it to the ground: when doubt arises, the first step is not to untie the doubt, but to return first to the place already made certain and stand there. The teaching the previous good friend gave is what Sudhana has already made certain.
The Deity in the Sky Instructs Him (Two): Seven Kinds of Knowledge Beyond Conceiving
The second layer, of which Chengguan says: “afterward, from ‘son of good family, a bodhisattva’s skillful’ downward, is the distinguishing of how deep and profound the practice that follows is, so as to make him enter by faith.” What the deity raises are seven matters, and to each is appended the graph “knowledge”: the knowledge of skillful means, the knowledge that gathers beings in, the knowledge that guards and holds beings in mind, the knowledge that ripens beings, the knowledge that protects beings, the knowledge that delivers beings, the knowledge that tames beings — all of them beyond conceiving.
Each of these seven has its own place; they are not one thing said seven times. The knowledge of skillful means is the knowledge that can set up a means at all — from what ground a means is established. The knowledge that gathers beings in is the knowledge that can bring a person in; if a person cannot be brought in, nothing further can be spoken of. The knowledge that guards and holds beings in mind is the knowledge that, once a person has been brought in, does not let him be lost. The knowledge that ripens beings is the knowledge that lets the roots of goodness grow until the time when they may be gathered — gathered unripe, they are injured. The knowledge that protects beings is the knowledge that shields a person at the place where he is about to fall back. The knowledge that delivers beings is the knowledge that brings him out of what binds him. The knowledge that tames beings is the knowledge that can break what is hard and stubborn in him — and what the king of this passage manifests falls precisely upon this last one. That each of the seven has the graph for knowledge appended says that these seven are not merely good-heartedness but measure: good-heartedness anyone may have, but the measure is not what a lower position can gauge. Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle version, passes a separate judgment upon these seven clauses: “Second, within the clarifying of what is deep and hidden in the bodhisattva’s doing: the first two clauses are the skillful knowledge beyond conceiving, and the latter five clauses are the working beyond conceiving — that is, the traces run counter while the practice runs along, and it is not to be gauged by a lower position; hence it is so said.” Of the seven clauses, what is beyond conceiving in the first two lies in the skillful knowledge, and what is beyond conceiving in the latter five lies in the working: the skillful knowledge is the knowing that can set a means up, the working is the deed that is thereby done. And the reason it is beyond conceiving Fazang fastens to the four graphs “the traces run counter while the practice runs along”: the trace that is manifested runs counter, the practice that is actual runs along, and neither of the two covers the other over, so that it is not what a lower position can gauge. In the eighty-fascicle version each of these seven matters has the graph “knowledge” appended to it; the sixty-fascicle version has them as a bodhisattva’s skillful means · a bodhisattva’s knowledge · gathering beings in · taming beings · teaching and transforming beings · pitying and holding beings in mind · delivering beings, with no such graph appended; and Fazang’s division into the first two clauses and the latter five is said precisely upon this list of the sixty-fascicle version.
Of the two graphs “deep and profound” Chengguan has one decisive clause: “as for the words deep and profound, it is because he penetrates what is not the path.” Penetrating what is not the path means being able to penetrate within what is not the path — and this is where the whole joint of this passage lies. The Yanyi chao analyzes this stretch of the commentary into five sections: “first, the general statement, making him have faith; second, from ‘yet Sudhana’ downward, the questioning of his doubting mind; third, from ‘practice by contrary means’ downward, the bringing out of the sense of his doubt; fourth, from ‘what benefits’ downward, the resolving of the hidden difficulty; fifth, from ‘as for the words deep and profound’ downward, the displaying of the deep and profound, first the statement and afterward the proof, as may be known.”
A misreading to be cleared away: taking “beyond conceiving” for a word of evasion, equivalent to saying ‘ask no further’. It is not so. The seven matters the deity raises are all of them on the side of gathering beings in — skillful means, gathering in, guarding and holding in mind, ripening, protecting, delivering, taming; not one of them speaks of the realm of supernormal powers. He is telling Sudhana: as to which of these seven the thing you have seen belongs to, that is what you cannot yet measure.
Bringing it to the ground: when a doubt cannot be untied, first make certain what class the matter belongs to. If it belongs to the matters of benefiting the living, then one need not hurry to fix a crime upon it.
Sudhana Inquires with Respect: The Doubt Removed, the King’s Doings Not Yet Made Plain
Sudhana, having heard, goes in, “bows to his feet,” calls him “holy one,” and the question he asks is still that same question of the whole assembly: I have already raised the mind of awakening, yet I do not know how a bodhisattva is to learn the practice of a bodhisattva, how he is to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva. On this Chengguan sets down only one clause: “second, from ‘at that time Sudhana’ downward, the inquiring with respect, as may be known.”
A misreading to be cleared away: taking the deity to have cleared the king’s name, so that Sudhana dares to bow to his feet. The scripture does not write it so. The deity did not tell him that this king was innocent; it told him only that the knowledge of a bodhisattva is beyond conceiving. Chengguan says this passage is “to make him enter in faith,” and Li Tongxuan outlines it as “Sudhana’s doubt removed, he goes to the king”—what is removed is the doubt about daring to go; what is trusted is the word of the good friend. As for what the king is actually doing, the deity says not a word; the king himself will answer once they are inside the palace.
Bringing it to the ground: respect for a good friend need not wait until one fully understands before it is given. This passage writes that order out very plainly — respect first, understanding after.
The Skillful Means of Conferring the Dharma: Taking His Hand and Sitting Together with Him
The king’s first act is not to expound the Dharma; it is to “take Sudhana by the hand, bring him into the palace, and bid him sit down together with him.” Chengguan sets down a very weighty clause here: “taking his hand and sitting together with him displays the manner in which there is no distance, and signifies the gathering in of that one’s preparatory effort so as to make it go toward the real.”
The manner in which there is no distance means a courtesy with no barrier in it — not a king toward a subject, but sitting together. And what is signified is “the gathering in of that one’s preparatory effort so as to make it go toward the real”: taking in the student’s exertion and making it go toward what is real.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking the taking of the hand and the sitting together for mere politeness. Look at the position where it occurs — precisely at the moment when the king has not yet spoken for himself and the contrary appearance Sudhana saw has not yet been explained. What is called the skillful means of conferring the Dharma lies exactly in this act: first let the one who had feared him sit together with him, and only then can what the king does be spoken of.
Bringing it to the ground: the nine punishments above were bodies, and the taking of the hand here is a body too — the same pair of hands.
Raising the Fruit to Bring Him In: First, Look at the Palace
The king’s first words are “you should look at the palace in which I dwell.” Chengguan makes four branches of the one section on the direct displaying of the Dharma realm, and this is the first: “within it there are four: first, raising the fruit to bring him in.”
What Sudhana sees: the palace vast beyond compare, all of it made of wondrous jewels combined; seven jewels for the walls, a hundred thousand jewels of every sort for the towers and pavilions, a net of maṇi jewels spread over it above; ten koṭis of attendant women upright and surpassing in form, their bearing and their manner of coming and going all worth looking upon, nothing they did that was not skillfully done, rising before him and lying down after him, receiving his wishes with pliant intent.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking this for a boast of wealth. The four graphs “raising the fruit to bring him in” put it very exactly — what is raised is the fruit, and the purpose is to bring him in. Every single item set out in this passage is to be taken up by the king in the next passage as counter-evidence.
Bringing it to the ground: at this point Sudhana still does not know what he is looking at. The scripture has him look first and ask afterward — the same order as in the unit of the monk Ocean Banner: seeing first, knowing after.
Displaying the Provisional by Means of the Real: Such Evil Deeds, How Would There Be Such a Fruit?
The second branch. Chengguan says, “second, from ‘at that time King Anala said to Sudhana’ downward, is the displaying of the provisional by means of the real.” The king’s way of asking is a counter-question: “If I truly did evil deeds such as those, how would I obtain a fruit such as this, a body of form such as this, a retinue such as this, an abundance such as this, a sovereign freedom such as this?”
The reasoning runs like this: evil deeds do not correspond to these five kinds of fruit; and these five kinds of fruit are visible here before one; therefore those evil deeds were not truly done. By the real that is present before one (the fruit) is displayed the provisional that is manifested (the cause) — and this is what the four graphs “displaying the provisional by means of the real” say.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking this for proving one’s innocence by wealth and rank, equivalent to saying ‘I live well, therefore I am not guilty’. It is not so. What is relied upon is not wealth and rank themselves, but the single principle that deeds and their fruits do not deceive each other. Had those deeds truly been done, the fruit could not be like this — the whole force of this inference lies in the principle of deeds and their fruits, not in the appearance of wealth and rank.
Bringing it to the ground: the king does not directly say ‘those people were conjured by me’. He lets Sudhana work back from the fruit himself. What one has worked out oneself is what one can enter.
Displaying What He Has Attained (One): The Name of the Liberation Like an Illusion
The third branch, which Chengguan divides into three sections: first the glossing of the name, next the clarifying of the working of the Dharma gate, afterward the clarifying of its surpassing benefit. This is the first section.
The king says of himself: “Son of good family! What I have attained is the bodhisattva’s liberation like an illusion.” Chengguan glosses this name, saying “as for the first, that it is named like an illusion: he knows the living to be like an illusion, and so transforms illusion by illusion” — knowing that beings are of themselves like an illusion, he uses illusion to transform illusion. Within the four characters “transforms illusion by illusion” there are two occurrences of “illusion”: what is known is the illusoriness of beings, and what is used is the illusoriness of skillful means.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking “like an illusion” to say that nothing counts for anything, so that killing a man is no matter either. The scripture blocks this road itself — later the king says plainly, “my body, my speech, and my mind have never afflicted or harmed a single being.” Being like an illusion is not the cancelling of cause and effect; it says that the one who transforms does no real affliction or harm within what is transformed.
Bringing it to the ground: the name of the Dharma gate of this passage is one of the few names on this whole road of Sudhana’s that one understands at once and finds hard on reflection. The hard part is this: having understood the name, one must still watch how it is used.
Displaying What He Has Attained (Two): The Working of the Dharma Gate — the Evil Men Are Conjured
The second section, of which Chengguan says, “next, from ‘in this land of mine’ downward, is the clarifying of the working of the Dharma gate.” The king accounts for it himself with the utmost clarity, in three clauses:
First, the capacities he faces — “of all the beings in this land of mine, the greater part do killing, stealing, and so on down to wrong views, and by any other skillful means they cannot be made to give up their evil deeds.” Every other skillful means has been tried, and it does not work. Second, the skillful means he uses — “for the sake of taming those beings I conjure up evil men who do all manner of criminal deeds and undergo torments of every kind.” The men who do the crimes are conjured, and the men who undergo the suffering are conjured too. Third, the effect obtained — making all the beings who do evil, having seen it, “give rise in their minds to alarm and dread, give rise in their minds to weariness and turning away, give rise in their minds to a faltering,” and thereupon cut off all the evil deeds they have been doing and raise the mind of awakening.
Here the eighty-fascicle version stops at the clause about conjuring up evil men; the forty-fascicle version sets down at the end of this passage a further clause that gathers it all in, making clear that those seen doing evil and undergoing suffering, and those able to deal with the fierce and evil, “are alike transformations by conjuring” — the side that inflicts the punishment being gathered into what is conjured as well. The eighty-fascicle version has no such clause, and in reading one should know where that boundary falls.
In the stretch on distinguishing the deep and profound Chengguan had already determined which kind of practice by contrary means this unit belongs to: “of this there are two kinds: first, actual practice; second, transformation by conjuring.” And this passage belongs to the latter — “as for what is called transformation by conjuring, it is precisely this text. Below, the king says so himself.” The last four graphs matter most: this is not an account the commentator finds for the scripture; it is one the scripture speaks out itself in this very place.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking the punishments written in the first half to mean that there really were persons undergoing that suffering. The scripture breaks this here itself — those who undergo the suffering and those who do the crimes are alike what is conjured. The ones who are really looking, and who really receive the benefit, are “the beings who do evil.”
Bringing it to the ground: so the function of that first passage is to be seen by people, not to be undergone by them. And the first person it frightens is Sudhana himself.
The Surpassing Benefit of the Dharma Gate: From Giving Up the Ten Evils to Abiding in the Ground of Omniscient Knowledge
The third section, of which Chengguan says, “afterward, from ‘because I in this way’ downward, is the clarifying of the surpassing benefit of the Dharma gate.” The scripture has three layers: “give up the ten evil deeds, abide in the path of the ten good deeds” is the first layer; “be happy in the ultimate sense, be at peace in the ultimate sense” is the second; “abide in the ultimate sense in the ground of omniscient knowledge” is the third.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking this king’s transforming to stop at making people keep the law. Look at the last of the three layers — the ground of omniscient knowledge is the ground of the knowledge of a buddha. It begins by frightening a person out of a single evil deed, and where it comes home is omniscient knowledge, with no break in between. This locks exactly together, front and back, with what the people said at the opening, “he makes them all cut off killing, stealing, and unchaste conduct forever”: what the people saw is the first layer; what the king says of himself is three layers.
Bringing it to the ground: whether a skillful means may be used is judged not only by whether it works at the moment, but by where it leads through to. These three layers are the measure this passage gives.
Directly Displaying His Real Virtue: One Mosquito and One Ant
The fourth branch. Chengguan says, “fourth, from ‘son of good family, my body and speech’ downward, is the direct displaying of his real virtue, the depth of his kindly mindfulness.” The first three branches all speak of the Dharma gate; this branch speaks of this man’s mind.
The scripture has two clauses: “my body, my speech, and my mind have never afflicted or harmed a single being”; and “a mind such as mine would rather undergo the suffering of the Unremitting Hell in time to come than give rise to so much as one thought of an intention to do anything that would make one mosquito or one ant suffer — how much less a human being! A human being is a field of merit, for from him all the wholesome things can be born.”
The nine punishments of the first half are blade and saw and cauldron; here it is one mosquito and one ant. The first half is what is laid upon a person’s body; here it is “one thought of an intention.” The scripture fastens this passage together with the two most extreme ends: the man who can manifest such a fearful appearance will not make even one mosquito suffer, and would rather undergo the suffering of the Unremitting Hell himself. The forty-fascicle version pushes this one layer further, saying that he recalls of himself that not even in a dream has a single thought of negligence arisen in his mind, how much less would he kill a person while awake — setting dream against waking, and pushing the vow of doing no harm into the very place where the mind is least under governance; the eighty-fascicle version has no such layer.
Chengguan further adds a general judgment with respect to position: “yet at all the positions, upon reaching the seventh, it is because they are all skillful means that Fulfilled Vow, Avalokiteśvara, and Opening the Blossoms of Trees are for the most part with respect to kindness and compassion.” The seventh of the ten abodes, Fulfilled Vow; the seventh of the ten dedications, Avalokiteśvara; the seventh of the ten grounds, Opening the Blossoms of Trees; and this seventh of the ten practices — at four positions the friends for the most part take their appearance from kindness and compassion.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking this passage for self-declaration that could as well be left out. This passage is the heart of the unit. Without it, the “like an illusion” before it is only a set of words; with it, being like an illusion comes to rest upon a particular kindness and compassion.
Bringing it to the ground: to judge whether a skillful means is a real skillful means, see whether the one who sets it up is willing to undergo it in the other’s place. This one clause, “would rather undergo the suffering of the Unremitting Hell in time to come,” is that measure.
Humbling Himself and Pointing to the Superior: The Forbearance of Non-Arising Is Realized by Knowing Illusion
The scripture says, “I have attained only this one liberation like an illusion,” and then raises what other bodhisattvas have attained: they have attained the forbearance of non-arising, they know that all the destinies are entirely like an illusion, that all the practices of a bodhisattva are entirely like a conjuring, that the whole world is entirely like a shadow, that all things are entirely like a dream; they enter the unobstructed Dharma gate of the mark of true reality, cultivate all the practices like Indra’s net, move through the fields of objects with unobstructed knowledge, enter everywhere into all the samādhis of equality, and have attained sovereign freedom in the dhāraṇīs — and how could I know or expound the practice of their merit and virtue?
Chengguan sets down one gloss here: “fourth, humbling himself and pointing to the superior. That in pointing to the superior he says the forbearance of non-arising is because it is by knowing illusion that one at last realizes this forbearance.” What is pointed to in pointing to the superior is the forbearance of non-arising, and the reason for pointing to this forbearance is precisely that this forbearance is realized by penetrating illusion — what he points to is not some other, unrelated virtue, but the very fruit that his own gate leads through to.
Beyond the forbearance of non-arising and the four comparisons, the scripture sets out five further matters, each with its own reference. “They enter the unobstructed Dharma gate of the mark of true reality” is the gate entered: at the mark of true reality one is not obstructed by it. “They cultivate all the practices like Indra’s net” is the practice cultivated: Indra’s net is the jeweled net of the palace of Indra, where jewel shows jewel endlessly, and it depicts how the practices enter one another — not one practice finished and then the next, but all the practices present within one. “They move through the fields of objects with unobstructed knowledge” is the knowledge that acts: the field does not obstruct the knowledge, and the knowledge does not ruin the field. “They enter everywhere into all the samādhis of equality” is the concentration dwelt in: since all things are equal and not two, that concentration enters everywhere. “In the dhāraṇīs they have attained sovereign freedom” is the power held: a dhāraṇī is the holding of all things, a holding that does not lose, and within that holding there is sovereign freedom, so that one is not driven by what one holds. Fazang divides this passage of pointing to the superior into three: the first clause points generally, the nine clauses below display separately how profound the illusion and the rest are, and the last clause concludes that it is not his own portion; Chengguan, for his part, judges upon the clause of the forbearance of non-arising that “it is by knowing illusion that one at last realizes this forbearance.” Taking the two judgments together, one sees that the clauses pointed to are not a flat list of virtues; they are layer upon layer of the one sense, illusion, pushed through to its depth.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking the humbling of himself for a courtesy. Look at the order of the four comparisons: like an illusion is of the destinies (where beings go), like a conjuring is of the practices, like a shadow is of the world, like a dream is of all things — from beings to practices to the vessel world to all things, the scope widens layer by layer. What the king has attained, the illusion, is the first of these four comparisons; what he points to are those in whom all four are complete and who enter the unobstructed Dharma gate besides. His humbling has measure in it, because he has reckoned it exactly.
The sixty-fascicle version of this one unit differs from the eighty-fascicle version at more than one place; from its beginning to its end there are seven places worth setting side by side, and they are set out here one by one.
First, the minds born of recalling the teaching. The eighty-fascicle version has seventeen minds, the sixty-fascicle version sixteen, running from “the mind of great joy” to “the mind that does not forsake the buddhas and good friends,” differing in both the names and the order. And where the eighty-fascicle version has “recalling and pondering the teaching of the good friend,” the sixty-fascicle version has “recalling the good friends in order, rightly mindful and pondering the teaching of the good friend,” with the added graphs for “in order” and for the plural — what is recalled is not some one friend at large but all of them along the road, and recalled in their order.
Second, the people’s answer about how the king governs. The last clause the eighty-fascicle version has as “he comforts the orphaned and the weak,” whereas the sixty-fascicle version has “to those who have fear he gives fearlessness” — the one said with respect to the orphaned and weak having nothing to lean upon, the other with respect to fear having already arisen, and what is comforted and what is given each point to one side. In the list of the ten good deeds, the eighty-fascicle version divides the three of body · the four of speech · the three of mind into three groups and fastens a verb to each (forever cutting off · prohibiting · keeping far from), while the sixty-fascicle version heads them all with the single word “praising” and lists the branches one by one, the last three as “no greed, no anger, no delusion” — the one speaks of governing in the force of prohibition, the other of transforming in the force of praise. The fourth branch of speech the eighty-fascicle version has as “ornate speech” and the sixty-fascicle version as “speech without meaning”: the ornate is the flowery adorning, the meaningless is the empty of substance; the one is said from its wording, the other from its substance.
Third, the seeing of the dependent and proper and of the king’s might. The number of the great ministers is the same in both but written with different graphs, the eighty-fascicle version as “ten thousands” and the sixty-fascicle version as “one myriad.” The stretch upon the fierce soldiers belongs in detail to the eighty-fascicle version alone — ugly in appearance · shabby in dress · bearing weapons · baring their arms and glaring · so that those who see them are afraid, all five written out; the sixty-fascicle version has only the single clause “ten thousand brave officers guarding him with weapons in hand,” the number ten thousand rather than a hundred thousand, and nothing of the appearance that makes men afraid. The reason the first half is so hard to look at is that the eighty-fascicle version puts its force precisely here. The text of the adornments of the dependent and proper differs both ways: the sixty-fascicle version has clauses such as his hair being deep blue-black that the eighty-fascicle version lacks, and the eighty-fascicle version’s indranīla-maṇi earrings and heavenly wondrous maṇi seal-bracelets are likewise absent from the sixty.
Fourth, the punishments of the transforming by contrary means. The eighty-fascicle version lists nine items, the sixty-fascicle version six; the first four are largely the same in both but differ in their graphs — “gouging out his eyes” against “gouging out both eyes,” “beheading him” against “severing head from body.” The eighty-fascicle version alone has flaying the skin · dismembering the body · boiling in cauldrons · driving up a high mountain and hurling him down, four items; the sixty-fascicle version alone has “casting into seething ashes” and “wrapping him in cloth, pouring on oil.” And after the punishments the eighty-fascicle version sets down a comparison of its own, “as though in the Crushing Great Hell,” which the sixty-fascicle version does not have, having only “with measureless torments such as these he punished them bitterly” — that the cry can be heard at all lies in this comparison the eighty-fascicle version adds.
Fifth, the rising of the doubt and the deity’s instruction from the sky. Of Sudhana’s doubt the eighty-fascicle version says only that this king destroys all good dharmas, does deeds of great sin, and has no regard for the evil destinies, whereas the sixty-fascicle version sets down flatly “this is the evil of evils, the foremost evil man,” far heavier in its force. The previous friend’s name the eighty-fascicle version has as the elder Universal Eye, the sixty-fascicle version as Universal Eye Wondrous Fragrance. In the deity’s second speech the eighty-fascicle version first admonishes “do not weary of and turn from the words of the good friend” and afterward raises the seven matters, while the sixty-fascicle version leads with the counter-question “if you are always recalling it, why do you doubt and wonder?” — the one settles his mind first and then gives him the measure, the other charges him with his doubt first and then opens the understanding for him. The seven matters are the same in number in both but differ in name: the sixty-fascicle version has a bodhisattva’s skillful means · a bodhisattva’s knowledge · gathering beings in · taming beings · teaching and transforming beings · pitying and holding beings in mind · delivering beings, with no graph for knowledge appended to each.
Sixth, entering the palace and the raising of the fruit. The number of the attendant women the eighty-fascicle version has as ten koṭis, the sixty-fascicle version as five hundred. The raising of the fruit the eighty-fascicle version casts as a counter-question, pressing out the impossibility of “if I had actually done such evil deeds” by the five matters of recompense · bodily form · retinue · abundance · sovereignty; the sixty-fascicle version has only the one question “do you see the deeds from which this recompense of mine comes?”, and Sudhana answers “I have seen” — the eighty-fascicle version has no such answer, and the whole force of the counter-question stays inside the king’s single question. At the viewing of the palace the sixty-fascicle version abbreviates with “as said above,” while the eighty-fascicle version sets it out clause by clause. The name of the Dharma gate the eighty-fascicle version has as the liberation like an illusion, the sixty-fascicle version as the Dharma gate of conjuring.
Seventh, the humbling of himself and pointing to the superior, and the directing to the next friend. The name of the forbearance the eighty-fascicle version has as the forbearance of non-arising, the sixty-fascicle version as the forbearance of the non-arising of dharmas. The third of the four comparisons the eighty-fascicle version has as “like a shadow,” whereas the sixty-fascicle version has “the whole world is entirely like lightning” — a shadow exists along with the form and is gone when the form goes, while lightning is extinguished in the flash; the one depicts the absence of self-nature, the other the failure to last, and each rendering takes one side. The gate entered the eighty-fascicle version has as “the unobstructed Dharma gate of the real character,” the sixty-fascicle version as “the unobstructed Dharma realm”; the eighty-fascicle version has besides the two clauses “cultivating all the practices of Indra’s net” and “entering universally all the samādhis of sameness,” where the sixty-fascicle version has “possessing the wondrous practices of a bodhisattva” and “gathering in all practices,” with nothing of Indra’s net. For the dhāraṇī the sixty-fascicle version has “the measureless whirling dhāraṇī,” with three added graphs whose sense is turning and not standing still, said with respect to the working of the holding. The next friend’s city the eighty-fascicle version has as Wondrous Light and the sixty-fascicle version as Good Light, different names for one and the same place. In the taking of leave the eighty-fascicle version has “took his leave and departed,” the sixty-fascicle version “took his leave and journeyed south,” differing in the last two graphs — the one stops at the leave-taking, the other already shows the direction.
Bringing it to the ground: to know which portion one has attained, and to know as well where that portion leads through to — this is what is called humbling oneself and pointing to the superior.
Directing Him to the Next Friend and Cherishing His Virtue, Bowing and Taking Leave: South to the City of Wondrous Light
Two matters in the last passage. Directing him to the next friend: “Son of good family! To the south of this place there is a city named Wondrous Light, and a king named Great Light. Go there and ask him: how is a bodhisattva to learn the practice of a bodhisattva and cultivate the path of a bodhisattva?” Cherishing his virtue and taking leave: Sudhana “bowed to the king’s feet, circled him numberless times, took his leave, and departed.”
Chengguan’s outline of this unit stops at the humbling of himself and pointing to the superior; for these two passages he sets up no separate section within this window, and that is recorded as it stands. Li Tongxuan, on the other hand, sets up a gate of his own here: he opens this last passage into four gates — pointing to virtue and advancing upward; displaying the direction of the good friend and the name of the city where he dwells, Wondrous Light; raising the good friend’s name as king, Great Light; and bowing at his feet and taking leave. And he glosses the two names pointed to, saying that the city named Wondrous Light is the same as the eighth abode and the eighth ground, the wondrous working of effortless knowledge, which is the fullness of differentiating knowledge within the present position, and that the king named Great Light is root knowledge itself. As for that other group of four gates — pointing to virtue and advancing upward; displaying the direction of the dwelling and the name of the city, Tāla Banner; raising the king’s name, Never Satiated; and taking leave with respect and departing — it is the outline of the previous friend, the elder Universal Eye, introducing the present friend, not this friend’s outline here: the two groups bear the same name, but the stretches of text they are fastened to lie one before and one after.
A misreading to be cleared away: taking the directing to the next friend for an administrative handover. The next one this king points to is named Great Light, and the city this king dwells in is named Tāla Banner (bright and pure) — the names of the cities and the names of the friends along the road are themselves a sequence.
Bringing it to the ground: the full structure of one good friend closes only at this clause: on coming, recalling the previous teaching; on going, being directed to the next friend. Everything hard to look at in between stands inside this structure.
Lineage
For the text of this unit, three lines are opened downward.
The first is the line of the judgment and glossing of practice by contrary means. At the place of distinguishing the deep and profound, Chengguan cites the section on the training in discipline of Paramārtha’s She lun, saying that a bodhisattva’s practice by contrary means, killing and the rest, can give birth to measureless merit and obtain unsurpassed awakening, and that necessarily “only a great bodhisattva is equal to this matter,” and he divides it into the two kinds, actual practice and transformation by conjuring; as for actual practice, it is knowing that the person before one will certainly do a deed bringing unremitting retribution and that there is no other skillful means by which he may leave off this evil, so that only cutting off his life will make him not do it; and knowing further that once that person has given up his life he will certainly be born in a good destiny; and moreover the bodhisattva reflects to himself that having done the killing he will certainly fall into the hells and undergo the suffering in that one’s place, and that though that person presently undergoes a light suffering he will certainly obtain the fruit of ease — the birth in a good destiny and the fruit of ease being precisely the limiting conditions upon which the one kind, actual practice, can stand at all; and he says further that the section on discipline of the Bodhisattva Ground of the Yujia lun likewise has this account. Of the texts of these two treatises, this apparatus records only the clauses Chengguan cites, and does not dig out their original text separately. And Chengguan plainly judges this unit to belong to the one kind, transformation by conjuring, his ground being that “below, the king says so himself” — the second half of the scripture text accounts for what is conjured on its own. Zhiyan’s Kongmu zhang, too, has a section upon this friend within its glossing of the good friends in order, and judges of him: “with respect to the distinct teaching of the one vehicle: skillfully and sovereignly he displays the method of practice by contrary means, accomplishing the virtue of advancing and retreating, a surpassing skillful means,” fastening it at the end to what is accomplished by the perfection of skillful means — the name method of practice by contrary means points to the same thing as Chengguan’s transforming by contrary means, while the virtue of advancing and retreating is said with respect to the two appearances, running counter and running along: within the appearance that runs counter he does not lose what runs along, and within the appearance that runs along he is not clogged by what runs counter, so that in both advancing and retreating the virtue is accomplished; and the perfection of skillful means to which it is fastened agrees in turn with the perfection Li Tongxuan sets up in saying “skillful means as the perfection that is lord.”
The second is the line of the cross-reading of the four positions. Chengguan says that at all the positions, upon reaching the seventh, they are skillful means, and raises the three friends Fulfilled Vow, Avalokiteśvara, and Opening the Blossoms of Trees as being for the most part with respect to kindness and compassion; Li Tongxuan, for his part, sets out four positions plainly: “as at the seventh abode of the ten abodes, the position of kindness and compassion, which the laywoman Fulfilled Vow stands for”; “this seventh practice of the ten practices, the practice of kindness and compassion, is stood for by King Never Satiated”; “the seventh dedication has Avalokiteśvara as its lord, and in the seventh, the Ground of Far-Reaching, there is the night deity named Opening the Blossoms of Trees as its lord; all such are different names for the accomplishing of kindness and compassion according to position.” The two houses are upon one and the same axis; what Chengguan raises is the three friends Fulfilled Vow, Avalokiteśvara, and Opening the Blossoms of Trees, whereas Li Tongxuan sets out four positions plainly and fastens each to its position, the one he has in addition being this very friend, King Never Satiated — the Avalokiteśvara of his list and the one in Chengguan’s being the same friend of the seventh dedication.
The third is the line of the divergent glosses of the various houses, each having its own rails; recorded without adjudication. As for the outline of this unit, Chengguan makes four sections (seeking in accord with the teaching · seeing, paying respects, and inquiring · conferring his own Dharma realm · humbling himself and pointing to the superior), while Li Tongxuan does not follow this bone, and separately sets up two groups of four gates on pointing to virtue and advancing upward, one belonging to the previous friend and one to this friend, and the fourteen gates of the gate of truly entering the present position. On the matter of the name of the position, Chengguan makes it assigned to the practice of non-attachment, and the Yanyi chao glosses the reason for it as “skillful means enters into existence without being deluded about emptiness, and in phenomena and principle there is no clogging, neither forsaking nor receiving; hence it is named non-attachment”; Li Tongxuan calls this friend “the good friend of the seventh, the practice of Good Manifestation,” and elsewhere makes it “this seventh practice of the ten practices, the practice of kindness and compassion,” so that three names are seen together. As for the gloss of the city’s name, Chengguan glosses the two elements of the name, tāla and banner, separately, while Li Tongxuan takes only bright and pure and establishes the name with respect to the lord of the transforming. As for the gloss of the king’s name, Chengguan fastens it to skillful means like an illusion and transforming without attachment, while Li Tongxuan fastens it to being never satiated in benefiting the living, the name formed from the practice of the causal stage. As for the perfection that is lord, Li Tongxuan says “skillful means as the perfection that is lord, with the remaining nine as companions.” He further opens two sides, the gate of knowledge and the gate of position, in speaking of what is healed: with respect to the gate of knowledge, all the positions heal in common; with respect to the gate of position, this one position heals in particular “the obstruction of not being sovereign in the two practices, defiled and pure, while dwelling in birth-and-death,” so that one attains to dwelling in birth-and-death with great knowledge and great compassion both sovereign — the former is said of all positions in common, the latter is the reason this one position is set up at all. Fazang’s Tanxuan ji and Zhiyan’s Souxuan ji both gloss this unit proper, but rest upon the sixty-fascicle version, so that the name-forms there are King Fully Satisfied, the city of Full Banner, and the Dharma gate of conjuring. Fazang glosses the city named Full Banner as taking its name from the field of skillful means being already complete and surpassing all others, and the king named Fully Satisfied as taking his from skillful knowledge being already round and from his being sovereign whether the appearance runs counter or runs along. He further sets up a question and answers it himself — since Sudhana recalls the previous teaching, why does he still doubt? He answers: because what faces him is the appearance of anger and harm obstructing the path, “in principle doubt is required, and only then is the difference between the two practices within the bodhisattva path, going against the path and going along with it, made plainly known”; were it not so, “the wrong and the right could not be told apart.” This answer is fastened, like Chengguan’s “because practice by contrary means is hard to know,” to the difficulty of the object, and it goes one step further in saying what the doubt is for: the doubt is precisely the pass at which wrong and right are told apart. Fazang also records the Sanskrit of the friend’s name, saying that Nara is a Sanskrit word meaning full, and notes that in the Indian text this Dharma gate is named the samādhi of abiding in illusion. Zhiyan, for his part, outlines this unit in three sections (the urging of the teaching and the entering · the entering in accord with the teaching · the true entering of the Dharma realm), opens eight items under the entering in accord with the teaching — first, taking leave (taking leave of the previous friend and departing) · second, recalling (within which there are again the general first and the sixteen clauses as the particular next) · third, arriving at the place · fourth, raising a skillful means to lead him there (which has the two texts of question and answer, that is, asking where the king is and the people answering with how he governs) · fifth, from “he saw” downward, the seeing of the appearances (opened again into three: first the seeing of the dependent and proper, second the seeing of the law by which the country is governed, third the beholding that gives rise to doubt) · sixth, from “he thought in this way” downward, the bodhisattvas and the rest leading and admonishing him so that the doubt is removed · seventh, from “he heard the deity” onward, the manner of paying respect · eighth, from “he said” downward, stating himself and inquiring — the eight running from taking leave of the previous friend through to stating himself and inquiring, and answering passage for passage to the first half of this unit; and judges under the true entering that the Dharma gate has three divisions, body, working, and the displaying of its accomplishment by the reverse — and the last is precisely the passage in which the king states that his body, speech, and mind have never afflicted or harmed anyone: by that passage the unreality of what was transformed before is displayed in reverse. All these divergent glosses are the settled teachings of the ancient worthies.
Chengguan’s Explicit Judgment
On the matching of assigned positions Chengguan passes a judgment of his own at the place of the general judgment of the five aspects before the chapter, and that judgment does not belong among what is recorded without adjudication. He first sets out what two houses say — Master Yi and the treatise of Mount Tai gloss only as the text runs and make no separate matching, whereas Guangtong and the masters of his line all match positions; the two having been set out, he then judges: “both have their reason: that is, since each single position possesses many Dharma gates, how should ordinary minds be barred from being able to practice and seek the way of the good friends? — hence not matching has its reason. Yet within the absence of a sequence of positions the sequence of positions is not obstructed, and to display positions is the ordinary rule, so matching is likewise not amiss.” This one clause is Chengguan’s judgment, not the words of the two houses before it. Hence to call this unit assigned to the practice of non-attachment is said in accordance with the ancient worthies’ matching of positions, and does not mean that apart from this matching there is nothing to be understood.
In the text of one passage, the first half makes a person unable to look, and the second half makes him unable not to look. And the scripture text leaves that ‘unable to look’ of Sudhana’s upon the page just as it was — the teaching method of this passage lies in that doubt, which has not been wiped away.
品三十九 入法界品 · 大光王(寄難得行)Entering the Dharma Realm · King Great Light (Assigned to the Hard-to-Obtain Practice)
全文五層 →Full five layers →善財這一次遇見的,是一個坐在街心的國王
前面幾位善友,或是比丘,或是長者,或是優婆夷。到第十八位,善財遇見的是一位王。王與前幾位不同的地方,不在他有國有城,而在他所住的行——他自稱所修所滿的是『大慈幢行』,而他把這個行下成了一國之法。
要排一個誤解:不要把這一節讀成『一位很慈悲的國王布施了很多東西』。全子約二千七百字(漢字),布施只是其中一段;真正的骨在王自己說的那十二句「以此法」——法是他為王的法、教敕的法、攝受的法、隨逐世間的法。慈在這裡不是一種心情,是一套制度。
落到地上:讀這一節,看的是慈心怎麼從心裡走到街上。澄觀科此子為四分,最後一分才是謙己推勝;前三分,一分比一分更往外走。
念前友之法門:路上帶著的是「如幻」二字
本節起手不寫路,寫念。善財「一心正念彼王所得幻智法門」,接著四句:思惟如幻解脫、觀察如幻法性、發如幻願、淨如幻法,最後總說「普於一切如幻三世起於種種如幻變化」。
為什麼要先念這個?前一位善友所示的是幻,這一位善友所示的是慈——二事看似不相干。法藏就此下了一語,說念前之用在於「熏修前法令更增勝」,並點明其所以然:「例知世間一切法幻,同入法界」。也就是說,前一位教的是『一切法都是幻』這個例,帶著這個例往下走,下一位所示的慈才不會落成有能慈、有所慈的實有之慈。
排一個誤解:以為參學是一站換一個題目,前站所學到下站就可以放下。經文的次第正好相反——「如幻」六見連下,是他一路上反覆在做的功課。
落到地上:離開一位老師之後那段路上心裡帶著什麼,決定了你到下一位那裡能看見什麼。
漸次遊行:問路的那一句話
接著才寫路。「或至人間城邑、聚落,或經曠野、巖谷、險難」,而「無有疲懈,未曾休息」。到了城下,他不是逕自進去,是先問人:「妙光大城在於何所?」人回答他:「妙光城者,今此城是。」
這一問一答,短得幾乎可以略過,但它是本會五十餘子共同的一個體例——依教趣求之後,總有一段推求得知。澄觀科此子第一分時,就把「先念前」與「後趣後」分開說,趣後之中「初推求得知」。
排一個誤解:以為求法之人應該無所不知,問路是多餘的。經文寫的正相反——他站在城下而不知城在何處,要問。
落到地上:不恥於問一句『這是哪裡』,是求法者的第一個姿態。
自慶當益:他還沒進城,就先想好了要聽什麼
問清楚了,善財「歡喜踊躍」,心裡起了一段念:我的善知識就在這座城中,我今必當親得奉見。接著八句「聞諸菩薩」——所行之行、出要之門、所證之法、不思議功德、不思議自在、不思議平等、不思議勇猛、不思議境界廣大清淨。
澄觀把這一段科作「自慶當益」——慶的是已得,益的是當得。八句之中,前三句就菩薩之行、門、法說,後五句就菩薩之德說;而後五句句句冠以「不思議」。
排一個誤解:以為這是善財在替自己打氣。八句所列的是他將要聽的內容之目次,不是情緒。他在進門之前,先把要問的東西想清楚了。
落到地上:見善知識之前先把自己要求的是什麼列一遍,這件事本身就是法。
城之莊嚴:七寶為體,八功德水為塹
進了城,經文用了很長一段寫城。第一層是體與塹:城以金、銀、瑠璃、玻瓈、真珠、硨磲、碼碯七寶所成,有七寶深塹,七重圍遶;塹中八功德水盈滿,底布金沙,四種蓮華遍布水上。
為什麼一部講法界的經要花這麼多字寫城牆?澄觀對這一段有一個總的讀法,見於下文釋十由旬處——他說「此中事物皆應圓融表法」。也就是說,這些數與物不是實錄,是表法之具。
排一個誤解:以為讀者可以跳過這些鋪陳直接讀對話。若跳過,就讀不出善財之無染是在什麼樣的境界前面成立的——沒有這麼一座城,「皆無愛著」四字就是空話。
落到地上:先耐著性子把城讀完,後面那句無染才有分量。
七種金剛垣:七個名字,說的是同一件不可壞
七重寶多羅樹之外,是七種金剛垣,各有其名:師子光明、無能超勝、不可沮壞、不可毀缺、堅固無礙、勝妙網藏、離塵清淨。垣上又以無數摩尼妙寶間錯莊嚴,種種眾寶而為埤堄。
七名之中,「不可沮壞」「不可毀缺」「堅固無礙」三名逕就不壞說,「無能超勝」就不可越說,「師子光明」就威說,「勝妙網藏」就含攝說,「離塵清淨」就無染說。合起來是一件事的七面。
排一個誤解:以為七個名字是文辭上的鋪張。經文於此處特下一「所謂」逐一列名,凡逐一列名之處,皆是要人一一分別而見,不是要人合成一團印象。
落到地上:一件事看得出七個面向,這件事才算真的看清了。
十由旬與八門:澄觀教了一種讀數的方法
城之縱廣是一十由旬,周迴八方,面開八門,全都七寶嚴飾,毘瑠璃寶為地。
十由旬是多大?澄觀在這裡下了本節最重要的一句讀法——他說「云十由旬者,欲明圓滿」,接著自己提出一個難:「既有十億衢道,道各無量眾生,豈世間十小由旬之所能受?」十由旬的地方裝不下十億條街,這是明白的矛盾。澄觀不去調和它,而是由這個矛盾直接推出讀法:「故此中事物皆應圓融表法,如理思之。」
排一個誤解:以為經文的數字都要按世間的量去核。若按世間量核,這一段一開頭就不能成立。澄觀讀此經之法,正是從不能成立處入。
落到地上:讀到經中不合世間之量的數,先不要判它誇大,先問它表的是什麼。十,是圓滿之十。
十億衢道:街上住的是無量眾生
城內有十億衢道,一一道間,皆有無量萬億眾生於中止住。
這一句在城之莊嚴中位置很特別——前後都在寫寶物,只有這一句寫人。而澄觀提出十由旬容不下之難,所依據的也正是這一句。也就是說,經文自己在寶物的鋪排之中插入一句人,這座城才不是空城。
排一個誤解:以為依報莊嚴寫的是環境。經文寫城的用意,末後全歸到人——下文說眾生「隨心所欲,所見不同」,所見不同的正是這座城。城是為了人而寫的。
落到地上:一個地方好不好,看的不是它有多少寶,是誰住在裡面、住得怎麼樣。
十種樓閣:閣與網,兩兩相配
接著是十種樓閣,一一有網羅覆其上:閻浮檀金閣配毘瑠璃摩尼網,銀閣配赤真珠摩尼網,毘瑠璃閣配妙藏摩尼網,玻瓈閣配無垢藏摩尼王網,光照世間摩尼寶閣配日藏摩尼王網,帝青摩尼寶閣配妙光摩尼王網,眾生海摩尼王閣配焰光明摩尼王網,金剛寶閣配無能勝幢摩尼王網,黑栴檀閣配天曼陀羅華網,無等香王閣配種種華網。
十對之中,前八對閣與網皆寶,後二對閣是香木而網是華——十對之末轉出一種不同的配法。法藏就六十本立依報十種莊嚴,其中一目即是「僧祇寶閣」;智儼所立十目之中亦有「樓閣」一目。
排一個誤解:以為這十對是同一句話重複十次。逐對讀下去,材質在變,末二對連類都變了。
落到地上:同型之文最考驗讀者的耐心,而經文往往就在同型之中藏一個轉折。
諸網諸帳:無數之上還有無數
閣與網之外,城中又有無數摩尼網、寶鈴網、天香網、天華網、寶形像網五種網,又有無數寶衣帳、寶蓋帳、寶樓閣帳、寶華鬘帳四種帳,遍遍彌覆,處處建立寶蓋、幢、幡。
這一段與前段的分別在「其城復有」四字——前段是閣上之網,此段是城中之網與帳。前段已是無數,此段又是無數。法藏於依報十目中別立「純寶帳」「寶蓋覆」「建幢幡」三目,智儼亦別立「寶帳」「蓋」「幢」「幡」四目——二家都不把這一段併入前段。
排一個誤解:以為「無數」是虛寫,可以概而言之。古德分科時逐目別立,正是不肯概括。
落到地上:讀莊嚴段的功夫,在於分得出哪一句是新的一層。
正法藏樓閣:王住的地方叫做正法藏
城之當中有一樓閣,名為正法藏,阿僧祇寶莊嚴,光明赫奕最勝無比,眾生見者心無厭足——而大光王常處其中。
全城之閣無數,唯此一閣有名,且以「正法藏」為名。這是本節第一次把王與法連在一起:王常住之處,名字就叫做法之藏。六十本此閣別作一名,並不作正法藏。
排一個誤解:以為閣名只是裝飾之詞。下文王自陳「我以此法為王」,正與此閣之名前後相應——他住的是法,他治國用的也是法。
落到地上:一個人常在什麼地方,那個地方的名字就是他的自陳。
能見無染:見了這一切,而不愛著
寫完城,經文立刻轉筆:「爾時,善財童子於此一切珍寶妙物,乃至男女、六塵境界,皆無愛著,但正思惟究竟之法,一心願樂見善知識。」
澄觀科此句為「能見無染」,與前面的「見依報」相對。法藏就六十本立依報十目時,把「善財無染」列為第十目,並釋其所以能無染者二事:「知如幻故、往求善友無異念故」。前一事是前段路上所念之幻智,後一事是他自慶當益時所立之志。
排一個誤解:以為不愛著就是不去看。經文寫的是看得極盡而不著——先極盡地寫城,再說他無愛著。
落到地上:檢驗自己的不著,不在避開,在看足了之後心裡有沒有多出一樣東西。
王坐在四衢道中,不坐在殿裡
善財漸次遊行,見大光王「去於所住樓閣不遠四衢道中」,坐在如意摩尼寶蓮華藏廣大莊嚴師子之座上,紺瑠璃寶為足,金繒為帳,眾寶為網,上妙天衣為茵蓐。
王有正法藏之閣可住,而他不在閣中,在四衢道的街心坐著。澄觀就這一句下了轉語,說「處四衢道者,以四無量,用四攝法攝眾生故」——四通之道表四無量心與四攝法,坐在四衢,就是坐在攝生之處。
排一個誤解:以為這只是寫王的親民。澄觀的釋不落在態度上,落在數目的相應上——四道對四無量、四攝。
落到地上:一個人平常坐在哪裡,比他說什麼更能說明他的行。
王身十喻:二十八相,還不是滿
王結跏趺坐,「二十八種大人之相、八十隨好而以嚴身」,接著十喻:真金山、淨空日、盛滿月、梵天王、大海、雪山、大雲、虛空、須彌山、寶洲。
這裡有一個容易被跳過的數——佛之相是三十二,此王是二十八。澄觀不迴避,直說「二十八相者,因未滿故」;法藏亦說「二十八者,現因位未滿故」。二家所判同一意:這是因位之相,不是果位之相。澄觀於《演義鈔》更推所闕之四相為無見頂、眉間白毫、梵音、廣長舌,而自言未見經論,末以「驗之」二字付後——是鈔之推度,非經文明說;至於此位何以寄難得行,鈔亦自釋云無障礙願力乃能得故。十喻之中,海取無邊、雪山取嚴、大雲取能震、虛空取能現、須彌取四色普現、寶洲取充滿——句句都在說一個尚在因中而已具眾德的人。
排一個誤解:以為善知識就是佛。經文自己用一個數把界線劃出來了。
落到地上:能作人的老師,不必等到滿;而知道自己未滿,正是他能作老師的原因之一。
座前所施:物之多,與物之細
王座之前列著所施之物。先是九種珍寶堆聚,加衣服、瓔珞、飲食;次是百千萬億的寶車、天妓樂、天妙香、病緣湯藥資生之具;再次是無量乳牛蹄角金色,無量千億端正女人塗栴檀、著天衣瓔珞,六十四能無不該練,世情禮則悉皆善解,隨眾生心而以給施。
三段之中,第一段是財,第二段是樂與藥,第三段是人——所施之物由死物而入活物,由外物而入人力。澄觀科此為「先列所施」,並特別點明其性質:「通情非情」。六十四能一項,澄觀云「六十四能,義如別說」,於此不釋。
排一個誤解:以為給施只是給東西。第三段所給的是能做事、能解世情之人,是把服務也算在施內。
落到地上:真正的布施會走到「人」這一層——出人、出力、出時間。
能施之人與十二句施意
四衢道側悉置資生之具,而一一道傍皆有二十億菩薩以此諸物給施眾生。澄觀科此為三:先列所施、次「一一道」下明能施人即是助伴、後「為欲普攝」下明其施意。
施意共十二句:首句總說「為欲普攝眾生故」,下十一句別說——歡喜、踊躍、心淨、清涼、滅煩惱、知一切義理、入一切智道、捨怨敵心、離身語惡、拔諸邪見、淨諸業道。十二句由淺入深:前四句是受者當下之感,中間數句是煩惱之滅與智之入,末四句是心行與業道之淨。法藏就六十本判此段為「十門辨施意」並按云「欠一句」,是就六十本之文所作之校語。
排一個誤解:以為布施的目的就是解人之乏。十二句之中,只有前面幾句與受用有關,後面全在轉受者的心與業。
落到地上:給人東西時心裡存的是哪一句,決定這件事是布施還是交易。
敬問:善財問的還是那兩句
善財五體投地,頂禮其足,恭敬右遶,經無量匝,合掌而住,然後才開口:「聖者!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,而未知菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?我聞聖者善能誘誨,願為我說!」
一問之中三事:先陳己之所已有(已發菩提心),次陳己之所未知(云何學、云何修),末陳所以來問之由(聞聖者善能誘誨)。澄觀於此段唯下六字:「二三敬問,可知」——不多釋,因為這是本會通例之問。
排一個誤解:以為每一子都問同樣的話是文字的重複。正因為問是同一問,答之各別才顯出各善友之所得不同。同一問是量各人之尺。
落到地上:帶著同一個問題去問許多人,比每次換一個問題更能學到東西。
總示法門與得法之因緣
王的第一句答是:「善男子!我淨修菩薩大慈幢行,我滿足菩薩大慈幢行。」澄觀科此為「總示法門」,並釋其名曰「大慈首出,離染圓滿故」——「首出」釋幢,「離染圓滿」釋淨修與滿足。
接著是得法之因緣:「我於無量百千萬億乃至不可說不可說佛所,問難此法,思惟觀察,修習莊嚴。」澄觀就此下一判:「問難是聞慧,以三種慧莊嚴此慈。」問難、思惟觀察、修習,正是聞、思、修三慧;而三慧所莊嚴者是慈。
排一個誤解:以為慈心是天生的性情,用不著學。經文說得極明白——他是在無量佛所問來的,且是「問難」,不是聽過就算。
落到地上:慈也要學,也要問到不能再問為止,也要思,也要修。
以此法為王:十二句一路推出去
自「我以此法為王」以下,十二句連用「以此法」:為王、教敕、攝受、隨逐世間、引導眾生、令眾生修行、令眾生趣入、與眾生方便、令眾生熏習、令眾生起行、令眾生安住思惟諸法自性、令眾生安住慈心。澄觀科此以下為「明其業用」,而業用開五,此十二句即第一「以法攝化」。
十二句的次第是一條線:前三句在王自身之位(為王、教敕、攝受),第四句轉向世間,第五句以下句句在眾生身上,末二句歸到眾生自己安住於法性與慈心。也就是說,這個法從王手裡出發,最後停在眾生心裡,而停的地方正是王自己所住的地方——慈。
排一個誤解:以為「以此法為王」是說他用佛法來統治。句子的重心不在統治,在「此法」二字——他所有的作為都只有這一個內容。
落到地上:一個人做的十二件事若都能說成同一句話,這句話才是他的行。
以慈為主,令住六心
十二句之後,經文轉出一句總持:「以慈為主,具足慈力」。接著令眾生安住六心:利益心、安樂心、哀愍心、攝受心、守護眾生不捨離心、拔眾生苦無休息心。
六心之序由淺而深:利益與安樂是與樂,哀愍是拔苦之心生,攝受是收之於己,守護不捨離是不放手,拔眾生苦無休息是不停手。前四心尚可斷續,後二心以「不捨離」「無休息」立文,是把時間也收進去了。
排一個誤解:以為慈是一種柔軟的情緒。經文說「具足慈力」——慈在這裡是力,是能持久、能任持的力。
落到地上:檢驗自己的慈,不看當下動不動心,看它能不能不休息。
令一切眾生畢竟快樂:十三句
「我以此法令一切眾生畢竟快樂」是總句,下有十三句別說:恒自悅豫、身無諸苦、心得清涼、斷生死愛、樂正法樂、滌煩惱垢、破惡業障、絕生死流、入真法海、斷諸有趣、求一切智、淨諸心海、生不壞信。
十三句可分三層:前三句就現前身心之樂說;中間七句是斷生死愛、樂正法樂、滌煩惱垢、破惡業障、絕生死流、入真法海、斷諸有趣,其中五句就斷惑滅障說,而「樂正法樂」「入真法海」二句就所樂與所入說,夾在斷句之中;後三句就入法說(求一切智、淨諸心海、生不壞信)。「畢竟」二字所以能立,正因為此樂不止於身心之適,一直推到不壞信為止。
排一個誤解:以為『令眾生快樂』是給人好日子過。十三句之中只有前三句與世間所謂快樂相近,其餘十句全是斷與入。
落到地上:想讓一個人真的快樂,最後總要走到讓他斷什麼、信什麼。
已住此行:能以正法教化世間
這一段以一句收:「善男子!我已住此大慈幢行,能以正法教化世間。」
一句之中有二事:一是自住,二是化他。而二事之間有一個「能」字——因為已住,所以能化。澄觀分授己法界為三,而業用一分又開五。此句不在業用五分之外,而在五分之內——「我以此法為王」起業用第一分「以法攝化」,「我已住此大慈幢行」正是這第一分之收束。也就是說,前面所說的一切業用,都以這一句所說的「已住」為根。
排一個誤解:以為教化是一項本領。經文所說的能,出自住,不出自技巧。
落到地上:想教人之前,先問自己住在哪裡。
以無畏攝與以財寶攝
業用之第二是以無畏攝,只有一句:「我國土中一切眾生,皆於我所無有恐怖。」王之於民,第一件不是給,是讓人不怕他。
第三是以財寶攝:若有眾生貧窮困乏來求,「我開庫藏恣其所取」,並告訴他們四句「莫」——莫造諸惡、莫害眾生、莫起諸見、莫生執著;又指示取處:「當來我所及四衢道,一切諸物種種具足,隨意而取勿生疑難。」
值得注意的是,四句「莫」不是給的條件,是給的同時所說的話;而末後還加一句「勿生疑難」,怕人不敢取。給了東西又怕人不敢拿,這是經文寫得極細的一處。
排一個誤解:以為無畏攝與財寶攝可以合為一段。經文的次第是先無畏後財寶——人先要敢來,才談得上取。
落到地上:幫人時,先把『你不必怕』說在前面。
隨機遍攝:同一座城,五對不同的所見
業用之第四是隨機遍攝。王說此城所住眾生皆是菩薩發大乘意,而「隨心所欲,所見不同」,下有五對十句:量之狹小與廣大、地之土沙與眾寶、垣之聚土與寶牆、地面之瓦石高下不平與摩尼平坦如掌、屋宅之土木所成與殿堂樓閣階墀窓闥軒檻戶牖。末以「如是一切無非妙寶」結後一邊。
五對之中,第一對就量說,後四對就質說;而後四對之次第由地而垣、由垣而地面、由地面而屋宅,是由外而內。同一座城,所見有這麼多層差別,這一段是本節唯一直接講「心與境」的地方。
排一個誤解:以為所見不同是眾生的錯覺。經文並不判哪一邊是錯的——它只說所見不同,並在下一段說出所以不同之因。
落到地上:兩個人對同一件事說出完全相反的話,未必有一個在說謊。
見淨與見穢,分別在哪裡
接著王自己說出所以然:「若有眾生其心清淨,曾種善根供養諸佛,發心趣向一切智道,以一切智為究竟處,及我昔時修菩薩行曾所攝受,則見此城眾寶嚴淨;餘皆見穢。」
所舉之因有五:心清淨、曾種善根供養諸佛、發心趣向一切智道、以一切智為究竟處、昔時曾為王所攝受。前四因在眾生自身,第五因在王之攝受。也就是說,見得到淨,一半靠自己修來的,一半靠善知識過去攝過你。
排一個誤解:以為境隨心轉是說心想什麼就見什麼。經文所列的五因,四因是長遠的功夫,一因是宿緣,沒有一因是當下的念頭。
落到地上:今天看見的世界是什麼樣子,是很久以前的事情決定的;而其中有一部分,是別人替你決定的。
以三昧攝:先用話說,再當場做給你看
業用之第五是以三昧攝。王說此國土眾生五濁世時樂作諸惡,「我心哀愍而欲救護」,於是入菩薩大慈為首隨順世間三昧之門;入此三昧時,眾生的怖畏心、惱害心、怨敵心、諍論心「悉自消滅」。何以故?「法如是故。」末後一句是:「善男子!且待須臾,自當現見。」
澄觀科此第五分為二:「先以言告。後「時大光王」下正以定示,顯定業用。」先說後示——說是言,示是定。本節最特別的地方就在這裡:這一位說到一半,停下來,當場入定給善財看。
排一個誤解:以為「且待須臾」是客套。它是本節的轉折句——從言教轉入現證。
落到地上:能說到『你等一下自己看』的人,說的話才不是話。
定示業用之一:地、牆、堂、殿都出聲敬禮
王一入定,城內外六種震動,諸寶地、寶牆、寶堂、寶殿、臺觀、樓閣、階砌、戶牖「咸出妙音,悉向於王曲躬敬禮」。接著是城內居人舉身投地,村營城邑人眾咸來敬禮;再接著是鳥獸互相瞻視起慈悲心而禮拜,山原草樹迴轉向王敬禮,陂池泉井河海騰溢流注王前。
四層之中,第一層是非情之器物,第二層是人,第三層是畜生,第四層是山水草木。澄觀對這一整段下了一個總判:「情與非情咸成勝益者,謂同體大慈,物我無二故。」草木土石之所以能屈,不是因為草木有心,是因為能慈者不見物我之二。澄觀又以世間之王德合乾坤則麟鳳來儀為況,而以一「況」字推之於出世之慈。
排一個誤解:以為這是神通變現。澄觀的釋不落在神通上,落在「物我無二」四字。
落到地上:一個人身上的慈到了不分物我的地步,他周圍的一切都會改變位置。
定示業用之二:龍王、天王、天女、象王
接著是空中之供。十千龍王起大香雲,激電震雷,注微細雨;十千天王,忉利、夜摩、兜率陀、善變化、他化自在等而為上首,於虛空中作眾妓樂;無數天女歌詠讚歎,雨七種雲——華雲、香雲、寶鬘雲、寶衣雲、寶蓋雲、寶幢雲、寶幡雲;伊羅婆拏大象王以自在力於虛空中敷布無數大寶蓮華,垂無數寶瓔珞、寶繒帶、寶鬘、寶嚴具、寶華、寶香,無數采女種種歌讚。
四類之序是由下而上再回到下:龍在水、天在空、天女屬天、象王復是傍生之王。而所作之事一律是供養——注雨、作樂、歌詠、雨雲、敷華、垂飾。前一段是敬禮,這一段是供養;敬禮出於自然之感,供養出於有意之作。
排一個誤解:以為這一段只是熱鬧。它與前一段合起來,是「情與非情咸成勝益」之情這一邊的鋪開。
落到地上:前段是萬物向他低頭,此段是眾生為他做事——二者都不是他求來的。
定示業用之三:飲血噉肉的,也起了慈心
最後一類最重:閻浮提內無量百千萬億諸羅剎王、諸夜叉王、鳩槃荼王、毘舍闍王,或住大海,或居陸地,「飲血噉肉,殘害眾生」——而他們「皆起慈心,願行利益,明識後世,不造諸惡;恭敬合掌,頂禮於王」。並且不止於閻浮提,餘三天下乃至三千大千世界,乃至十方百千萬億那由他世界中一切毒惡眾生「悉亦如是」。
四句轉變之序值得逐句看:起慈心是心轉,願行利益是願轉,明識後世是見轉,不造諸惡是行轉。心、願、見、行四事都轉了,才說恭敬頂禮。
排一個誤解:以為這是把惡眾生嚇服了。經文用的字是「起慈心」——他們身上生出來的是與王同一樣的東西。
落到地上:慈之最極的驗,不是好人更好,是最不慈的人身上也生出慈來。
從定起:我只知道這一個
大光王從三昧起,告善財說:「善男子!我唯知此菩薩大慈為首隨順世間三昧門。」
這一句是本會通例之謙己句,而此處有一個細節:他前面自陳所修所滿的是『大慈幢行』,此處所結的門名卻是『大慈為首隨順世間三昧』——行與定二名分立。也就是說,他所滿的是一個行,而他所結唯知的是這個行走到極處所現的一個定。六十本此處以行名收定名,二名合一。澄觀釋順世之名云「慈本為物,名順世間」——慈本來就是為了眾生而有的,所以叫做順世間。
排一個誤解:以為「唯知」是謙虛的客套。他剛剛才把整個世界的敬禮示現給善財看過,這句話是在那之後說的。
落到地上:做得出來之後才說『我只知道這一個』,這句話才有重量。
慈之九喻:九件東西,說菩薩之慈
接著是推勝,取九物為喻:高蓋(慈心普蔭)、修行(下中上行悉等行)、大地(慈心任持)、滿月(福德光明平等現)、淨日(智光明照所知境)、明燈(破心中黑闇)、水清珠(清心中諂誑濁)、如意寶(滿一切所願)、大風(速令修習三昧入一切智大城)。
九喻可分五組:蓋與地取覆載,月、日、燈三者取照,水清珠取清濁,如意寶取滿願,風取速。而九目之中「為修行」一目不取物象,是九目之內的一個例外——其餘八目都是東西,只有這一目是行。這一個例外正說明九喻所喻的不是慈之相,是慈之用;用之中有一項無法以物比,只能就行說。
排一個誤解:以為九喻是九種比方,可以任舉其一。逐一讀下去,覆、照、清、滿、速五義次第推進,是慈之用由靜而動的一條線。
落到地上:想知道自己的慈到哪一步,就拿這九樣東西一件一件比。
謙己推勝:十個『我怎麼能夠』
九喻之後是十句反問:能知其行、能說其德、能稱量彼福德大山、能瞻仰彼功德眾星、能觀察彼大願風輪、能趣入彼甚深法門、能顯示彼莊嚴大海、能闡明彼普賢行門、能開示彼諸三昧窟、能讚歎彼大慈悲雲。
十句之中,前二句不取象,後八句句句取象,而動詞與所象相配得極準:山可稱量、星可瞻仰、風輪可觀察、法門可趣入、大海可顯示、行門可闡明、窟可開示、雲可讚歎。八個動詞沒有一個可以互換位置。澄觀科此第四分為「謙己推勝」,並說「先謙己知一」——先說自己只知一個,然後才推那些勝過自己的。
排一個誤解:以為謙己推勝是自貶。十句所描述的全是他所見到而說不盡的境界——他推得出這麼多名目,正因為他看見了。
落到地上:說得出自己不能到哪裡的人,通常已經走得很遠了。
指示後友:南方安住城的不動優婆夷
末後王指示後友:「善男子!於此南方,有一王都,名曰:安住;有優婆夷,名曰:不動。汝詣彼問:菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道?」
處名安住,人名不動——二名相應。本節之王所示的是慈之遍動一切,而所指之後友以不動為名,二節之間有一個明白的轉折。而所問之語與善財來時所問完全相同,一字不改:學菩薩行、修菩薩道。
排一個誤解:以為指示後友只是送客。經文令善財拿著同一個問題去問下一位,這件事本身就是教。
落到地上:一位老師能做的最後一件事,是把你交出去,並且把你要問的問題原樣還給你。
戀德禮辭
末句是:「時,善財童子頂禮王足,遶無數匝,慇懃瞻仰,辭退而去。」
四事:頂禮、遶匝、瞻仰、辭退。與他來時的五體投地、頂禮其足、恭敬右遶、經無量匝、合掌而住相對——來時多一個合掌而住,是為了問;去時多一個慇懃瞻仰,是為了記。澄觀於本節之科止於謙己推勝,此段未別立科目。
排一個誤解:以為辭退之文是套語。來與去二段之文並不相同,差別正在問與記之間。
落到地上:離開的時候多看一眼,這一眼是帶得走的。
承衍
本節之文,向下所開之流有五條線。
其一是寄位之線。本節善友寄何位,諸家所判各異:澄觀判為難得行,法藏判為尊重行,智儼《搜玄記》作第十八尊重行菩薩,智儼《孔目章》序次作十九王名大光,李通玄作第八行林菩薩而以難得行配之。序號之互異,是諸家分科計數之起點不同,各為其系統之內數,並錄不判。而位名不出經文,是古德之科——經文只說這位王所修的是大慈幢行。李通玄於逐友之卷更有長釋:以城名妙光同於第八住、第八地之無功妙用,王名大光即根本智;以善財之至此城為治前位智劣、大悲不圓之習,治令智悲均平;以二十八相為十住十行二位之智悲已修而十迴向未滿,故未具三十二相;並判本友以願波羅蜜為主、餘九度為伴。此皆通玄一家之表法軌,誌錄不判。
其二是釋名之線。城名與王名,二家各就所據之本而釋。澄觀就八十本之「妙光」釋云前位悲增而今得無住妙慧運眾生,就王名釋云慈定之智無不該、廣大願中皆徹照;法藏就六十本之「善光」釋云順理益物而業用為光,就王名釋云大慈定光照益群品而攝化自在。二釋之落點一在慧、一在用,誌錄不判。
其三是依報分目之線。法藏於見勝依報立十種莊嚴,其目為池塹、寶牆、街巷、巷僧祇眾、僧祇寶閣、純寶帳、寶蓋覆、建幢幡、別閣王住、善財無染;智儼所立十目為塹、牆、巷、人眾、樓閣、寶帳、蓋、幢、幡、王住處樓閣。二家同立十目而所收不同——法藏以善財之無染入十,智儼以王住處樓閣入十。此諸異釋皆古德成說,誌錄不判。
其四是本友科段續開之線。法藏於授己法界下開五——初示己法門、明得法因緣、顯法門業用、明慈定功力、結己自分;業用一分又開四:以法攝生、以財益物、隨行異見、簡定機器;慈定功力開二:先說彼定用,後對現其用;末後仰推勝進亦開三:初一句總推慈益深廣、次七句約喻顯德、後結非己分。智儼《搜玄記》則於正入下開二,其利益用開五,三昧功能證現事開三,仰推開三。諸家所開之目各為其系統之科,與澄觀之四分五業用並錄不判。
其五是四十卷本之線。本品尚有般若所譯之四十卷本。四十本之王具三十二種大人之相,非八十本之二十八;施意之句十四、以此法之句十五、慈為主所令住之心目九、推勝之喻十、推勝之句十二,皆多於八十本。名數之增減,各本自為其系統,誌錄不判。
一節之文,前半是看城,後半是看定。看城看到不愛著,看定看到情與非情咸來歸——這一節的次第,全在一個看字上。而王所說的話裡,最要緊的只有一句:他把自己所修的行,下成了一國之法。
The One Sudhana Meets This Time Is a King Seated at the Heart of a Street
Of the several good friends before this, some were monks, some elders, some laywomen. At the eighteenth, the one Sudhana meets is a king. What sets this king apart from the several before him is not that he has a country and a city, but the practice in which he abides — he calls the practice he has cultivated and brought to fullness ‘the practice of the Banner of Great Kindness’, and he has brought that practice down into the law of a whole country.
A misreading to be cleared away: do not read this unit as ‘a very compassionate king gave away a great many things’. The whole unit runs to something over two thousand seven hundred graphs, and the giving is only one passage of it; the real bone lies in the twelve clauses the king himself speaks, “by this Dharma” — the Dharma by which he is king, the Dharma by which he gives command, the Dharma by which he gathers in, the Dharma by which he follows after the world. Kindness here is not a state of feeling; it is an institution.
Bringing it to the ground: in reading this unit, what one watches is how the mind of kindness walks out of the heart and into the street. Chengguan outlines this unit in four sections, and only the last is the humbling of himself and the pointing to the superior; of the first three, each walks further outward than the one before it.
Recalling the Previous Friend’s Dharma Gate: What He Carries Along the Road Is the Two Words “Like an Illusion”
This unit opens not by writing of the road but by writing of what is held in mind. Sudhana is “single-mindedly and rightly holding in mind the Dharma gate of the knowledge of illusion that that king had obtained,” and then four clauses follow: pondering the liberation that is like an illusion, contemplating the dharma-nature that is like an illusion, giving rise to vows that are like an illusion, purifying dharmas that are like an illusion — and last a general clause, “everywhere throughout all the three times that are like an illusion giving rise to every kind of transformation that is like an illusion.”
Why must this be held in mind first? What the previous good friend displayed was illusion; what this good friend displays is kindness — the two matters look unrelated. Fazang sets down a word on just this, saying that the use of recalling the previous friend lies in “perfuming and cultivating the former Dharma so as to make it grow yet more surpassing,” and he points out why this is so: “by way of example one knows that all things of the world are illusion, and so enters the Dharma realm alike.” That is to say, what the previous one taught was the example that ‘all dharmas are illusion’; carrying that example onward, the kindness which the next one displays will not fall into a substantial kindness with someone who is kind and someone toward whom kindness is shown.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that in studying under teachers each station is a change of topic, and that what was learned at the previous station can be set down at the next. The order of the scripture text is exactly the reverse — “like an illusion” appearing six times in succession is the lesson he goes on repeating all along the road.
Bringing it to the ground: what one carries in the mind along the road after leaving one teacher decides what one will be able to see when one reaches the next.
Traveling On from One Place to the Next: The One Sentence in Which He Asked the Way
Only then does the text write of the road. “At times he came to the cities and settlements of the human world, at times he passed through wildernesses, crags and valleys, and places of hardship and peril,” and yet he was “without weariness or slackening, and never stopping to rest.” Arriving beneath the city he does not go straight in; he first asks the people: “Where is the great city of Wondrous Light?” The people answer him: “The city of Wondrous Light — this city here is it now.”
This one question and answer is so short it could almost be passed over, but it is a form shared by the fifty and more units of this assembly — after the seeking in accord with the teaching there is always a passage of searching out and coming to know. When Chengguan outlines the first section of this unit he separates “first the recalling of the former” from “afterward the going on toward the next”, and within the going on toward the next there is “first the searching out and coming to know”.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that a man who seeks the Dharma ought to know everything, and that asking the way is superfluous. What the scripture text writes is just the opposite — he stands beneath the city and does not know where the city is, and he must ask.
Bringing it to the ground: not to be ashamed to ask ‘where is this?’ is the first posture of one who seeks the Dharma.
Rejoicing in the Benefit to Come: Before He Has Even Entered the City, He Has Already Settled What He Will Hear
Having asked and understood, Sudhana “rejoiced and leapt for joy,” and a thought arose in his mind: my good friend is within this city, and I shall now surely be able to see him myself. Then follow eight clauses of “to hear that the bodhisattvas” — the practices they practice, the essential gate by which they go forth, the Dharma they realize, their inconceivable merit and virtue, their inconceivable mastery, their inconceivable equality, their inconceivable valor, and the inconceivable vastness and purity of their sphere.
Chengguan outlines this passage as “rejoicing in the benefit to come” — what he rejoices in is what has already been obtained, and the benefit is what is yet to be obtained. Of the eight clauses, the first three speak with respect to the bodhisattvas’ practice, gate, and Dharma, and the last five with respect to the bodhisattvas’ virtue; and each of the last five is crowned with “inconceivable”.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that Sudhana is here cheering himself on. What the eight clauses set out is the table of contents of what he is about to hear, not an emotion. Before going through the door he has first thought out clearly what he is going to ask.
Bringing it to the ground: to run through once, before seeing a good friend, what it is one is asking for — that act is itself the Dharma.
The Adornment of the City: The Seven Jewels for Its Substance, Water of the Eight Qualities for Its Moats
Once inside the city, the scripture text uses a very long passage to write of the city. The first layer is its substance and its moats: the city is made of the seven jewels, gold, silver, beryl, crystal, pearl, tridacna shell, and agate; it has deep moats of the seven jewels, encircling it seven times over; the moats are filled with water of the eight qualities, golden sand is spread on their bed, and four kinds of lotus flower are spread everywhere upon the water.
Why should a scripture that expounds the Dharma realm spend so many graphs writing of city walls? Chengguan has one general way of reading this passage, given below where he glosses the ten yojanas — he says “all the things and matters herein should be taken as a perfect and unobstructed setting forth of the Dharma by symbol.” That is to say, these numbers and things are not a record of fact; they are the instruments of setting forth the Dharma by symbol.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that the reader may skip this laying-out and go straight to the dialogue. If one skips it, one cannot read out before what kind of a sphere Sudhana’s freedom from defilement is established — without such a city as this, the four graphs “he had no attachment at all” are empty words.
Bringing it to the ground: read the city through first with patience, and only then will the sentence about freedom from defilement that comes after it carry weight.
The Seven Adamantine Walls: Seven Names, Speaking of One and the Same Indestructibility
Outside the seven rows of jewelled tāla trees are the seven kinds of adamantine wall, each with its own name: Lion Light, None Can Surpass It, It Cannot Be Broken Down, It Cannot Be Marred or Chipped, Firm and Unobstructed, the Treasury of the Surpassing and Wondrous Net, and Free of Dust and Pure. Upon the walls, moreover, numberless wondrous maṇi jewels are set in among one another as adornment, and every kind of jewel is made into the battlements.
Among the seven names, the three names “It Cannot Be Broken Down”, “It Cannot Be Marred or Chipped”, and “Firm and Unobstructed” speak directly with respect to indestructibility; “None Can Surpass It” speaks with respect to what cannot be crossed; “Lion Light” speaks with respect to majesty; “the Treasury of the Surpassing and Wondrous Net” speaks with respect to holding all within; and “Free of Dust and Pure” speaks with respect to freedom from defilement. Taken together they are seven faces of one thing.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that the seven names are a flourish of language. At this place the scripture text expressly sets down a “that is to say” and lists the names one by one; and wherever names are listed one by one, it is because one is meant to see them severally and distinctly, not to fuse them into a single impression.
Bringing it to the ground: only when one can make out seven faces in a thing has one truly seen that thing clearly.
Ten Yojanas and Eight Gates: Chengguan Teaches a Way of Reading Numbers
The city is ten yojanas across, faces the eight directions around, and has a gate opening on each face, all adorned with the seven jewels, with vaiḍūrya jewels for its ground.
How large is ten yojanas? Here Chengguan sets down the most important sentence of reading in this unit — he says “as for the words ‘ten yojanas’, it is to make plain fullness and completeness”, and then he himself raises a difficulty: “since there are ten koṭis of thoroughfares, and on each thoroughfare measureless beings, how could ten small worldly yojanas hold them?” Ten yojanas of ground cannot hold ten koṭis of streets; this is a plain contradiction. Chengguan does not go about reconciling it; rather, out of this very contradiction he draws the way of reading directly: “therefore all the things and matters herein should be taken as a perfect and unobstructed setting forth of the Dharma by symbol, to be pondered according to principle.”
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that the numbers of a scripture text must all be checked against worldly measure. If one checks them by worldly measure, this passage cannot stand from its very first line. Chengguan’s way of reading this scripture is precisely to enter by the place where it cannot stand.
Bringing it to the ground: when one reads in a scripture a number that does not fit worldly measure, do not first judge it an exaggeration; first ask what it sets forth by symbol. The ten is the ten of fullness and completeness.
Ten Koṭis of Thoroughfares: Measureless Beings Dwell in the Streets
Within the city there are ten koṭis of thoroughfares, and between each one of these thoroughfares there dwell measureless myriads of koṭis of beings.
This one sentence stands in a very singular place amid the adornment of the city — before and after it the writing is all of jewelled things, and only this one sentence writes of people. And the difficulty Chengguan raises, that ten yojanas cannot hold them, rests upon just this sentence. That is to say, the scripture text itself inserts one sentence about people into the laying-out of jewelled things, and only so is this city not an empty city.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that the adornment of the dependent recompense is writing about surroundings. The intent of the scripture text in writing of the city returns at the last wholly to people — below it says that beings, “in accordance with what each one’s mind desires, what they see is not the same”, and what they see differently is precisely this city. The city is written for the sake of people.
Bringing it to the ground: whether a place is good is judged not by how many jewels it has, but by who lives in it and how they live.
Ten Kinds of Storeyed Pavilion: Pavilion and Net, Matched Two by Two
Next come ten kinds of storeyed pavilion, each with a net covering it above: the pavilion of jāmbūnada gold matched with a net of vaiḍūrya maṇi; the silver pavilion with a net of red pearl maṇi; the vaiḍūrya pavilion with a net of Wondrous Treasury maṇi; the crystal pavilion with a net of the Stainless Treasury maṇi-king; the pavilion of the maṇi jewel that Illumines the World with a net of the Sun Treasury maṇi-king; the pavilion of the Indra-blue maṇi jewel with a net of the Wondrous Light maṇi-king; the pavilion of the Sea of Beings maṇi-king with a net of the Blazing Light maṇi-king; the pavilion of adamantine jewels with a net of the Unconquerable Banner maṇi-king; the black sandalwood pavilion with a net of heavenly mandārava flowers; and the pavilion of the Unequalled Fragrance King with a net of every kind of flower.
Among the ten pairs, in the first eight both pavilion and net are jewels; in the last two the pavilion is fragrant wood and the net is flowers — at the end of the ten pairs a different manner of matching turns out. Fazang, with respect to the sixty-fascicle version, sets up ten kinds of adornment of the dependent recompense, and one of those items is “the asaṃkhyeya jewelled pavilions”; among the ten items Zhiyan sets up there is likewise an item “storeyed pavilions”.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that these ten pairs are one and the same sentence repeated ten times. Read them pair by pair: the materials change, and in the last two pairs even the kind changes.
Bringing it to the ground: writing of one and the same form tries a reader’s patience more than anything else, and it is often within just such sameness of form that the scripture text hides a turn.
The Nets and the Canopies: Above the Numberless, Numberless Again
Besides the pavilions and their nets, the city further has numberless maṇi nets, nets of jewelled bells, nets of heavenly incense, nets of heavenly flowers, and nets of jewelled images — five kinds of net; and further numberless canopies of jewelled cloth, canopies of jewelled parasols, canopies of jewelled pavilions, and canopies of jewelled flower garlands — four kinds of canopy, spread over it everywhere, with jewelled parasols, banners, and pennants set up in every place.
What divides this passage from the one before it are the four graphs “this city further had” — the former passage is of the nets upon the pavilions, this passage of the nets and canopies within the city. The former was already numberless; this one is numberless again. Among the ten items of the dependent recompense Fazang sets up three separate items, “canopies of pure jewels”, “the covering of jewelled parasols”, and “the setting up of banners and pennants”; Zhiyan likewise sets up four separate items, “jewelled canopies”, “parasols”, “banners”, and “pennants” — neither of the two merges this passage into the one before.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that “numberless” is written loosely and may be summed up in general terms. That the ancient worthies, in dividing the outline, set up item after item separately is precisely their refusal to sum up.
Bringing it to the ground: the skill of reading a passage of adornment lies in being able to make out which sentence is a new layer.
The Pavilion Treasury of the True Dharma: The Place Where the King Dwells Is Named Treasury of the True Dharma
At the center of the city there is a storeyed pavilion named Treasury of the True Dharma, adorned with asaṃkhyeya jewels, radiant and blazing, most surpassing and beyond compare, and beings who see it are never sated in mind — and King Great Light constantly dwells within it.
The pavilions of the whole city are numberless, and this one alone has a name, and that name is Treasury of the True Dharma. This is the first time in this unit that king and Dharma are joined together: the place where the king constantly dwells is named the treasury of the Dharma. In the sixty-fascicle version this pavilion bears a different name, and is not called Treasury of the True Dharma.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that the pavilion’s name is merely a decorative word. Below, the king says of himself “by this Dharma I am king”, which answers to the name of this pavilion, the one before and the other after — what he dwells in is the Dharma, and what he governs the country with is likewise the Dharma.
Bringing it to the ground: where a person constantly is, the name of that place is that person’s own statement of himself.
Able to See Without Defilement: Having Seen All This, and Yet Without Attachment
Having finished writing of the city, the scripture text turns its brush at once: “At that time Sudhana the youth had no attachment toward any of these precious jewels and wondrous things, nor even toward men and women or the sphere of the six sense objects; he only pondered rightly upon the ultimate Dharma, single-mindedly wishing and delighting to see the good friend.”
Chengguan outlines this sentence as “able to see without defilement”, set over against the “seeing of the dependent recompense” before it. When Fazang, with respect to the sixty-fascicle version, sets up the ten items of the dependent recompense, he lists “Sudhana without defilement” as the tenth, and glosses two matters by which he is able to be without defilement: “because he knows it to be like an illusion, and because in going in search of a good friend he has no other thought.” The former matter is the knowledge of illusion he held in mind on the road in the passage before; the latter is the aim he set up when he rejoiced in the benefit to come.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that being without attachment means not looking. What the scripture text writes is a looking to the very end and yet no attaching — first the city is written out to the very end, and only then is it said that he had no attachment.
Bringing it to the ground: to test one’s own non-attachment is not a matter of avoidance, but of whether, after one has looked one’s fill, there is anything left over in the mind.
The King Sits Amid the Crossroads Where Four Roads Meet, Not in His Hall
Traveling on from one place to the next, Sudhana sees King Great Light “not far from the pavilion where he dwelt, amid the crossroads where four roads meet”, seated upon a vast and adorned lion throne of the wish-fulfilling maṇi-jewel lotus-flower treasury, with dark-blue beryl jewels for its feet, gold silk for its curtains, every kind of jewel for its nets, and finest heavenly cloth for its sitting mat.
The king has the pavilion Treasury of the True Dharma to dwell in, and yet he is not in the pavilion; he is seated at the heart of the street where four roads meet. Upon this one sentence Chengguan sets down a turning word, saying “that he is amid the crossroads where four roads meet is because with the four measureless minds he uses the four means of gathering to gather beings in” — the roads open in four directions set forth by symbol the four measureless minds and the four means of gathering, and to sit at the crossing of four roads is to sit in the very place of gathering beings in.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that this is merely writing of the king’s closeness to his people. Chengguan’s gloss does not come down upon attitude; it comes down upon a correspondence of numbers — the four roads answering to the four measureless minds and the four means of gathering.
Bringing it to the ground: where a person ordinarily sits tells more of his practice than what he says.
The Ten Similes of the King’s Body: Twenty-Eight Marks, and That Is Not Yet Fullness
The king sits cross-legged, “adorned in body with the twenty-eight marks of a great man and the eighty secondary marks”, and then come ten similes: a mountain of true gold, the sun in a clear sky, the moon at the full, the king of the Brahmā heaven, the great ocean, the Snow Mountain, a great cloud, empty space, Mount Sumeru, and an island of jewels.
Here there is a number easily passed over — the marks of a buddha are thirty-two, and this king’s are twenty-eight. Chengguan does not avoid it, but says outright “as for the twenty-eight marks, it is because the cause is not yet full”; Fazang likewise says “as for the twenty-eight, it is because he manifests that the stage of the cause is not yet full.” The two of them judge to one and the same sense: these are the marks of the stage of the cause, not the marks of the stage of the fruit. In the Yanyi chao Chengguan further infers that the four marks wanting are the invisible crown of the head, the white hair between the brows, the Brahmā voice, and the broad long tongue, while saying of himself that he has not seen it in scripture or treatise, and leaving at the end the words “let it be verified” — this is the Chao’s inference, not a plain statement of the scripture text; and as for why this position is assigned to the Hard-to-Obtain Practice, the Chao glosses it too, saying that it can be obtained only by the power of unobstructed vows. Among the ten similes, the sea takes boundlessness, the Snow Mountain takes adornment, the great cloud takes the power to shake, empty space takes the power to display, Sumeru takes the four colors appearing everywhere, and the island of jewels takes being filled full — every clause speaks of a man who is still within the cause and yet already complete in the several virtues.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that a good friend is a buddha. The scripture text itself has drawn the boundary with a number.
Bringing it to the ground: one who can be a teacher of others need not wait until he is full; and knowing that he is not yet full is itself one of the reasons he can be a teacher.
What Is Given Before the Throne: The Quantity of Things, and the Fineness of Things
Before the king’s throne are set out the things that are given. First are nine kinds of precious jewel heaped up, with garments, necklaces, and food and drink; next are hundreds of thousands of myriads of koṭis of jewelled carriages, heavenly musical entertainments, heavenly wondrous incenses, and medicinal broths and goods for the sustaining of life for the treatment of illness; and next again are measureless milk-cows with hooves and horns of the color of gold, and measureless thousand koṭis of comely women smeared with sandalwood and wearing heavenly garments and necklaces, practiced in all of the sixty-four arts without exception, skilled in understanding the feelings and proprieties of the world — and these too are given in accordance with the minds of beings.
Of the three passages, the first is wealth, the second is pleasure and medicine, and the third is people — the things given pass from lifeless things to living ones, from outward things to human capacities. Chengguan outlines this as “first the setting out of what is given”, and he points out its character in particular: “running through both the sentient and the insentient”. As for the item of the sixty-four arts, Chengguan says “as for the sixty-four arts, the sense of them is as expounded elsewhere”, and does not gloss it here.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that giving is only the giving of things. What is given in the third passage is people who can do things and who understand the ways of the world; it counts service too within the giving.
Bringing it to the ground: true giving will walk down to the layer of ‘people’ — giving persons, giving effort, giving time.
The Givers, and the Twelve Clauses of the Intent of the Giving
On both sides of the crossroads where four roads meet, goods for the sustaining of life are set out everywhere, and beside each one of the roads there are twenty koṭis of bodhisattvas who take these things and give them to beings. Chengguan outlines this in three: first the setting out of what is given; next, from “beside each one of the roads” downward, the clarifying of the givers, who are the helping companions; afterward, from “for the sake of gathering in everywhere” downward, the clarifying of the intent of the giving.
The intent of the giving comes to twelve clauses: the first clause states it in general, “for the sake of gathering in beings everywhere”, and the eleven clauses below state it severally — rejoicing, leaping for joy, purity of mind, coolness, the extinguishing of the afflictions, knowing every meaning and principle, entering the path of all-knowledge, casting away the mind of enmity, leaving behind the evil of body and speech, pulling out all wrong views, and purifying all the paths of action. The twelve clauses go from the shallow into the deep: the first four are what the receiver feels at the moment; the several clauses in the middle are the extinguishing of the afflictions and the entering into knowledge; the last four are the purifying of the mind’s activity and of the paths of action. Fazang, with respect to the sixty-fascicle version, judges this passage to be “ten gates that set out the intent of the giving”, and notes that “one clause is wanting”, which is a collation remark made with respect to the wording of the sixty-fascicle version.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that the aim of giving is to relieve a person’s want. Among the twelve clauses only the first few have to do with what is received and used; all the rest have to do with turning the receiver’s mind and action.
Bringing it to the ground: which of these clauses one holds in mind when giving something to another decides whether the act is giving or trade.
Paying Respects and Inquiring: What Sudhana Asks Is Still the Same Two Questions
Sudhana casts his five limbs to the ground, bows to his feet, respectfully circumambulates him to the right, passes measureless times around, joins his palms and stands, and only then opens his mouth: “Holy one! I have already given rise, before this, to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, yet I do not know how a bodhisattva is to study the bodhisattva practice, or how he is to cultivate the bodhisattva path. I have heard that the holy one is skilled in guiding and instructing; be willing to expound it for me!”
Within the one question there are three matters: first he states what he already has (he has already given rise to the mind of awakening); next he states what he does not yet know (how to study, how to cultivate); and last he states the reason he has come to ask (having heard that the holy one is skilled in guiding and instructing). Upon this passage Chengguan sets down six graphs only: “second and third, paying respects and inquiring, may be understood” — he does not gloss it further, because this is the question that is the common form of this assembly.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that asking the same words in every unit is a repetition of the writing. It is precisely because the question is one and the same that the difference of the answers makes plain how what each good friend has obtained differs. One and the same question is the measuring-rod for each man.
Bringing it to the ground: to carry one and the same question and put it to many people teaches more than changing the question every time.
Displaying the Dharma Gate in General, and the Causes and Conditions of Obtaining the Dharma
The king’s first sentence of answer is: “Son of good family! I have purely cultivated the bodhisattva practice of the Banner of Great Kindness; I have brought the bodhisattva practice of the Banner of Great Kindness to fullness.” Chengguan outlines this as “displaying the Dharma gate in general”, and glosses its name as “great kindness standing foremost, free of defilement and perfectly full” — “standing foremost” glosses the banner, and “free of defilement and perfectly full” glosses the pure cultivating and the bringing to fullness.
Next come the causes and conditions of obtaining the Dharma: “In the presence of measureless hundreds of thousands of myriads of koṭis, and even of unspeakably unspeakably many buddhas, I put hard questions concerning this Dharma, pondered and contemplated it, and cultivated and adorned it.” Upon this Chengguan sets down a judgment: “the putting of hard questions is the wisdom that comes of hearing; with the three kinds of wisdom he adorns this kindness.” The putting of hard questions, the pondering and contemplating, and the cultivating are just the three kinds of wisdom — that which comes of hearing, of pondering, and of cultivating; and what those three adorn is kindness.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that a kind heart is an inborn disposition that needs no study. The scripture text says it with the utmost plainness — he asked for it in the presence of measureless buddhas, and what he did was to “put hard questions”, not merely to hear and let it be.
Bringing it to the ground: kindness too must be studied, must be asked about until there is no more asking, must be pondered, and must be cultivated.
By This Dharma I Am King: Twelve Clauses Pushed Out All Along One Line
From “by this Dharma I am king” onward, twelve clauses use “by this Dharma” one after another: being king, giving command, gathering in, following after the world, leading beings, making beings cultivate, making beings enter in, giving beings skillful means, making beings be perfumed, making beings set out in practice, making beings abide securely in pondering the own-nature of all dharmas, and making beings abide securely in the mind of kindness. Chengguan outlines what follows from here as “clarifying the working”, and the working opens into five, of which these twelve clauses are the first, “gathering in and transforming by the Dharma”.
The order of the twelve clauses is a single line: the first three are at the king’s own station (being king, giving command, gathering in); the fourth turns toward the world; from the fifth on, every clause is upon beings; and the last two return to beings themselves abiding securely in the nature of dharmas and in the mind of kindness. That is to say, this Dharma sets out from the king’s hands and comes at last to rest within the minds of beings, and the place where it rests is precisely the place where the king himself dwells — kindness.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that “by this Dharma I am king” means that he governs by means of the Buddha-dharma. The weight of the sentence does not lie in governing; it lies in the two words “this Dharma” — everything he does has only this one content.
Bringing it to the ground: only when the twelve things a person does can all be stated in one and the same sentence is that sentence his practice.
With Kindness Foremost, Causing Them to Abide in Six Minds
After the twelve clauses the scripture text turns out one sentence that holds them all: “with kindness foremost, and complete in the power of kindness”. Then he causes beings to abide securely in six minds: the mind of benefiting, the mind of giving ease, the mind of pity, the mind of gathering in, the mind of guarding beings and not forsaking them, and the mind of pulling out the suffering of beings without ceasing.
The order of the six minds goes from the shallow to the deep: benefiting and giving ease are the giving of ease; pity is the arising of the mind that pulls out suffering; gathering in is taking them to oneself; guarding and not forsaking is not letting go; pulling out the suffering of beings without ceasing is not staying the hand. The first four minds may still come and go; the last two are set down with the words “not forsaking” and “without ceasing”, and so take time itself into them as well.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that kindness is a soft emotion. The scripture text says “complete in the power of kindness” — kindness here is a power, a power that can endure and can bear up.
Bringing it to the ground: to test one’s own kindness, do not watch whether the heart is stirred at the moment; watch whether it can go on without ceasing.
Causing All Beings to Be Happy Once and for All: Thirteen Clauses
“By this Dharma I cause all beings to be happy once and for all” is the general clause, and beneath it are thirteen clauses stated severally: to be constantly glad of themselves, to be without any suffering in body, to be cooled in mind, to cut off the craving of birth-and-death, to delight in the delight of the true Dharma, to wash away the defilement of the afflictions, to break the obstruction of evil action, to sever the stream of birth-and-death, to enter the sea of the true Dharma, to sever the destinies of the several kinds of existence, to seek all-knowledge, to purify the sea of all their minds, and to give rise to a faith that cannot be broken.
The thirteen clauses may be divided into three layers: the first three speak with respect to the ease of body and mind present before one; the seven in the middle are: cutting off the craving of birth-and-death, delighting in the delight of the true Dharma, washing away the defilement of the afflictions, breaking the obstruction of evil action, severing the stream of birth-and-death, entering the sea of the true Dharma, and severing the destinies of existence — of which five speak with respect to the cutting off of delusion and the extinguishing of obstruction, while the two clauses “to delight in the delight of the true Dharma” and “to enter the sea of the true Dharma” speak with respect to what is delighted in and what is entered, set in among the clauses of cutting off; and the last three speak with respect to entering the Dharma (seeking all-knowledge, purifying the sea of the mind, giving rise to unbreakable faith). That the two graphs rendered “once and for all” can stand is precisely because this happiness does not stop at the comfort of body and mind, but is pushed all the way to unbreakable faith.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that ‘causing beings to be happy’ means giving people good days to live. Of the thirteen clauses only the first three come near what the world calls happiness; the other ten are all cutting off and entering.
Bringing it to the ground: to make a person truly happy, one must in the end come to what he is to cut off and what he is to believe.
Already Abiding in This Practice: Able to Transform and Teach the World with the True Dharma
This passage is closed with one sentence: “Son of good family! I already abide securely in this practice of the Banner of Great Kindness, and am able to transform and teach the world with the true Dharma.”
Within the one sentence there are two matters: first his own abiding, second his transforming of others; and between the two matters there stands the word “able” — because he already abides, therefore he is able to transform. Chengguan divides the conferring of his own Dharma realm into three, and the working divides again into five. This sentence does not stand outside the five divisions of the working but within them — “by this Dharma I am king” opens the first division of the working, “gathering in and transforming by the Dharma”, and “I already abide securely in this practice of the Banner of Great Kindness” is the very closing of that first division. That is to say, all the workings spoken of above take the “already abiding” of this one sentence as their root.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that transforming and teaching is a skill. The ability of which the scripture text speaks comes out of abiding, not out of technique.
Bringing it to the ground: before wishing to teach others, first ask oneself where one abides.
Gathering In by Fearlessness, and Gathering In by Jewels and Wealth
The second of the workings is gathering in by fearlessness, and it has one sentence only: “All the beings within my land have no fear of me.” The first thing a king does for his people is not to give, but to let them not be afraid of him.
The third is gathering in by jewels and wealth: if there are beings poor and destitute who come seeking, “I open my treasuries and let them take what they will”, and he tells them four clauses of “do not” — do not do any evil deeds, do not harm beings, do not give rise to any views, do not give rise to attachment; and he further points out where to take them: “come to me and to the crossroads where four roads meet: everything of every kind is fully supplied there, take it as you please, and do not give rise to any misgiving.”
What is worth noting is that the four clauses of “do not” are not conditions upon the giving; they are words spoken at the same time as the giving; and at the end there is added the further clause “do not give rise to any misgiving”, for fear that they should not dare to take. To have given the things and then to fear that people will not dare to take them — this is a place where the scripture text writes with the utmost fineness.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that gathering in by fearlessness and gathering in by jewels and wealth could be merged into one passage. The order of the scripture text is fearlessness first and wealth after — a person must first dare to come before there can be any question of his taking.
Bringing it to the ground: when helping someone, put ‘you need not be afraid’ first.
Gathering In Everywhere According to Capacity: One and the Same City, Five Pairs of Differing Sights
The fourth of the workings is gathering in everywhere according to capacity. The king says that the beings who dwell in this city are all bodhisattvas who have raised the intent of the Great Vehicle, and yet “in accordance with what each one’s mind desires, what they see is not the same”, and beneath this are five pairs, ten clauses: the extent, small or vast; the ground, earth and sand or every kind of jewel; the walls, heaped earth or jewelled walls; the surface of the ground, tile and stone high and low and uneven or maṇi level as the palm; the dwellings, made of earth and wood or halls and storeyed pavilions with steps and terraces, windows and doorways, railings and balustrades, casements and shutters. It is closed on the latter side with “all such things being nothing other than wondrous jewels”.
Of the five pairs, the first speaks with respect to extent and the latter four with respect to quality; and the order of the latter four goes from the ground to the walls, from the walls to the surface of the ground, and from the surface of the ground to the dwellings — that is, from the outer to the inner. One and the same city, and what is seen has so many layers of difference: this passage is the one place in this unit that speaks directly of mind and object.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that the difference of what is seen is a mistaken perception on the part of beings. The scripture text does not judge which side is mistaken — it says only that what is seen differs, and in the next passage it states the reason for the difference.
Bringing it to the ground: when two people say wholly opposite things about one and the same matter, it does not follow that one of them is lying.
Seeing It Pure and Seeing It Foul: Wherein Lies the Difference
Then the king himself states the reason: “If there are beings whose minds are pure, who have in the past planted roots of good and made offering to the buddhas, who have raised the mind that goes toward the path of all-knowledge and taken all-knowledge as the ultimate place of refuge, and those whom I gathered in of old when I was cultivating the bodhisattva practice, they see this city as adorned and pure with every kind of jewel; the rest all see it as foul.”
The causes raised are five: purity of mind; having in the past planted roots of good and made offering to the buddhas; having raised the mind that goes toward the path of all-knowledge; taking all-knowledge as the ultimate place of refuge; and having of old been gathered in by the king. The first four causes lie within the beings themselves; the fifth lies in the good friend’s gathering in. That is to say, to be able to see it pure is half a matter of what one has cultivated oneself, and half a matter of a good friend having gathered one in long ago.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that ‘the object turns with the mind’ means that one sees whatever one thinks of. Of the five causes the scripture text sets out, four are long labor and one is a bond formed in the past; not one of them is a thought of the present moment.
Bringing it to the ground: what the world looks like to one today was decided by matters very long ago; and some part of it was decided for one by other people.
Gathering In by Samādhi: First He Tells It in Words, Then He Does It There and Then for You to See
The fifth of the workings is gathering in by samādhi. The king says that the beings of this land, in the age of the five turbidities, delight in doing evil deeds, and that “in my mind I pity them and wish to save and protect them”, and so he enters the gate of the bodhisattva samādhi of according with the world with great kindness foremost; and when he enters this samādhi, beings’ minds of dread, of vexing and harming, of enmity, and of contention “are extinguished of themselves”. Why is this? “Because such is the Dharma.” And the last sentence is: “Son of good family! Wait but a little while, and you will presently see it before you of yourself.”
Chengguan divides this fifth part in two: “within it there are two: first the telling in words; afterward, from ‘at that time King Great Light’ downward, the direct displaying by concentration, making manifest the working of the concentration.” First the telling and then the displaying — the telling is words, the displaying is concentration. And here lies the most singular thing in this unit: this one, halfway through the telling, stops, and enters concentration there and then for Sudhana to see.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that “wait but a little while” is a courtesy. It is the turning sentence of this unit — from the teaching in words into direct realization.
Bringing it to the ground: only when a person can say ‘wait a moment and see for yourself’ is what he says not merely words.
The Working Displayed by Concentration, One: The Ground, Walls, Halls, and Palaces All Give Forth Sound and Pay Homage
As soon as the king enters concentration, the city shakes in six ways within and without, and the jewelled ground, jewelled walls, jewelled halls, jewelled palaces, terraces and towers, storeyed pavilions, steps and stairs, casements and shutters “all gave forth a wondrous sound, and all of them bent toward the king and paid him homage.” Then the dwellers within the city cast their bodies to the ground, and the throngs of people of villages, encampments, and cities all come to pay homage; and then the birds and beasts look upon one another, give rise to a mind of kindness and compassion, and bow in reverence; the hills, plains, grasses, and trees turn about toward the king and pay him homage; and the ponds, pools, springs, wells, rivers, and seas surge and overflow and pour out before the king.
Of the four layers, the first is the insentient vessels and things, the second is people, the third is beasts, and the fourth is hills, waters, grasses, and trees. Upon this whole passage Chengguan sets down a general judgment: “that the sentient and the insentient alike accomplish surpassing benefit is because of the great kindness of one same substance, in which thing and self are not two.” That grasses, trees, earth, and stone are able to bend is not because grasses and trees have minds; it is because the one who is kind does not see thing and self as two. Chengguan further takes as a comparison the worldly king whose virtue accords with heaven and earth, so that the unicorn and the phoenix come to present themselves, and by the one word “how much more” pushes it on to the kindness that is beyond the world.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that this is a display of supernormal power. Chengguan’s gloss does not come down upon supernormal power; it comes down upon the four graphs “thing and self are not two”.
Bringing it to the ground: when the kindness in a person has reached the point of not dividing thing from self, everything around him will change its position.
The Working Displayed by Concentration, Two: Dragon Kings, Heaven Kings, Heavenly Women, and the Elephant King
Next comes the offering made in the air. Ten thousand dragon kings raise up great clouds of fragrance, stir up lightning, shake forth thunder, and pour down a fine rain; ten thousand heaven kings, with those of the Thirty-Three, the Yāma, the Tuṣita, the Good Emanations, and Mastery over Others’ Emanations foremost among them, perform all manner of music in empty space; numberless heavenly women sing songs in praise and rain down seven kinds of cloud — clouds of flowers, of incense, of jewelled garlands, of jewelled garments, of jewelled parasols, of jewelled banners, and of jewelled pennants; and Airāvaṇa, the great elephant king, by the power of his mastery spreads out numberless great jewelled lotus flowers in empty space and lets hang down numberless jewelled necklaces, jewelled silken streamers, jewelled garlands, jewelled ornaments, jewelled flowers, and jewelled incenses, while numberless court women sing his praises in every manner.
The order of the four kinds runs from below upward and back down again: the dragons are in the water, the gods in the air, the heavenly women belong to the heavens, and the elephant king is again a king among animals. And what they do is in every case making offering — pouring rain, performing music, singing praise, raining clouds, spreading flowers, letting hang ornaments. The passage before was paying homage; this passage is making offering. Paying homage arises from a natural stirring; making offering arises from a deliberate act.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that this passage is merely a scene of festivity. Taken together with the passage before it, it is the laying out of the sentient side of “the sentient and the insentient alike accomplish surpassing benefit.”
Bringing it to the ground: in the former passage the ten thousand things bow their heads to him; in this one, beings do things for him — and neither was sought by him.
The Working Displayed by Concentration, Three: Those Who Drink Blood and Eat Flesh Also Gave Rise to the Mind of Kindness
The last kind is the weightiest: within Jambudvīpa, measureless hundreds of thousands of myriads of koṭis of rākṣasa kings, yakṣa kings, kumbhāṇḍa kings, and piśāca kings, some dwelling in the great sea and some living on the land, “who drank blood and ate flesh and did cruel harm to beings” — and they “all gave rise to a mind of kindness, willing to practice what is of benefit, understanding clearly the world to come, and doing no evil deeds; respectfully they joined their palms and bowed their heads to the king.” And it does not stop at Jambudvīpa: throughout the other three continents, and even the three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system, and even the worlds of the hundreds of thousands of myriads of koṭis of nayutas in the ten directions, all the venomous and evil beings “were likewise so.”
The order of the four clauses of change is worth reading clause by clause: to give rise to a mind of kindness is a turn of mind; to be willing to practice what is of benefit is a turn of vow; to understand clearly the world to come is a turn of view; to do no evil deeds is a turn of action. Only when all four — mind, vow, view, and action — have turned is it said that they respectfully bowed their heads.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that this is evil beings frightened into submission. The words the scripture text uses are “gave rise to a mind of kindness” — what grows up in them is the very same thing that is in the king.
Bringing it to the ground: the utmost test of kindness is not that good people become better, but that kindness grows up even in the least kind of persons.
Rising from the Concentration: I Know Only This One
King Great Light rises from the samādhi and tells Sudhana: “Son of good family! I know only this bodhisattva gate of the samādhi of according with the world with great kindness foremost.”
This sentence is the humbling clause that is the common form of this assembly, and here there is one particular to note: earlier he stated of himself that what he cultivated and brought to fullness was ‘the practice of the Banner of Great Kindness’, while the name of the gate he concludes with here is ‘the samādhi of according with the world with great kindness foremost’ — the two names, of the practice and of the concentration, stand apart. That is to say, what he has brought to fullness is a practice, and what he concludes as the one thing he knows is the one concentration that appears when that practice has gone to its utmost. In the sixty-fascicle version the name of the practice here takes in the name of the concentration, and the two names are one. Chengguan glosses the name of according with the world thus: “kindness is fundamentally for the sake of things, and so it is named according with the world” — kindness exists from the first for the sake of beings, and therefore it is called according with the world.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that “I know only” is a courteous modesty. He has only just displayed the homage of an entire world to Sudhana; this sentence is spoken after that.
Bringing it to the ground: only when one can actually do it does the sentence ‘I know only this one’ carry weight.
The Nine Similes of Kindness: Nine Things, Spoken of a Bodhisattva’s Kindness
Next comes the pointing to the superior, taking nine things as similes: a lofty parasol (the mind of kindness shading everywhere), practice (practicing the low, middling, and high alike), the great earth (the mind of kindness bearing all up), the full moon (the light of merit appearing equally), the clear sun (the light of knowledge shining upon every object of knowing), a bright lamp (breaking up the darknesses within the mind), the water-clearing pearl (settling clear the turbidity of flattery and deceit within the mind), the wish-fulfilling jewel (satisfying all that is wished for), and the great wind (swiftly causing beings to cultivate samādhi and to enter the great city of all-knowledge).
The nine similes may be divided into five groups: the parasol and the earth take covering and bearing up; the moon, sun, and lamp, these three, take shining; the water-clearing pearl takes the clearing away of turbidity; the wish-fulfilling jewel takes the satisfying of what is wished for; the wind takes swiftness. And among the nine items, the item “they are practice” takes no thing as its image, and is an exception within the nine — all the other eight items are things, and this one alone is a practice. This one exception makes plain that what the nine similes liken is not the aspect of kindness but the working of kindness; and among the workings there is one that cannot be likened to any thing, and can only be spoken of with respect to practice.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that the nine similes are nine comparisons, any one of which may be taken at will. Read one after another, the five senses of covering, shining, clearing, satisfying, and swiftness advance in order; they are a single line along which the working of kindness goes from the still to the moving.
Bringing it to the ground: to know how far one’s own kindness has come, take these nine things and measure it against them one by one.
Humbling Himself and Pointing to the Superior: Ten Times ‘How Could I’
After the nine similes come ten clauses of rhetorical question: to be able to know their practice, to be able to speak their virtue, to be able to weigh their great mountain of merit, to be able to gaze up at the host of stars of their merit and virtue, to be able to contemplate the wind-wheel of their great vows, to be able to go into their profound Dharma gate, to be able to display their great sea of adornment, to be able to make clear their Samantabhadra gate of practice, to be able to reveal the cavern of their several samādhis, to be able to praise the cloud of their great kindness and compassion.
Of the ten clauses the first two take no image, and each of the latter eight takes an image, with the verbs matched to the images with the utmost precision: a mountain may be weighed, stars may be gazed up at, a wind-wheel may be contemplated, a Dharma gate may be gone into, a great sea may be displayed, a gate of practice may be made clear, a cavern may be revealed, a cloud may be praised. Not one of the eight verbs could exchange places with another. Chengguan outlines this fourth section as “humbling himself and pointing to the superior”, and says “first the humbling of himself as knowing one gate” — first he says that he knows only one, and only then does he point to those who surpass him.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that humbling oneself and pointing to the superior is self-belittlement. What the ten clauses describe is the whole of a sphere that he has seen and cannot exhaust in speech — that he can point out so many names is precisely because he has seen it.
Bringing it to the ground: one who can say where he himself cannot reach has usually already gone very far.
Pointing to the Next Friend: The Laywoman Immovable of the City Secure Abiding, to the South
At the last the king points to the next friend: “Son of good family! Go from here toward the south, and there is a royal capital named Secure Abiding; there is a laywoman there named Immovable. Go to her and ask: how is a bodhisattva to study the bodhisattva practice and to cultivate the bodhisattva path?”
The place is named Secure Abiding and the person is named Immovable — the two names answer to one another. What the king of this unit displays is the kindness that stirs all things everywhere, and the next friend to whom he points is named Immovable: between the two units there is a plain turn. And the words of the question are wholly the same as those Sudhana asked when he came, with not a graph changed: to study the bodhisattva practice, to cultivate the bodhisattva path.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that pointing to the next friend is merely seeing a guest off. That the scripture text makes Sudhana carry one and the same question to the next one is itself a teaching.
Bringing it to the ground: the last thing a teacher can do is to hand you on, and to give you back the question you came to ask, just as it was.
Cherishing His Virtue and Taking Leave
The last sentence is: “At that time Sudhana the youth bowed to the king’s feet, circumambulated him numberless times, gazed up at him earnestly, took his leave, and departed.”
Four matters: bowing, circumambulating, gazing up, and taking leave. Set over against his coming — casting his five limbs to the ground, bowing to his feet, respectfully circumambulating to the right, passing measureless times around, joining his palms and standing — the coming has one thing more, the joining of palms and standing, which was for the sake of asking; the going has one thing more, the earnest gazing up, which was for the sake of remembering. Chengguan’s outline of this unit ends at the humbling of himself and the pointing to the superior, and he sets up no separate outline heading for this passage.
A misreading to be cleared away: to suppose that the text of taking leave is a set formula. The texts of coming and of going are not the same, and the difference lies precisely between asking and remembering.
Bringing it to the ground: to look once more when leaving — that one look is what one can carry away.
Lineage
For the text of this unit, five lines are opened downward.
The first is the line of the assigned position. To what position this unit’s friend is assigned, the several masters judge differently: Chengguan judges it the Hard-to-Obtain Practice, Fazang judges it the practice of Reverence, Zhiyan’s Souxuan ji has the eighteenth, the bodhisattva of the practice of Reverence, Zhiyan’s Huayan jing kongmu zhang gives the order as the nineteenth, a king named Great Light, and Li Tongxuan has the eighth, the bodhisattva Grove of Practice, matching it to the Hard-to-Obtain Practice. That the ordinal numbers differ among them is because the several masters’ starting points in counting their divisions differ, each number being internal to its own system; they are recorded together, without adjudication. And the name of the position does not come out of the scripture text; it is the ancient worthies’ outline — the scripture text says only that what this king cultivates is the practice of the Banner of Great Kindness. In the fascicle that treats the friends one by one Li Tongxuan has a long gloss besides: he takes the city’s name Wondrous Light as the same as the effortless wondrous working of the eighth abode and the eighth ground, and the king’s name Great Light as the root knowledge; he takes Sudhana’s arrival at this city as the curing of the habit of weak knowledge and unfull great compassion at the former position, cured so that knowledge and compassion are made even; he takes the twenty-eight marks as showing that knowledge and compassion have been cultivated at the two positions of the ten abodes and the ten practices while the ten dedications are not yet full, and so the thirty-two marks are not yet complete; and he judges this friend to have the perfection of vows as host and the other nine perfections as retinue. All of this is the track of setting forth the Dharma by symbol of Tongxuan’s own house, recorded without adjudication.
The second is the line of the glossing of names. The city’s name and the king’s name are glossed by the two masters each with respect to the version he relies upon. Chengguan, with respect to the eighty-fascicle version’s “Wondrous Light”, glosses that at the former position compassion increased and that now he obtains the wondrous wisdom of non-abiding by which he carries beings; and of the king’s name he glosses that the knowledge of the concentration of kindness leaves nothing uncomprehended, and that within his vast vows all is illumined through and through. Fazang, with respect to the sixty-fascicle version’s “Good Light”, glosses that he accords with principle and benefits things, his working being light; and of the king’s name he glosses that the light of the concentration of great kindness illumines and benefits the throngs of beings, and that he is master in gathering and transforming. Where the two glosses come down is, in the one, upon wisdom, and in the other, upon working; they are recorded together, without adjudication.
The third is the line of the dividing of the items of the dependent recompense. Fazang, under the seeing of the surpassing dependent recompense, sets up ten kinds of adornment, whose items are the moats and pools, the jewelled walls, the streets and lanes, the asaṃkhyeya throngs in the lanes, the asaṃkhyeya jewelled pavilions, the canopies of pure jewels, the covering of jewelled parasols, the setting up of banners and pennants, the separate pavilion where the king dwells, and Sudhana’s freedom from defilement; the ten items Zhiyan sets up are the moats, the walls, the lanes, the throngs of people, the storeyed pavilions, the jewelled canopies, the parasols, the banners, the pennants, and the storeyed pavilion where the king dwells. The two masters alike set up ten items, and yet what they take in differs — Fazang puts Sudhana’s freedom from defilement among the ten, Zhiyan puts the storeyed pavilion where the king dwells among the ten. All these divergent glosses are the settled teachings of the ancient worthies, recorded without adjudication.
The fourth is the line of the further opening of this friend’s outline. Fazang opens five under the conferring of his own Dharma realm — the displaying of his own Dharma gate, the clarifying of the causes and conditions of obtaining the Dharma, the making manifest of the working of the Dharma gate, the clarifying of the power of the concentration of kindness, and the concluding of his own part; the one division of the working opens again into four: gathering beings in by the Dharma, benefiting things by wealth, the differing sights that follow upon practice, and the determining of the vessels of capacity; the power of the concentration of kindness opens into two: first the telling of that concentration’s use, afterward the displaying of its use there and then; and the looking up and pointing to the superior at the end opens into three: one clause pointing in general to the depth and breadth of the benefit of kindness, seven clauses making the virtue manifest by simile, and the concluding that it is not his own part. Zhiyan’s Souxuan ji, for its part, opens two under the direct entering, five under the use of benefiting, three under the power of the samādhi in verifying what appears, and three under the looking up and pointing to the superior. The items the several masters open are each internal to their own systems, and are recorded together with Chengguan’s four divisions and five workings, without adjudication.
The fifth is the line of the forty-fascicle version. This chapter is contained in the forty-fascicle version translated by Prajñā as well. The king of the forty-fascicle version is complete in the thirty-two marks of a great man, not the eighty-fascicle version’s twenty-eight; and its clauses of the intent of the giving are fourteen, its clauses of “by this Dharma” fifteen, its items of the minds in which, with kindness foremost, beings are caused to abide nine, its similes of the pointing to the superior ten, and its clauses of the pointing to the superior twelve — all of them more than the eighty-fascicle version. The increase and decrease of the numbers are internal to each version’s own system, recorded without adjudication.
In the text of one unit, the former half is the seeing of a city and the latter half is the seeing of a concentration. Seeing the city, he sees to the point of no attachment; seeing the concentration, he sees the sentient and the insentient alike come to submit — the order of this unit lies wholly upon the one word ‘seeing’. And of the words the king speaks, only one is of the first importance: he brought the practice he cultivated down into the law of a whole country.
品三十九 入法界品 · 不動優婆夷(寄善法行)Entering the Dharma Realm · The Laywoman Immovable (Assigned to the Practice of Good Dharma)
全文五層 →Full five layers →這一位善友,先說的不是法門,是自己的那一夜
前面幾位善友,善財問了,多半當場答以法門之名與相。到不動優婆夷這裡,情況變了:她先答了五個法門名,善財追問「境界云何」,她只回一句「善男子!此處難知」。善財再請,她才開口——而開口說的不是法相,是過去世作電授王女時,夜裡在樓上仰觀星宿而見脩臂佛的那一夜。
要排一個誤解:這不是避而不答。全子約二千七百字(漢字),本生一段約佔三分之一強,那一段從見佛、起念、佛教十心、聞法十求,一路說到閻浮提微塵數劫中如何不動——這正是她對「境界云何」的答。落到地上:問一個人的境界,最誠實的答法,往往是說出他是怎麼走到這裡來的。
為什麼要從妙光城的路上寫起
本節起手不是見面,是走路:「爾時,善財童子出妙光城,遊行道路,正念思惟大光王教」。接著是憶念大慈幢行門、思惟隨順世間三昧光明門,再往下六句「彼不思議」——願福德自在力、成熟眾生智、不共受用大威德、差別相、清淨眷屬、所作業。澄觀科這一段,說是「一思修前法」,即依前一位善友之教而思之修之。
排一個誤解:以為參學是換一位老師就換一套功課。經文之次第正相反——上一站所受的教,是這一路要一直帶著的。落到地上:走在兩位善知識之間的那段路上心裡在念什麼,決定了到下一位那裡看得見什麼。
十一種心:修得的益,不是情緒
思修之後,經文列十一心:歡喜、淨信、猛利、欣悅、踊躍、慶幸、無濁、清淨、堅固、廣大、無盡。澄觀科此為「因修得益」,並就其中兩心下了一句細釋,說「無濁約無他,清淨約自體」——無濁是就不夾雜他物而說,清淨是就自體本身而說。
排一個誤解:以為這十一心是一串近義詞的鋪陳。有此一釋在,至少無濁與清淨二心已可分:一個講不摻,一個講本淨。落到地上:讀這類長串,先找古德已分開的那兩個,其餘的分際也就有了尺。
悲泣流淚:為什麼在這一站哭
得益之後,經文寫善財「悲泣流淚,念善知識實為希有」,其下十句說善知識是出生功德、菩薩行、淨念、陀羅尼輪、三昧光明、佛之知見的處所,能雨法雨、顯願門、出生智光、增長根芽。澄觀科此為「推功歸友」,並特別解釋為何哭在這一站,說「至此偏悲者,修悲將滿故」。
排一個誤解:以為悲泣是感激的表情。澄觀繫的是修行之位——悲行將滿,故此處偏於悲。落到地上:一個人在什麼事上哭,說明他修到哪裡了,不只說明他心軟。
十句「能普」:歎的是友之能
接著是善財自己心裡的話:「善知識者,能普救護一切惡道」以下十句,句句以「能普」起——救護惡道、演說平等法、顯示夷險道、開闡大乘奧義、勸發普賢諸行、引到一切智城、令入法界大海、令見三世法海、授與眾聖道場、增長一切白法。澄觀科此為「廣歎友能」。
要留意這十句與六十本的差別:六十本此處作「念善知識,能離險道」一類句式,歎的是念友之益;八十本歎的是友之能。排一個誤解:以為兩本只是文字繁簡。落到地上:所歎之所在不同,讀出來的方向也不同——一個看老師能做什麼,一個看自己念老師得什麼。
空中天所告的四句:修行、隨順、無疑、不離
善財悲哀思念的時候,空中有天告訴他四句話:修行善知識之教則諸佛歡喜、隨順善知識之語則近一切智地、於善知識語無疑惑則常值遇善友、發心願常不離善知識則具足一切義利。說者依經文逐字是「常隨逐覺悟菩薩、如來使天」。
澄觀就八十本先判此處「天」字兩用,說晉本作「如來使天、隨菩薩天」,其中隨菩薩天是自己業行所感之神,如來使天是佛力攝生之神,且修行之位既已著者皆有二天常隨其人。法藏就六十本亦把這說者分為二天而各釋其職,說「隨菩薩天者,是己業行之神。如來使天者,是佛為攝生神」——一個是自己業行所感之神,一個是佛為攝化眾生而遣。排一個誤解:以為天來告訴是外來的偶然。落到地上:這四句的次第是行、語、信、願,一層深一層,末句才說到不離。
安住王都:城名為什麼是這兩個字
天所指的去處是「安住王都」。澄觀就這兩層各下一釋:就「安住」說「智契實法,不為緣壞,名為安住」;就「王都」說「安住王都者,王子位故」。法藏就六十本亦以同語釋城名,說「契合實法不為緣壞,故以為名」。李通玄則把王都繫得更明,說「明此位是第九法王子菩薩所居,故號王都」。
排一個誤解:以為城名只是地名。三家都不當它是地名,而當它是所寄之位與所契之法。落到地上:這一節從城名起就已經在說法——安住不是住得久,是智契實法而不為緣所壞。
身是童女:這位善友的身分
眾人告訴善財:「不動優婆夷身是童女,在其家內,父母守護,與自親屬無量人眾演說妙法。」在家、童女、父母守護——三件事都與一般所想的說法師不同。
澄觀就此繫一句釋名之尾,說她是「以智修慈故,示以女居」。李通玄則立一整套表法之軌:王女表慈悲、童女表無染習、「在家父母守護者,以方便為父、智度為母」,並在末後自加一句簡別——「非即女也」,明說這是表法之讀,不是就事論身。
排一個誤解:以為古德以女身為表法,就是把經文的事實化掉。通玄那句「非即女也」正是自標其為表法一軌,經文之事本身仍在。落到地上:讀表法要記得它是一軌,不是唯一的一軌。
進門就是光:依報先於正報
善財到了,經文先寫的不是人,是屋子:「入其宅內,見彼堂宇,金色光明普皆照耀,遇斯光者身意清涼。」光觸其身,當下得五百三昧門。李通玄讀此句,說這堂宇之光是「第九法師位悲室,教光所燭故」——屋是悲室,光是教光。
排一個誤解:以為這是敘事的鋪陳,正戲要等到見面。此處光一觸身即得五百三昧,益已經給出去了。落到地上:一位真善知識的教,常常在他還沒開口以前就已經到了。
五百三昧門:舉五名以攝五百
所得五百三昧,經文只別出五名:了一切希有相、入寂靜、遠離一切世間、普眼捨得、如來藏,其下逕以「得如是等五百三昧門」收之,並繫一喻——「身心柔軟,如七日胎」。
李通玄就這五名逐一取義:第一了一切希有相,他讀作「了相本淨,自體光明」——於希有之相上見其本淨,本淨故自體光明;第二入寂靜,他讀作「達心境無依,不居空有,性自寂靜」——心與境俱無所依倚、不落空有二邊,寂靜是性自如此,不是把心壓住;第三遠離一切世間,他說「如是三昧能於世間無所染著」——所遠離者是染著,不是世間;第四普眼捨得,他把捨與得分兩頭釋,說「明智眼無依名之為捨,善知萬有名之為得」——捨是智眼無所依倚,得是遍知萬有,一名之中無依與遍知並成;第五如來藏,他說「明一智之內含容萬德」——一智之內含容萬德,故名為藏。末後說「舉此五數以明五百都含五位五百法門」——舉五為數以明五百,五百又含五位之法門。排一個誤解:以為五百是誇飾之數而五名是隨舉。有此一讀在,五名是綱、五百是目,且與位次相繫。落到地上:經文列一串而只別出數名時,那數名往往就是綱。
見正報之五勝:末後一句是關鍵
見人的一段,經文從形色說起:形色端正殊妙,十方女人無能及;口出妙香;宮殿莊嚴;眷屬無等;末後說離染——一切眾生於此不起染著,暫見則煩惱自滅,並以「譬如百萬大梵天王,決定不生欲界煩惱」為喻。法藏就六十本科此為六勝,並指離染一勝「有二句,先伏、後斷」;智儼同就六十本則科此為五,說「敬觀中有五:初形色勝獲益,有三可知;二宮殿等體勝;三眷屬勝;四「其有見者」下除障勝;五「見彼女人」下牒前勝德偈讚耳」——二家分數不同,並錄不判。
排一個誤解:以為這一段在寫美。經文自己把落點放在末句:見者煩惱消滅。落到地上:一個色相殊妙而令人不起染的相,經文所要說的不是相好,是那個「不起」。
一偈四句:善財讚的是戒、忍、精進
善財曲躬合掌之後,以一偈讚曰:「守護清淨戒,修行廣大忍,精進不退轉,光明照世間。」此偈之上半是戒與忍二行,精進在第三句,末句「光明照世間」說的是果。法藏所判之頌則是六十本之偈——六十本此處作「常持清淨戒,精進修忍辱,譬如盛滿月,星中獨明耀」,法藏就之判「頌中,上半略歎三行、下半舉喻總顯」:上半二句已略歎戒、進、忍三行,下半是滿月之喻而總顯之。八十本之偈無滿月一喻,末句逕以光明說果,故此一上下半之判繫於六十本之偈。
排一個誤解:以為所讚三行是隨口舉的。李通玄亦就此三行立說,說她「修戒、忍、精進三種行,得光明照世間身」。落到地上:戒忍進三行是能,光明照世間是所——讚德之偈的骨,就在能所之間那一個「得」字。
「境界云何」與「此處難知」
善財問的是境界,答的是「此處難知」。這一問一答短到幾乎沒有內容,卻是本節的樞紐——不答之後,善財才有那一段重請,重請之後才有本生段。
排一個誤解:以為『難知』是推辭。經文接著是一段長答,可見不是不說,是說之前要先立一個知——這境界不是問一句就答得清的。落到地上:一個老師說『這裡難知』,往往是在請你把問題問得再深一點。
善財重請:他先說自己會怎麼領受
重請一段,善財說的不是『請您說』,是自己領受的次第:「我當因善知識,能信能受,能知能了,趣入觀察,修習隨順,離諸分別,究竟平等。」信受在前,知了次之,趣入觀察又次之,修習隨順又次之,末後才是離分別而究竟平等。
排一個誤解:以為請法只要有誠意。這一段是把自己的容器先報出來——我會這樣接。落到地上:能不能得法,一半在說的人,一半在接的人先把接法說清楚了沒有。
本生段之起:那一夜她看見了什麼
答語從劫名說起:劫名離垢,佛號脩臂,國王名電授,「唯有一女,即我身是」。其下寫那一夜:夜分廢樂,父母兄弟已眠,五百童女昏寐,她獨在樓上仰觀星宿,於虛空中見彼如來「如寶山王」,佛身放大光明網周遍十方,毛孔出妙香。她聞香而身柔軟,下樓頂禮,仰觀不見頂相,觀身左右莫知邊際。
李通玄就此段之名相立表法之釋,說「脩者長也,明引接義」,又說「王名電授者,是智也,為明智能破迷,見道速疾如電光也」。排一個誤解:以為本生段是身世交代。落到地上:這一段所寫的每一步都是感官——見星、見佛、聞香、身軟、頂禮——法是從這裡進去的。
竊自念言:她問的是「作何等業」
見佛之後,她心裡起的不是讚歎,是一個問:「此佛世尊作何等業,獲於如是上妙之身」——其下列相好圓滿、光明具足、眷屬成就、宮殿嚴好、福德智慧清淨、總持三昧不可思議、神通自在、辯才無礙。
《演義鈔》就這一問指出全子最要緊的一組對位,說她所念者是五事,「謂思念何因得斯五德」——所念之五德,正是下文所得五法門之所酬。排一個誤解:以為這是一個仰慕之念。落到地上:她問的是因不是果,所以下文佛所答的也是因——十種心。
脩臂佛所教的十心:一心配一事
佛知其心念,教她發十種心:不可壞心滅諸煩惱、無能勝心破諸取著、無退怯心入深法門、能堪耐心救惡眾生、無迷惑心普於一切諸趣受生、無厭足心求見諸佛無有休息、無知足心悉受一切如來法雨、正思惟心普生一切佛法光明、大住持心普轉一切諸佛法輪、廣流通心隨眾生欲施其法寶。
十心句句是『心+所為』之對:初二是滅諸煩惱與破諸取著,第三是入深法門,第四是救惡眾生,第五是普於一切諸趣受生,第六第七是求見諸佛與悉受如來法雨,末三是普生一切佛法光明、普轉一切諸佛法輪、隨眾生欲施其法寶。排一個誤解:以為發心是一件事。經文開為十,且各繫其所為。落到地上:問自己發了心沒有,可以換一個問法——這十件事,我的心對得上幾件。
十心配五法門:《演義鈔》最細的一組對位
《演義鈔》把十心與所得五法門一一配起來:初二心成其所念之福智,故得第一難摧伏智慧藏解脫門;第三無退怯心酬所念之總持,故得第三一切法平等地總持門;第四救惡眾生與第五諸趣受生示神通之因,故得第二堅固受持行門;第六求佛無厭與第七受法無足酬其三昧,故得第五求一切法無疲厭三昧門;後三示辯才無礙之因,故得第四照明一切法辯才門。
鈔並自道其配之所以不依次序,說是「但與下念五法不次,顯無優劣故」。排一個誤解:以為配得不順序是疏漏。落到地上:不次而配,正是要說這五法之間沒有高下。
十求與金剛:不動之名的經據在這裡
聞法之後她起十求:求一切智、求佛十力、辯才、光明、色身、相好、眾會、國土、威儀、壽命。而後一句是全子之骨——「發是心已,其心堅固猶如金剛,一切煩惱及以二乘悉不能壞」。
《演義鈔》就這十求指出它們正是前五法門之因,並配其四:第一求佛智慧即是求法三昧,第二求佛十力即是求智慧,第三求佛辯才與第四求佛光明即是總持——鈔並自說何以光明可配總持,「總持以慧為體故云光明」;其餘諸求則皆屬堅固受持之行願。末後「發是心已」一句,鈔判為總結堅固。所以十求不是十個願望的排列,是五法門之果各有其因,而因又不與果同次。
澄觀釋「不動」之名,三義並出:自發心來於一切法無不得定、煩惱二乘不能動、亦令眾生心不動。此三義之中,第二義的經據正是這一句金剛之喻;第三義的經據則在前段「若得暫見,所有煩惱悉自消滅」。排一個誤解:以為名號是取來好聽的。落到地上:一個法名若立得住,經文裡必有它的出處。
十二重「爾所劫中」:不動是這樣證出來的
離過一段,除首句說閻浮提微塵數劫中不生念欲之心外,其下十二重句句以「爾所劫中」起,而每一重各有其所指:一不起瞋,所對是自己的親屬,故下接「況他眾生」;二不生我見,所對是自身,故下接「況於眾具而計我所」——先自身後外物,是我與我所之次第;三死時、生時及住胎藏三時未曾迷惑而起眾生想與無記心,所簡別者是「況於餘時」——三時是最難不迷之處,故舉之;四夢中隨見一佛未曾忘失,所簡別者是菩薩十眼所見;五受持如來正法不失一文一句,且世俗言辭尚不忘失,何況如來金口所說;六受持法海一文一句無不思惟、無不觀察,乃至世俗之法亦然;七於一一法皆得三昧,乃至世間技術之法亦然;八住持法輪不廢一文一句,且不曾生於世智——唯除為調眾生之故,是留了一個開口;九見諸佛海而於一一佛所皆成就清淨大願,乃至諸化佛亦然;十見諸菩薩妙行而無一行不成就;十一所見眾生無一不勸發菩提心,且不曾勸一眾生發聲聞、辟支佛之意;十二於佛法一文一句起七個「不生」——不生疑惑、不生二想、不生分別想、不生種種想、不生執著想、不生勝劣想、不生愛憎想:疑惑是不信,二想是分能所,分別想與種種想是於法起異,執著想是取,勝劣想與愛憎想是於法起高下與取捨——七句是一路從粗到細。
李通玄即以此段釋不動之名,說「明此女人自發心來,經閻浮提微塵數劫所生之中,於世五欲及以瞋恨更無所動,名為不動」。排一個誤解:以為不動是一種靜的狀態。這十二重全是動——受持、住持、見佛、勸發。落到地上:不動說的不是不作,是所作之中不曾被動搖。
十四句「常」:從常見到常以
離過之後轉為常行:常見諸佛、常見菩薩、常見真實善知識,常聞諸佛願、菩薩行、波羅蜜門、地智光明門、無盡藏門、入無邊世界網門、出生無邊眾生界因門,常以清淨智慧光明除滅眾生煩惱、常以智慧生長眾生善根、常隨眾生所樂示現其身、常以清淨上妙言音開悟法界一切眾生。
三段之序是見、聞、以——先見佛菩薩善友,次聞法門,末後才是用之於眾生。排一個誤解:以為利他是另起的一段功課。落到地上:利他排在最後不是因為次要,是因為前面兩段是它的本錢。
一三昧即入一萬:數目說的是什麼
許現之後,她坐龍藏師子之座,入求一切法無厭足莊嚴三昧門、不空輪莊嚴三昧門、十力智輪現前三昧門、佛種無盡藏三昧門,「入如是等一萬三昧門」。
澄觀不把這個數當作神變之量,而當作一門攝多門之證,說「於一求法無厭三昧即入一萬,明知餘解脫等亦攝多門」——從一個三昧即入一萬,可知其餘解脫也各攝多門。李通玄讀此同一方向,並先就所舉三三昧各下一義:不空輪三昧,他說「須學世間出世間皆具足故」——世間與出世間之學無一空過,故名不空;十力智輪三昧,他說「會佛差別智輪滿故」——佛之差別智輪於此會而滿;佛種無盡藏三昧,他說「智無不含,化無斷絕故」——智無所不含,化無斷絕,故名無盡藏。而後說前舉三三昧是總、一萬是別,是「一多相容自在入因陀羅網教門」。排一個誤解:以為一萬是形容多。落到地上:這個數是講一與多的關係,不是講量。
業用:六種震動與百億如來
入定之時,十方各有不可說佛剎微塵數世界六種震動,皆清淨瑠璃所成;一一世界中有百億四天下、百億如來,或住兜率天乃至般涅槃;一一如來放光明網周遍法界道場眾會,轉妙法輪,開悟群生。
法藏就六十本科此段,說是「入定顯示,謂三昧力故,六種動世界,八相如來周于法界」——所現者是如來之八相。排一個誤解:以為這是神通的展示。經文末句落在「開悟群生」。落到地上:所現之相若不落在開悟眾生上,就只是相。
出定印述:兩句話的意思
出定之後,只有兩句:她問「善男子!汝見此不?」善財答「唯!我皆已見。」澄觀科業用四支,末支即是「四出定,即述」——出定之後印可其所述。
排一個誤解:以為這兩句是過場。前面善財問境界而得「此處難知」,到這裡他答的是「我皆已見」——一問一答之間,隔著一整段本生與一場入定。落到地上:從「難知」到「已見」,這一節的次第就在這兩句之間走完了。
謙己推勝之九喻:她把自己說小
末後她說「我唯得此求一切法無厭足三昧光明」,其下以九喻歎諸菩薩:金翅鳥執取善根成熟者置菩提岸、商客入寶洲採十力智寶、漁師持正法網於愛水中漉眾生、阿脩羅王撓動三有煩惱海、日輪照愛水泥令乾竭、滿月令可化者心華開敷、大地令眾生止住而增長善根、大風拔諸見大樹、轉輪王以四攝事攝眾生,末以一問收之——「而我云何能知能說彼功德行?」
九喻之中,取者二(金翅鳥、商客)、漉者一(漁師)、動者二(阿脩羅王、大風)、照者二(日輪、滿月)、住者一(大地)、攝者一(轉輪王)。排一個誤解:以為謙己是客套。落到地上:她把自己所得說成一個,把菩薩之行說成九種,這個比例本身就是教。
指示後友:一位出家外道
末段指路:南方有大城名無量都薩羅,其中有出家外道名遍行。澄觀釋城名,說「都薩羅者,此云喜出生」;釋友名,說「友名遍行,巧智隨機,無不行故,名真實行」;並釋其何以現外道之相——「示外道者,能行非道故。非道不染,故曰出家」。李通玄釋城名亦同義而分二字,說「都云喜樂,薩羅云出生」。
排一個誤解:以為現外道之相是方便的權宜。二家所釋皆落在『行非道而不染』上。落到地上:能走進非道而不被非道染,才是這個「遍」字的分量。
戀德禮辭:一站之終是禮
一節之末唯一句:「時,善財童子頂禮其足,遶無量匝,慇懃瞻仰,辭退而去。」李通玄即以此句收其推德昇進之末門,作「四禮敬辭去」。
排一個誤解:以為這是敘事的收尾套語。頂禮、遶、瞻仰、辭去四事俱在,「慇懃瞻仰」一語尤不是套語——所瞻仰者是方纔所受之法,不只是方纔所別之人。落到地上:善財每一站都以求法起、以禮辭終,法之受與人之敬,經文從不分開寫。
寄善法行:這個位名是怎麼安上去的
本節所寄之位,澄觀科為「第九不動優婆夷,寄善法行」,是十行之第九。《演義鈔》釋其所以,說是「說法授人、動成物軌,思擇修習一切法故」——說法授人,一動一靜都成眾生之軌。經文之相應處,在她「與自親屬無量人眾演說妙法」與「為一切眾生說微妙法,皆令歡喜」二句。
要說明的是:寄位之判本身出於古德。澄觀於本會五相之科前自陳其取捨之持平,說古德配位之說與不配位之說二者各有其理、依之而配亦無過失,且於無次位之中不礙次位——是則寄位是一種讀法,不是經文自標。李通玄另立二門而判,說本位以力波羅蜜為主,約智門則諸位通治,約位門則治說法不自在之障。落到地上:讀寄位之判,要記得那是古德給的尺,經文自己沒有掛這個牌。
承衍
本節之文,向下所開之流有三條線。
其一是名之線。不動之釋名,澄觀三義並出而繫「以智修慈故,示以女居」;法藏唯就初發心不為二乘煩惱所動一義;李通玄就閻浮提微塵數劫中於五欲瞋恨無所動立言。城名安住,澄觀與法藏語幾乎全同,皆作契實法而不為緣壞。後友之城名與友名,澄觀與李通玄各釋而義同。
其二是配當之線。《演義鈔》以脩臂佛所教十心一一配所得五法門,並自明其配之不次是為顯五法無優劣;此一配當是讀本節五法門名的一把細尺。
其三是諸家異釋之線,各有其軌,誌錄不判。本節之法門名,八十本作五名平列,六十本作「無壞法門」為總而以四句釋成——法藏與智儼皆就六十本以無壞法門立科名。本節之科,澄觀作依教趣求(二分,前分五)、見敬諮問、稱讚授法(示法門名體、徵業用之境界,廣答之中得法因緣六、顯業用四)、謙己推勝、指示後友;法藏就六十本作依教趣求六、見敬申請四、授己法界五、法門業用四、仰推勝進三;智儼作教勸三、依教進入七、正入三;李通玄不逐段分科而立正入當位十七門與推德昇進四門(前處之五門屬前友段之推德昇進,是轉介本友之文,與本友之四門非一段)。謙己之喻數,八十本九喻,六十本六喻,智儼即就六十本判為六喻。四十本此段亦存,其要異有四:讚頌作七言四句而八十本作五言四句;常行一段十四句句句繫「未曾捨離」,八十本則分常見、常聞、常以而成十四;入定作十億三昧門而八十本作一萬;出定之印問見、聞、解三事而八十本唯問見。此諸異釋皆古德成說。
一節之文,前半是走路與看,後半是一整夜的回憶。她答「境界云何」的方式,是把自己走過的路重走一遍給人看——這一節的教法,全在這一個『重走』上。
What This Good Friend Speaks of First Is Not a Dharma Gate, but a Certain Night of Her Own
At the good friends before this one, when Sudhana asked, most of them answered on the spot with the name and the marks of a Dharma gate. At the laywoman Immovable the situation changes: she first answers with the names of five Dharma gates, and when Sudhana presses further and asks what their states are, she gives back only one clause, “Son of good family! This place is hard to know.” Only when Sudhana asks again does she open her mouth — and what she opens her mouth to speak of is not the marks of things, but that certain night in a past age when, as the daughter of King Lightning Bestowed, she was upon an upper storey looking up at the constellations and saw the buddha Long Arm.
A misreading to be cleared away: this is not evading the question. The whole unit runs to something over two thousand seven hundred graphs, and the account of a former life takes up rather more than a third of it; that passage runs from seeing the buddha, to the thought arising, to the buddha teaching the ten minds, to hearing the Dharma and the ten seekings, all the way to how she was unmoved throughout kalpas as numerous as the dust motes of Jambudvīpa — and this is precisely her answer to “what are their states?”. Bringing it to the ground: when a person is asked about his state, the most honest way to answer is often to say how he came to be here.
Why It Is Written Beginning From the Road Out of the City of Wondrous Light
This unit does not open with the meeting; it opens with walking: “At that time Sudhana the youth went out of the city of Wondrous Light, traveled along the road, and rightly recalled and pondered the teaching King Great Light had given.” Then comes the holding in mind of the gate of practice of the Banner of Great Kindness, and the pondering of the gate of the radiance of the samādhi of according with the world, and after that six clauses of “that inconceivable” — the sovereign power of vows and merit, the knowledge that ripens beings, the great majestic virtue of the enjoyment not held in common, the marks of differentiation, the pure retinue, the deeds performed. Chengguan outlines this passage and says it is “first, the pondering and cultivating of the previous teaching,” that is, pondering and cultivating in accordance with the teaching of the previous good friend.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that in going about to study, changing teachers means changing the whole lesson. The sequence of the scripture text is exactly the reverse — the teaching received at the last station is what one is to carry the whole of this road. Bringing it to the ground: what is in the mind on that stretch of road between two good friends decides what one will be able to see when one gets to the next.
The Eleven Kinds of Mind: A Benefit Gained by Cultivation, Not an Emotion
After the pondering and cultivating, the scripture text lists eleven minds: joy, pure faith, keenness and sharpness, gladness, leaping up, rejoicing and giving thanks, being unmuddied, purity, firmness, vastness, inexhaustibility. Chengguan outlines this as “the benefit gained from cultivation,” and upon two of the minds within it he sets down one fine gloss, saying, “the unmuddied is with respect to there being nothing other; the pure is with respect to its own substance” — unmuddied is said with respect to nothing other being mixed in, and pure is said with respect to the substance itself.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that these eleven minds are a spreading out of a string of near-synonyms. With this one gloss present, at least the two minds unmuddied and pure can be told apart: the one speaks of nothing being mixed in, the other of being pure in itself. Bringing it to the ground: in reading a long string of this kind, first find the two the ancient worthies have already told apart, and the divisions among the rest then have a measure.
Weeping and Shedding Tears: Why the Weeping Comes at This Station
After the benefit gained, the scripture text writes that Sudhana “wept and shed tears, holding in mind how truly rare a good friend is,” and beneath it ten clauses say that a good friend is the place from which merit and virtue, the practices of a bodhisattva, pure mindfulness, the wheels of dhāraṇī, the radiance of samādhi, and the knowing and seeing of the buddhas are born, and that he is able to rain down the rain of Dharma, to display the gates of vows, to give birth to the radiance of wisdom, and to increase the root-sprouts. Chengguan outlines this as “returning the merit and virtue to the friend,” and he gives a particular explanation of why the weeping comes at this station, saying, “that he is partial to grief at this point is because the cultivation of compassion is about to be fulfilled.”
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that weeping is the expression of gratitude. What Chengguan fastens it to is the position in the practice — the practice of compassion is about to be fulfilled, and so at this place there is a leaning toward grief. Bringing it to the ground: what a person weeps over says how far he has cultivated, and not merely that he is soft-hearted.
Ten Clauses of “Able Everywhere”: What Is Praised Is What the Friend Is Able to Do
Next come Sudhana’s own words within his heart: from “a good friend is one who is able everywhere to rescue and guard all beings in the evil destinies” downward, ten clauses, and every clause opens with “able everywhere” — rescuing and guarding the evil destinies, expounding things that are level and equal, displaying the level road and the steep and dangerous one, opening up and making clear the deep meaning of the Great Vehicle, urging on the various practices of Samantabhadra, leading one to the city of omniscient knowledge, making one enter the great ocean of the Dharma realm, making one see the ocean of Dharma of the three times, bestowing the place of awakening of the holy ones, increasing all white and pure things. Chengguan outlines this as “praising at length what the friend is able to do.”
Something to notice here is how these ten clauses differ from the sixty-fascicle version: at this place the sixty-fascicle version has clauses of the type “holding a good friend in mind, one is able to leave the dangerous road,” and what is praised is the benefit of holding the friend in mind; what the eighty-fascicle version praises is what the friend is able to do. A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that the two versions differ only in being fuller or briefer in wording. Bringing it to the ground: the place where the praise falls is different, and so the direction one reads out of it is different — one looks at what the teacher is able to do, the other at what one gains oneself by holding the teacher in mind.
The Four Clauses the Deity in the Sky Announces: Practicing, According, Not Doubting, Not Being Apart
While Sudhana was grieving and holding this in mind, the deities in the sky told him four clauses: that whoever practices the teaching of a good friend gladdens the buddhas, that whoever accords with the words of a good friend comes near the ground of omniscient knowledge, that whoever is without doubt toward the words of a good friend constantly meets with good friends, and that whoever sets his mind on being constantly not apart from a good friend comes to be furnished with every benefit and good. The speaker, following the scripture text word for word, is “the deity that ever follows alongside and awakens bodhisattvas, and the deity that is the Tathāgata’s messenger”—two deities, as Chengguan reads the two uses of the word.
Chengguan, with respect to the eighty-fascicle version, first judges that the graph for deity here is used in two ways, saying that the Jin version has “the deity that is the Tathāgata’s messenger, the deity that follows the bodhisattva,” of which the deity that follows the bodhisattva is a spirit brought about by one’s own deeds and practices and the deity that is the Tathāgata’s messenger is a spirit that by the buddha’s power gathers in the living, and that once one’s position in cultivation is settled there are in every case two deities constantly following that person. Fazang, with respect to the sixty-fascicle version, likewise divides this speaker into two deities and glosses the office of each, saying, “as for the deity that follows the bodhisattva, it is the spirit of one’s own deeds and practices; as for the deity that is the Tathāgata’s messenger, it is the spirit the buddha sends to gather in the living” — the one is a spirit brought about by one’s own deeds and practices, the other is sent by a buddha to gather in and transform beings. A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that a deity’s coming to tell him is an accident from outside. Bringing it to the ground: the sequence of these four clauses is practice, words, faith, and vow, each layer deeper than the last, and only the last clause speaks of not being apart.
The Royal Capital of Abiding Secure: Why the City’s Name Is These Two Graphs
The place the deity points him to is “the royal capital of Abiding Secure.” Chengguan sets down one gloss upon each of the two layers: on “abiding secure” he says, “knowledge tallying with the real Dharma, not broken by conditions, is called abiding secure”; on “royal capital” he says, “that it is the royal capital of Abiding Secure is because it is the position of a prince.” Fazang, with respect to the sixty-fascicle version, glosses the city’s name in the same words, saying, “it tallies and joins with the real Dharma and is not broken by conditions, and so this is taken for its name.” Li Tongxuan fastens the royal capital still more plainly, saying, “this makes clear that this position is where the ninth bodhisattva, the prince of the Dharma, dwells, and so it is called the royal capital.”
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that the city’s name is only a place name. None of the three houses takes it for a place name; each takes it for the position to which the passage is assigned and for the Dharma with which it tallies. Bringing it to the ground: from the city’s name onward this section is already expounding the Dharma — abiding secure is not dwelling long, but knowledge tallying with the real Dharma and not being broken by conditions.
In Person a Maiden: This Good Friend’s Station in Life
The people tell Sudhana: “The laywoman Immovable is in person a maiden; she is within her own household, guarded by her father and mother, and expounds the wondrous Dharma to her own kin, a measureless multitude of people.” Living at home, a maiden, guarded by her father and mother — all three matters differ from what one ordinarily thinks a master who expounds the Dharma to be.
Chengguan fastens to this one clause at the end of his gloss of the name, saying that she is one who, “because she cultivates kindness by means of knowledge, is displayed as dwelling as a woman.” Li Tongxuan sets up a whole track of signification: a king’s daughter stands for kindness and compassion, a maiden stands for the absence of any habit of defilement, and as for “being at home and guarded by her father and mother, skillful means is taken for the father and the perfection of knowledge for the mother”; and at the end he adds a clause of his own to distinguish it — “she is not a woman as such” — plainly saying that this is a reading by signification and not a discussion of her person as a matter of fact.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that when the ancient worthies take the woman’s body for signification they are dissolving away the fact in the scripture text. Tongxuan’s clause “she is not a woman as such” is exactly his declaring his own reading to be one track of signification, while the matter of fact in the scripture text still stands. Bringing it to the ground: in reading a signification, remember that it is one track and not the only track.
Through the Door It Is Light: The Dependent Reward Before the Proper Reward
When Sudhana arrives, what the scripture text writes first is not the person but the house: “he entered within her house and saw that in that hall a golden radiance was shining everywhere, and whoever met with this light became cool and clear in body and mind.” The light touched his body, and on the spot he gained five hundred gates of samādhi. Li Tongxuan reads this clause and says that the light of this hall is “the room of compassion of the position of the ninth master of the Dharma, because it is lit by the light of the teaching” — the house is the room of compassion, and the light is the light of the teaching.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that this is narrative scene-setting and that the real matter waits upon the meeting. Here, the moment the light touches his body he gains five hundred samādhis; the benefit has already been given out. Bringing it to the ground: the teaching of a true good friend has often arrived before he has opened his mouth.
The Five Hundred Gates of Samādhi: Raising Five Names to Gather In Five Hundred
Of the five hundred samādhis gained, the scripture text singles out only five names: knowing all rare marks, entering stillness, leaving all worlds far behind, the universal eye’s relinquishing and gaining, and the Tathāgata store; beneath them it gathers them up directly with “he gained five hundred gates of samādhi such as these,” and it fastens on one comparison — “his body and mind became supple, like an embryo of seven days.”
Li Tongxuan takes the sense of each of these five names in turn. The first, knowing all rare marks, he reads as “understanding that the marks are of themselves pure, and that their own substance is radiant” — upon the rare marks one sees that they are of themselves pure, and being pure their own substance is radiant. The second, entering stillness, he reads as “reaching the point where mind and object have no reliance, dwelling neither in emptiness nor in existence, and the nature is of itself still” — mind and object alike have nothing to rely upon and fall to neither side of emptiness or existence, and the stillness is the nature being so of itself, not a holding down of the mind. The third, leaving all worlds far behind, he glosses as “a samādhi such as this is able to be without defiled attachment within the world” — what is left behind is the defiled attachment, not the world. The fourth, the universal eye’s relinquishing and gaining, he glosses in two halves, saying, “that the eye of knowledge has no reliance is what is named relinquishing; that it knows well the myriad existents is what is named gaining” — relinquishing is the eye of knowledge having nothing to rely upon, gaining is its knowing the myriad existents throughout, and within the one name having no reliance and knowing throughout are accomplished together. The fifth, the Tathāgata store, he glosses as “this makes clear that within one knowledge the myriad virtues are contained” — within one knowledge the myriad virtues are contained, and so it is named a store. At the end he says, “these five in number are raised to make clear that the five hundred wholly contain the five hundred Dharma gates of the five positions” — five are raised as the number to make clear the five hundred, and the five hundred in turn contain the Dharma gates of the five positions. A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that five hundred is a number of exaggeration and that the five names are raised at random. With this one reading present, the five names are the net-rope and the five hundred are its meshes, and they are fastened to the sequence of positions besides. Bringing it to the ground: when the scripture text runs down a string and singles out only a few names, those few names are often the net-rope.
The Five Surpassing Things in Seeing the Proper Reward: The Last Clause Is What Matters
In the passage of seeing the person, the scripture text begins from her form and features: her form and features are upright, wondrous, and surpassing, and the women of the ten directions cannot match her; from her mouth comes a wondrous fragrance; her palace is adorned; her retinue has no equal; and at the end it speaks of being free of defilement — no being gives rise to defiled attachment toward her, and whoever sees her for a moment has his afflictions of themselves extinguished — with the comparison “just as a million great Brahmā kings will assuredly not give rise to the afflictions of the desire realm.” Fazang, with respect to the sixty-fascicle version, outlines this as six surpassing things, and points out that the one surpassing thing of being free of defilement “has two clauses, first the subduing and afterward the cutting off”; Zhiyan, likewise with respect to the sixty-fascicle version, outlines it as five, saying, “in the reverent contemplation there are five: first, the surpassing form and features and the benefit gained, in which there are three that can be understood; second, the surpassing substance of the palace and the rest; third, the surpassing retinue; fourth, from ‘whoever sees her’ downward, the surpassing removal of hindrances; fifth, from ‘seeing that woman’ downward, the rehearsing of the foregoing surpassing virtues in a verse of praise” — the two houses divide it into different numbers, and this is recorded without adjudication.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that this passage is writing about beauty. The scripture text itself puts the landing place in the last clause: the afflictions of whoever sees her are extinguished. Bringing it to the ground: with a form whose marks are wondrous and surpassing and which yet leaves one free of defiled attachment, what the scripture text means to speak of is not the excellence of the marks but that “free of.”
One Verse of Four Lines: What Sudhana Praises Is Discipline, Forbearance, and Vigor
After Sudhana had bent his body and joined his palms, he praised her in one verse: “Guarding the pure precepts, cultivating vast forbearance, vigorous and never turning back, radiance shining upon the world.” The upper half of this verse is the two practices of discipline and forbearance, vigor stands in the third line, and the last line, “radiance shining upon the world,” speaks of the fruit. The verse Fazang judges is the verse of the sixty-fascicle version, which at this place has “constantly keeping the pure precepts, vigorously cultivating forbearance, like unto the full moon at its fullest, alone shining bright among the stars”; and of that verse he says, “in the verse, the upper half briefly praises the three practices, and the lower half raises a comparison to display them all together”: the two lines of the upper half have already briefly praised the three practices of discipline, vigor, and forbearance, and the lower half is the comparison with the full moon that displays them all together. The verse of the eighty-fascicle version has no comparison with the full moon, and its last line speaks of the fruit directly by radiance; and so this judgment of an upper and a lower half is fastened to the verse of the sixty-fascicle version.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that the three practices praised were raised offhandedly. Li Tongxuan likewise sets up an account upon these three practices, saying that she “cultivated the three kinds of practice, discipline, forbearance, and vigor, and obtained a body whose radiance shines upon the world.” Bringing it to the ground: the three practices, discipline and forbearance and vigor, are what is able, and radiance shining upon the world is what is obtained — and the bone of this verse of praise lies in that one word “obtained” between the able and the obtained.
“What Are Their States?” and “This Place Is Hard to Know”
What Sudhana asks after is the state; what is answered is “this place is hard to know.” This one question and one answer are so short as to be almost without content, and yet they are the pivot of this section — it is after the non-answer that Sudhana has that passage of asking again, and after the asking again that there is the account of a former life.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that ‘hard to know’ is a refusal. The scripture text then goes on with a long answer, from which one can see that it is not that she will not speak, but that before speaking a certain knowing must first be set up — this state is not one that a single question can settle in an answer. Bringing it to the ground: when a teacher says ‘this place is hard to know,’ it is often an invitation to ask the question more deeply.
Sudhana Asks Again: He First Says How He Will Receive It
In the passage of asking again, what Sudhana says is not ‘please speak’ but the sequence of his own receiving: “because of a good friend I shall be able to believe and to receive, able to know and to understand, to go into it and contemplate it, to cultivate it and accord with it, to leave every sort of discrimination behind, and to be ultimately level and equal.” Believing and receiving come first, knowing and understanding next, going in and contemplating next after that, cultivating and according next again, and only at the end is there the leaving of discrimination and being ultimately level and equal.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that asking for the Dharma requires only sincerity. This passage is his reporting his own vessel in advance — this is how I shall receive it. Bringing it to the ground: whether one can obtain the Dharma lies half with the one who speaks and half with whether the one who receives has first made plain how he will receive.
The Opening of the Account of a Former Life: What She Saw That Night
The answer begins from the name of the kalpa: the kalpa was named Free of Defilement, the buddha was named Long Arm, the king was named Lightning Bestowed, and “he had only one daughter, who was this very person of mine.” Beneath it is written that night: in the night watches the music was stopped, her father and mother and brothers had gone to sleep, the five hundred maidens had fallen into a heavy sleep, and she alone was upon the upper storey looking up at the constellations, and within the empty sky she saw that tathāgata “like unto a king of jeweled mountains,” the buddha’s body sending forth a great net of radiance reaching throughout the ten directions, and a wondrous fragrance coming from the pores. She smelled the fragrance and her body became supple; she came down from the storey and bowed her head; she gazed up and could not see the mark upon his crown, and gazed to the left and right of his body and did not know where its limit lay.
Li Tongxuan sets up a gloss by signification upon the names in this passage, saying, “as for ‘Long’, it means lengthy, making clear the sense of drawing beings in and taking them up,” and again, “that the king is named Lightning Bestowed is knowledge; it is to make clear that knowledge is able to break through delusion, and that seeing the path is as swift as a flash of lightning.” A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that the account of a former life is an account of her origins. Bringing it to the ground: every step written in this passage is a matter of the senses — seeing the stars, seeing the buddha, smelling the fragrance, the body becoming supple, bowing the head — and it is here that the Dharma goes in.
Privately in Her Heart She Thought: What She Asks Is “What Sort of Deeds Did He Perform?”
After seeing the buddha, what rises in her heart is not praise but a question: “What sort of deeds did this buddha, this world-honored one, perform, that he obtained a body so fine and wondrous as this” — and beneath it are listed the marks and secondary marks complete, radiance fully furnished, a retinue brought to accomplishment, a palace stately and fine, merit and wisdom alike pure, dhāraṇī and samādhi inconceivable, spiritual powers sovereign, and eloquence unobstructed.
The Yanyi chao, upon this one question, points out the most important set of correspondences in the whole unit, saying that what she holds in mind is five matters, “namely, pondering by what cause one obtains these five virtues” — and the five virtues held in mind are precisely what the five Dharma gates gained below repay. A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that this is a thought of admiration. Bringing it to the ground: what she asks after is the cause and not the fruit, and so what the buddha answers below is likewise the cause — ten kinds of mind.
The Ten Minds the Buddha Long Arm Teaches: One Mind Matched to One Matter
The buddha knew what was in her mind and taught her to set her mind in ten ways: a mind that cannot be broken, extinguishing the afflictions; a mind that nothing can prevail over, breaking through all graspings; a mind that does not shrink back, entering the gate of the deep Dharma; a mind able to endure, rescuing evil beings; a mind without confusion, taking birth everywhere among all the destinies; a mind never satiated, seeking to see the buddhas without resting; a mind never having enough, receiving in full the rain of Dharma of all the tathāgatas; a mind of right pondering, bringing forth everywhere the radiance of all the buddha-teachings; a mind of great upholding, turning everywhere the wheel of Dharma of all buddhas; a mind of wide circulation, bestowing the treasure of Dharma according to what beings wish.
Every one of the ten minds is a pairing of a mind with what it is for: the first two are for extinguishing the afflictions and for breaking through all graspings, the third for entering the gate of the deep Dharma, the fourth for rescuing evil beings, the fifth for taking birth everywhere among all the destinies, the sixth and seventh for seeking to see the buddhas and for receiving in full the rain of Dharma of all the tathāgatas, and the last three for bringing forth everywhere the radiance of all the buddha-teachings, for turning everywhere the wheel of Dharma of all buddhas, and for bestowing the treasure of Dharma according to what beings wish. A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that setting the mind is a single matter. The scripture text opens it into ten, and fastens to each what it is for. Bringing it to the ground: in asking oneself whether one has set one’s mind, one may change the question — of these ten matters, how many does my mind match?
The Ten Minds Matched to the Five Dharma Gates: The Finest Set of Correspondences in the Yanyi chao
The Yanyi chao matches the ten minds one by one to the five Dharma gates gained: the first two minds accomplish the merit and knowledge she held in mind, and so she gains the first, the gate of liberation of the store of wisdom hard to crush down; the third, the mind that does not shrink back, repays the dhāraṇī she held in mind, and so she gains the third, the gate of the dhāraṇī of the ground of the sameness of all things; the fourth, rescuing evil beings, and the fifth, taking birth among the destinies, display the cause of the spiritual powers, and so she gains the second, the gate of the practice of firmly holding; the sixth, seeking the buddhas without being satiated, and the seventh, receiving the Dharma without having enough, repay the samādhi, and so she gains the fifth, the gate of the samādhi of never wearying in seeking all things; the last three display the cause of unobstructed eloquence, and so she gains the fourth, the gate of eloquence illumining all things.
The Chao itself further states why its matching does not follow the order, saying that it is “only that it does not follow the order of the five things held in mind below, so as to display that there is nothing better or worse among them.” A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that a matching out of order is an oversight. Bringing it to the ground: matching out of order is precisely the way of saying that among these five things there is no high and low.
The Ten Seekings and the Adamant: The Scriptural Ground of the Name Immovable Is Here
After hearing the Dharma she raises ten seekings: seeking omniscient knowledge, seeking the ten powers of a buddha, seeking eloquence, radiance, the body of form, the marks and secondary marks, the assemblies, the lands, the deportment, the life-span. And the clause that follows is the bone of the whole unit — “having set this mind, my mind was firm as adamant, and all the afflictions, together with the mind of the two vehicles, could none of them break it.”
The Yanyi chao, upon these ten seekings, points out that they are precisely the causes of the five Dharma gates above, and matches four of them: the first, seeking the wisdom of a buddha, is the samādhi of seeking the Dharma; the second, seeking the ten powers of a buddha, is seeking wisdom; the third, seeking the eloquence of a buddha, and the fourth, seeking the radiance of a buddha, are the dhāraṇī — and the Chao itself says why radiance can be matched to the dhāraṇī, “since the dhāraṇī has wisdom for its substance, it is called radiance”; and the remaining seekings all belong to the practice and vow of firmly holding. The last clause, “having set this mind,” the Chao judges to be the general conclusion upon firmness. So the ten seekings are not a row of ten wishes: each of the fruits of the five Dharma gates has its own cause, and the causes do not follow the same order as the fruits.
Chengguan glosses the name “Immovable” with three senses set out together: that from the time she set her mind there was nothing among all things in which she failed to gain concentration; that the afflictions and the two vehicles cannot move her; and that she also makes the minds of beings immovable. Among these three senses, the scriptural ground of the second is precisely this clause of the comparison with adamant; and the scriptural ground of the third lies in the earlier passage, “if anyone could see her even for a moment, all his afflictions would of themselves be extinguished.” A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that a name is taken for the sake of sounding well. Bringing it to the ground: if a Dharma name stands, there must be a place in the scripture text from which it comes.
The Twelvefold “Throughout Those Kalpas”: This Is How Immovability Is Realized
In the passage of being free of faults, apart from the first clause saying that through kalpas as numerous as the dust motes of Jambudvīpa she gave rise to no thought of desire, the twelve that follow open every clause with “throughout those kalpas,” and each of the twelve has what it is directed at. First, giving rise to no anger: what it faces is her own kin, and so beneath it follows “how much less toward other beings.” Second, giving rise to no view of self: what it faces is her own body, and so beneath it follows “how much less to reckon possessions as mine” — the body first and the things outside it after, the sequence of self and what belongs to self. Third, at the time of death, at the time of birth, and while abiding in the womb, these three times, she was never confused so as to give rise to the notion of beings or to a mind without moral quality; what is set apart is “how much less at other times” — the three times are the hardest places in which not to be confused, and so they are raised. Fourth, a single buddha seen even in a dream was never forgotten; what is set apart is what the bodhisattva’s ten eyes see. Fifth, upholding the true Dharma of the tathāgatas she never lost one letter or one clause, and since even the words of the common world were not forgotten, how much less what the tathāgatas spoke with their own mouths. Sixth, upholding the ocean of Dharma, of one letter and one clause there was nothing she did not ponder and nothing she did not contemplate, and so too on down to the things of the common world. Seventh, in each single thing she gained samādhi, and so too on down to the arts and crafts of the world. Eighth, upholding the wheel of Dharma she never let fall one letter or one clause, and never gave rise to worldly cleverness — save only for the taming of beings, which leaves one opening. Ninth, seeing the ocean of buddhas, in the presence of every single buddha she accomplished the pure great vow, and so too before the buddhas of transformation. Tenth, seeing the wondrous practices of the bodhisattvas, there was not one practice she did not accomplish. Eleventh, of the beings she saw there was not one she did not urge toward the mind of awakening, and she never urged a single being toward the intent of a śrāvaka or a pratyekabuddha. Twelfth, upon one letter or one clause of the buddha-teachings she gives rise to seven “no”s — no doubt, no notion of two, no notion of discrimination, no notion of this and that kind, no notion of grasping, no notion of better and worse, no notion of love and hate: doubt is not believing, the notion of two divides subject from object, the notion of discrimination and the notion of kinds set up difference within the Dharma, the notion of grasping takes hold, and the notions of better and worse and of love and hate set up high and low and choosing and rejecting within the Dharma — the seven run in one line from coarse to fine.
Li Tongxuan glosses the name Immovable by this very passage, saying, “this makes clear that from the time this woman set her mind, throughout the births she has taken over kalpas as numerous as the dust motes of Jambudvīpa, she has not been moved in the least by the five desires of the world or by anger, and so she is named Immovable.” A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that immovability is a state of stillness. These twelve are all movement — upholding, holding up, seeing buddhas, urging others on. Bringing it to the ground: immovability speaks not of doing nothing, but of not having been shaken in the midst of what is done.
Fourteen Clauses of “Constantly”: From Constantly Seeing to Constantly With
After being free of faults it turns to constant practice: constantly seeing the buddhas, constantly seeing the bodhisattvas, constantly seeing true good friends; constantly hearing the vows of the buddhas, the practices of the bodhisattvas, the gates of the perfections, the gate of the radiance of knowledge of the grounds, the gate of the inexhaustible store, the gate that enters the net of boundless worlds, the gate of the causes that give birth to the boundless realms of beings; constantly with a pure radiance of wisdom extinguishing the afflictions of beings, constantly with wisdom growing the roots of goodness of beings, constantly manifesting her body according to what beings delight in, constantly with pure and fine speech awakening all the beings of the Dharma realm.
The sequence of the three passages is seeing, hearing, and with — first seeing the buddhas and bodhisattvas and good friends, next hearing the Dharma gates, and only at the end using them upon beings. A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that benefiting others is a separate lesson taken up afresh. Bringing it to the ground: benefiting others stands last not because it is secondary, but because the two passages before it are its capital.
Entering One Samādhi Is Entering Ten Thousand: What the Number Is Saying
After she has agreed to manifest, she sits upon the lion throne of the Dragon Store and enters the gate of the samādhi of the adornment of never being satiated in seeking all things, the gate of the samādhi of the adornment of the wheel that is not in vain, the gate of the samādhi in which the wheel of the knowledge of the ten powers appears before one, the gate of the samādhi of the inexhaustible store of the buddha-seed, “entering ten thousand gates of samādhi such as these.”
Chengguan does not take this number for a measure of spiritual transformation, but for a proof that one gate gathers in many gates, saying, “within the one samādhi of never being satiated in seeking the Dharma she enters ten thousand, from which it may be known that the other liberations too gather in many gates” — from one samādhi one enters ten thousand, from which it may be known that the other liberations each gather in many gates as well. Li Tongxuan reads this in the same direction, and first sets down one sense upon each of the three samādhis raised: of the samādhi of the wheel that is not in vain he says, “it is because one must study and be fully furnished with both the worldly and the supramundane” — of study worldly and supramundane not one part is in vain, and so it is called not in vain; of the samādhi in which the wheel of the knowledge of the ten powers appears before one he says, “it is because the wheel of the differentiating knowledge of the buddhas is gathered here and made full”; of the samādhi of the inexhaustible store of the buddha-seed he says, “it is because there is nothing the knowledge does not contain, and the transforming of beings is never cut off” — the knowledge contains all and the transforming is unbroken, and so it is named an inexhaustible store. And then he says that the three samādhis raised before are the general and the ten thousand the particular, and that this is “the gate of the teaching of the mutual containing of one and many, sovereignly entering the net of Indra.” A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that ten thousand is a way of saying many. Bringing it to the ground: this number speaks of the relation of one and many; it does not speak of quantity.
The Working: The Sixfold Shaking and the Hundred Koṭis of Tathāgatas
At the time of entering samādhi, in each of the ten directions there are worlds as numerous as the dust motes of ineffably many buddha-lands, and they shake in six ways, all pure and made of beryl; within each single world there are a hundred koṭis of sets of four continents and a hundred koṭis of tathāgatas, some dwelling in the Tuṣita heaven and so on down to entering parinirvāṇa; and each single tathāgata sends forth a net of radiance throughout the Dharma realm to the assemblies at the places of awakening, turns the wondrous wheel of Dharma, and awakens the multitude of the living.
Fazang, outlining this passage with respect to the sixty-fascicle version, says that it is “the displaying upon entering samādhi: that is, by the power of the samādhi the worlds shake in six ways, and the tathāgatas in eight aspects fill the Dharma realm” — what is manifested is the eight aspects of a tathāgata. A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that this is a display of spiritual powers. The last clause of the scripture text falls upon “awakened the multitude of the living.” Bringing it to the ground: if what is manifested does not come home to the awakening of beings, it is only a manifestation.
Coming Out of Samādhi and Confirming What He Relates: What Two Clauses Mean
After coming out of samādhi there are only two clauses: she asks, “Son of good family! Have you seen this?” and Sudhana answers, “Yes! I have seen it all.” Chengguan outlines the working in four branches, and the last branch is “fourth, coming out of samādhi, that is, the relating” — after coming out of samādhi she confirms what he relates.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that these two clauses are a passing scene. Earlier Sudhana asked after the state and got “this place is hard to know”; here what he answers is “I have seen it all” — and between the one question and the one answer lie a whole account of a former life and an entering into samādhi. Bringing it to the ground: from “hard to know” to “already seen,” the sequence of this section is walked to its end between these two clauses.
The Nine Comparisons in Humbling Herself and Pointing to the Superior: She Speaks of Herself as Small
At the end she says, “I have attained only this radiance of the samādhi of never being satiated in seeking all things,” and beneath it praises the bodhisattvas with nine comparisons: the golden-winged bird taking hold of one whose roots of goodness have ripened and setting him upon the shore of awakening; the merchant traveler entering the isle of jewels and searching out the jewel of the knowledge of the ten powers; the fisherman taking the net of the true Dharma and drawing beings up out of the waters of craving; the asura king stirring up the oceans of afflictions of the three existences; the orb of the sun shining upon the mire of the waters of craving and making it dry up; the full moon making the mind-flowers of those who can be transformed open wide; the great earth on which beings come to rest and which increases their roots of goodness; the great wind uprooting the great trees of all views; the wheel-turning king gathering in beings by the four means of gathering in — and she gathers it up at the end with one question: “as for me, how could I know or tell of their merit and virtue and practices?”
Among the nine comparisons, two take hold (the golden-winged bird, the merchant traveler), one draws up (the fisherman), two stir (the asura king, the great wind), two shine (the orb of the sun, the full moon), one gives rest (the great earth), and one gathers in (the wheel-turning king). A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that humbling herself is a courtesy. Bringing it to the ground: she speaks of what she has attained as one and of the practice of the bodhisattvas as nine, and that proportion is itself the teaching.
Pointing Out the Next Friend: A Non-Buddhist Who Has Left the Household Life
The last passage points the road: to the south there is a great city named Measureless Tusāra, and in it a non-Buddhist ascetic who has left the household life, named Universal Practice. Chengguan glosses the city’s name, saying, “as for Tusāra, it means here the giving birth to gladness”; and he glosses the friend’s name, saying, “the friend is named Universal Practice because his skillful knowledge accords with the capacities of beings and there is nothing he does not practice, and so he is named true practice”; and he glosses why he manifests the appearance of a non-Buddhist — “that he is displayed as a non-Buddhist is because he is able to walk what is not the path. What is not the path does not defile him, and so it is said that he has left the household life.” Li Tongxuan glosses the city’s name to the same sense but divides the graphs, saying, “‘Tu’ means gladness and delight, and ‘sāra’ means giving birth.”
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that manifesting the appearance of a non-Buddhist is an expedient contrivance. What the two houses gloss falls alike upon ‘walking what is not the path and not being defiled by it.’ Bringing it to the ground: only when one can walk into what is not the path and not be defiled by it does that word “universal” carry its weight.
Cherishing Her Virtue and Taking Leave: A Station Ends in Paying Respects
The end of this section is a single clause: “At that time Sudhana the youth bowed to her feet, circled her measureless times, gazed up at her with earnestness, took his leave, and departed.” Li Tongxuan takes this very clause as the close of the last gate of pointing to virtue and advancing upward, making it “fourth, paying respects, taking his leave, and going.”
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that this is a set formula closing the narrative. Bowing the head, circling, gazing up, and taking leave are all four present, and the phrase “gazed up with earnestness” is least of all a set formula — what is gazed up at is the Dharma just received, and not merely the person just parted from. Bringing it to the ground: at every station Sudhana begins by seeking the Dharma and ends by paying respects, and the scripture text never writes the receiving of the Dharma and the honoring of the person apart from each other.
Assigned to the Practice of Good Dharma: How This Name of a Position Was Fastened On
As for the position to which this section is assigned, Chengguan outlines it as “the ninth, the laywoman Immovable, assigned to the practice of Good Dharma,” the ninth of the ten practices. The Yanyi chao glosses the reason for it, saying that it is “because she expounds the Dharma and confers it upon others, and every movement becomes a rule for beings, and she ponders, chooses, cultivates, and practices all things” — expounding the Dharma and conferring it upon others, so that in movement and in stillness alike she becomes a rule for beings. The corresponding places in the scripture text are her two clauses, “expounding the wondrous Dharma to her own kin, a measureless multitude of people,” and “expounding the subtle and wondrous Dharma for all beings, making them all glad.”
What must be made plain is this: the judgment of an assigned position itself comes from the ancient worthies. Before his outline of the five aspects of this assembly, Chengguan states his own balanced view of the choice, saying that the account of the ancient worthies which matches the positions and the account which does not match them each have their reason, that to match them accordingly is likewise not amiss, and that within the absence of a sequence of positions the sequence of positions is not obstructed — and so an assigned position is a way of reading, not something the scripture text labels upon itself. Li Tongxuan separately sets up two gates and judges by them, saying that this position has the perfection of power as its lord, that with respect to the gate of knowledge all the positions heal in common, and that with respect to the gate of position it heals the hindrance of not being sovereign in expounding the Dharma. Bringing it to the ground: in reading a judgment of assigned position, remember that it is a measure the ancient worthies have given, and that the scripture text itself hangs out no such placard.
Lineage
From the text of this section three lines of flow open downward.
The first is the line of the name. On the gloss of the name Immovable, Chengguan sets out three senses together and fastens on “because she cultivates kindness by means of knowledge, she is displayed as dwelling as a woman”; Fazang has only the one sense of not being moved by the two vehicles or the afflictions from the time she first set her mind; Li Tongxuan takes his stand upon her being unmoved by the five desires and by anger throughout kalpas as numerous as the dust motes of Jambudvīpa. On the city’s name Abiding Secure, Chengguan and Fazang are almost wholly the same in wording, both making it a tallying with the real Dharma and a not being broken by conditions. On the city’s name and the friend’s name of the next friend, Chengguan and Li Tongxuan each gloss them and the sense is the same.
The second is the line of the matching. The Yanyi chao matches one by one the ten minds the buddha Long Arm taught to the five Dharma gates gained, and itself makes plain that the matching is out of order so as to display that there is nothing better or worse among the five things; and this matching is a fine measure for reading the names of the five Dharma gates of this section.
The third is the line of the divergent glosses of the several houses, each with its own track, recorded without adjudication. As for the names of the Dharma gates of this section, the eighty-fascicle version has five names set out side by side, while the sixty-fascicle version has “the Dharma gate that cannot be broken” as the general and four clauses to complete the gloss of it — Fazang and Zhiyan alike, with respect to the sixty-fascicle version, set up the Dharma gate that cannot be broken as their outline heading. As for the outline of this section, Chengguan makes it seeking in accord with the teaching (in two divisions, the former of five), seeing, paying respects, and inquiring, praising Sudhana and conferring the Dharma (displaying the names and substance of the Dharma gates, and inquiring after the state of the working, with the six of the causes and conditions of obtaining the Dharma and the four of the displaying of her working within the full answer), humbling herself and pointing to the superior, and pointing out the next friend; Fazang, with respect to the sixty-fascicle version, makes it seeking in accord with the teaching in six, seeing, paying respects, and requesting in four, conferring her own Dharma realm in five, the working of the Dharma gate in four, and looking up and pointing to the superior and advancing in three; Zhiyan makes it exhorting by the teaching in three, proceeding to enter in accord with the teaching in seven, and truly entering in three; Li Tongxuan does not outline it passage by passage, but sets up the seventeen gates of truly entering the present position and the four gates of pointing to virtue and advancing upward (the five gates of the former place belong to the previous friend’s passage of pointing to virtue and advancing upward, the text that hands the seeker on to the present friend, and are not one and the same passage as the present friend’s four gates). As for the number of comparisons in humbling herself, the eighty-fascicle version has nine and the sixty-fascicle version six, and Zhiyan, with respect to the sixty-fascicle version, judges them to be six comparisons. This passage is preserved in the forty-fascicle version as well, and its chief variants are four: its verse has four lines of seven graphs where the eighty-fascicle version has four lines of five; in the passage of constant practice every one of its fourteen clauses is fastened to “never letting go of them,” whereas the eighty-fascicle version makes its fourteen out of constantly seeing, constantly hearing, and constantly using; upon entering samādhi it has ten koṭis of gates of samādhi where the eighty-fascicle version has ten thousand; and the sealing upon coming out of samādhi asks after the three matters of seeing, hearing, and understanding, whereas the eighty-fascicle version asks only after seeing. All these divergent glosses are the settled teachings of the ancient worthies.
The text of this section is, in its first half, walking and looking, and in its second half a whole night of recollection. Her way of answering “what are their states?” is to walk once more, for someone to see, the road she has walked — and the teaching method of this section lies wholly in that one walking again.
品三十九 入法界品 · 遍行外道(寄真實行)Entering the Dharma Realm · Universal Practice, the Non-Buddhist Ascetic (Assigned to the Practice of Truth)
全文五層 →Full five layers →善財這一次要找的人,是一個外道
前面十九位善友,有比丘、有優婆夷、有長者、有國王、有童子童女。到這第二十位,善財要找的人,經文直說是「遍行外道」。他所住的地方不是精舍,是山;他身邊圍著的不是佛弟子,是「十千梵眾」;他的威光「大梵天王所不能及」。
要先排一個誤解:這不是善財走錯了路,也不是經文要人去參外道。經文自己交代得清楚——善財是「於不動優婆夷所得聞法已」之後,依著前一位善知識的指示而來的。這一位的相是外道,法卻是菩薩行。澄觀釋這個名字時說得直截:「示外道者,能行非道故。非道不染,故曰出家。」現外道之相,是因為他行得了非道;行了非道而不被非道所染,所以反過來說他才是真出家。
落到地上:讀這一節,若一見「外道」二字就先起防心,這一節就讀不下去;若一見外道也能學,又走到另一邊。經文要說的是第三件事——能入而不染,才叫遍行。
依教趣求:走路的那一段,是本節的第一分
本節起手不是見面,是走路。「專心憶念所有教誨,皆悉信受,思惟觀察」——三件事:憶念、信受、思惟觀察。憶念是不忘,信受是不疑,思惟觀察是不停在字面上。這三件做完了,才「漸漸遊行,經歷國邑」。
澄觀科這一段,只給了一個科名:「依教趣求」四字。字少,但位置要緊——本節之首科,是「依教」而後「趣求」,不是先趣求再找教。
還要留意尋人的方式。經文寫善財「於日沒時入彼城中」,然後「鄽店、隣里、四衢道側,處處尋覓遍行外道」。市集、巷弄、大路口——找的都是人最多的地方。這與這一位的法門正相應:他不在山門裡等人來,他在人群裡。落到地上:依教趣求不是等下一站自己出現,是拿著上一位給的東西,到人多的地方去找。
城之名也要一提。都薩羅,澄觀訓為「此云喜出生,謂此城中出生無量歡喜之事故」,並就此友之德接一句「以智度圓滿,則能無所不生」。李通玄訓法相同——「都云喜樂,薩羅云出生」——而繫得更廣,說這城名是「表此善知識智度圓滿,行同十地已終佛果,遍行諸行宜應所見,普現其身同彼行門,接生利俗皆令歡喜故」。先問一句:城名為什麼要說到智?二家所指其實是同一件事的兩頭——智度圓滿在先,出生無量歡喜在後。智圓則無所不生,無所不生則所到之處人皆得益,得益則歡喜。排一個誤解:以為城名只是一個地名的巧合。若只是地名,澄觀不必在名下接「以智度圓滿」一句,李通玄也不必說它「表此善知識智度圓滿」。落到地上:城之所以名為出生歡喜,不在城,在住城者;這一位的「遍行」也不是走得遠,是走到哪裡哪裡就出生歡喜——遍與喜是一件事的兩頭,而其根是智度圓滿。
中夜見光:為什麼是夜裡見,為什麼在山頂
見友一段有三個細節,澄觀三個都給了表詮,而且三個連著一句話說完:「見中,中夜見者,智入生死故,善財將入此位故。上云日沒入城。於山頂者,表位極故。光明照者,以智慧光破於生死及二邊闇故。」
一是時。日沒入城、中夜見光——夜表生死,智入夜中,正是這一位入諸趣的行相;同時也表善財將入這個位次。二是處。所見在「山頂」,表位之極——這是十行的最後一位。三是相。所見是光,而光所破的是「生死及二邊闇」;二邊即有無、真俗兩頭。
排一個誤解:以為這幾句是文學鋪陳。若如此,澄觀不必逐事下釋。落到地上:經文寫時間、寫地點、寫光,三件都在說同一件事——這一位所站的高度,和他所入的暗處,是同一件事的兩面。
見友之相:色相圓滿,威光過於大梵天王
善財登山所見,是「見此外道於其山上平坦之處徐步經行」,再看他「色相圓滿,威光照耀,大梵天王所不能及,十千梵眾之所圍遶」。
這裡有一組張力:現的是外道之相,得的是超過大梵天王的威光。李通玄就「山上平地」一事另下一表,說「三見在山上平地經行,山頂是智、平地是法身,表不離法身大智同於邪見」——山頂是智,平地是法身;坐落在山上的平地,就是不離法身大智而現同於邪見之相。
排一個誤解:以為現凡夫相就是自己也降到那個高度。經文寫的正好相反——所現愈低,所具愈高。落到地上:能同事而不失自處,才是同事;同事到自己也一起沉下去,那不是攝,是被攝。
法藏釋六十本此段,就登山見友三事各給一個所以:「天明者,障盡位顯故。登山者,得位相應故。見外道者,證人法界故。」天明是障已盡而位已顯,登山是行與位相應,而見著這一位外道之所以要緊,在末一句——「證人法界故」。所證的不是一個人,是人即法界:見得這一個現外道相的人,就是證得法界;若把人與法界看成兩件,這一見便只是見了一個奇人而已。
諮問:善財問的還是那兩句
善財的問句,本品諸友之下幾乎是同一句。這裡是:「聖者!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,而我未知菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?」末後加一句所以來問的理由:「我聞聖者善能教誨,願為我說!」
要留意三層。第一層是先說自己已發心——不是空手來問,是帶著已發之心來問。第二層是所問的兩件事分開:「學菩薩行」與「修菩薩道」,一是所學、一是所行。第三層是理由句——他不是隨便問誰,是「聞聖者善能教誨」而來。
排一個誤解:以為問法只要有疑就問。經文的次第是發心在先、擇人在後、問句在末。落到地上:問之前先能說清自己站在哪裡,答才接得住。
四個名體:一句自述裡的四件事
答語一起頭是讚:「善哉善哉!善男子!」讚的是他已發之心。接著才是正授,而正授的第一段是自報四件事——「我已安住至一切處菩薩行,已成就普觀世間三昧門」,「已成就無依無作神通力,已成就普門般若波羅蜜」。
澄觀判這一段為『彰名體』,並說「先彰名體有四者,智遍知故。四義雖別,而得相成」。四件事不是四樣本事並排,是彼此相成的一件事:「一化境普周,遍行之名亦從此立;二入定觀機;三由無作神通故,能遍至前處;四由普門般若故,能在定普觀。」化境普周,所以叫遍行;入定才能觀機;有無作神通才到得了那些地方;有普門般若才能在定中普觀。
若各就其偏勝說,澄觀又補一句:「若約別者,無作無依,用而無住。普門般若,無法不窮。」
落到地上:這四句是全子的綱。下面四段廣說,就是這四句各自展開一遍。
法藏就「至一切處」一名別給一個所以:「至一切處者,明十行滿故也,第十智度遍知故也。」能至一切處,一是十行已滿,二是十行之第十正是智度——智遍知,故行遍至。他又把四法收成二義:「一依定發智普照法界、二依定發通遍至一切」——一是依定而發智,一是依定而發通;他所依六十本此下兩句「成就普觀三昧法門」「無依無作神足」正是各釋此二義(八十本對應第二、第三法)。與澄觀之四義相成不相礙:澄觀就四名逐一配四用,法藏就二義收四名,一開一合而已。智儼就六十本則把授法一段的體用攝化分作三步:先舉智光,次觀其機器,末說法被益——先有能照之智,次觀所化之根器,然後說法而令得益,三步是一貫的次第。
第一用:至一切處——生在一切諸趣之中
四業用的第一用,澄觀繫在經文「善男子我普於」以下,判為「一明至一切處用」。經文自述的是:「我普於世間種種方所、種種形貌、種種行解、種種沒生一切諸趣。」四個「種種」——方所、形貌、行解、沒生。前二是外相,後二是內行與生死之往來。
其下所謂之目逐一列出:天趣、龍趣、夜叉趣、乾闥婆、阿脩羅、迦樓羅、緊那羅、摩睺羅伽、地獄、畜生、閻羅王界、人、非人,共十三目而以「等」字收之。要留意這一列裡有地獄、有畜生——不是只在善趣裡示現。
排一個誤解:以為菩薩隨類現身只現得體面的身。這一列偏偏把地獄與畜生放在中間。落到地上:至一切處的「一切」,是連自己最不願去的地方也算在內。
第二用:普觀世間——十番利益怎麼分
第二用,澄觀繫在「或住諸見」以下,判為「二「或住諸見」下普觀世間用,觀其所宜,隨宜說故」。所以先分眾生之機:「或住諸見,或信二乘,或復信樂大乘之道」——住見的、信二乘的、信樂大乘的,三類。分完機,才「以種種方便、種種智門而為利益」。
利益之文是十番,每番以「或為」起、以「令」句結。十番之序不是隨手排的:先世間技藝,次四攝,次諸波羅蜜,次大菩提心,次諸菩薩行,次惡業苦報,次供養諸佛,末三番則專讚佛——如來功德、諸佛威德、佛自在身。自世間的手藝一路上到佛的「無能映蔽大威德體」。
先問一句:十番之中,說的是什麼,令的又是什麼?經文每一番都是一對——上半是所說之法,下半是所令之益,缺一不成番。第一番的所令是「令得具足一切巧術陀羅尼智」:所說是世間技藝,所令卻是總持之智。其下九番,番番同此體例。說四攝方便,所令是「令得具足一切智道」——四攝是入人之門,所至是一切智之道。說諸波羅蜜,所令是「令其迴向一切智位」——波羅蜜是所行,迴向是所歸。讚大菩提心,所令是「令其不失無上道意」——讚是護念,所護的是那一念不退。讚諸菩薩行,所令是「令其滿足淨佛國土度眾生願」——行之所以要讚,是為了成滿二願。說惡行苦報,所令是「令於惡業深生厭離」——說苦不為恐嚇,為厭離。說供養諸佛種諸善根必得智果,所令是「令其發起歡喜之心」——說因果不為算計,為生喜。讚如來功德,所令是「令樂佛身求一切智」——讚佛不止於仰慕,要轉成求智。讚諸佛威德,所令是「令其願樂佛不壞身」——威德所引,是願樂不壞之身。讚佛自在身,所令是「令求如來無能映蔽大威德體」——末一番所求,已是佛之體。
排一個誤解:以為說世間技藝不算說法。第一番所給的是總持之智,不是手藝而已。十番連讀,所說一路自世間技藝而上至佛之自在身,所令也一路自一技之能而上至佛之大威德體——所說與所令是同一道階梯的兩面,不是各說各的;階梯之所以能一路上去,正因為每一番的起步都落在聽者現在站的地方。落到地上:隨宜說法的「宜」,是就著人現在站的地方起步,不是就著自己想講的地方起步。
第三用:無作無依——沒有人知道我是誰
第三用,澄觀繫在「又善男子此部薩羅」以下,判為「三「又善男子此部薩羅」下明無作無依用,故云不知從何而至」。這一判的關鍵在末一句:無作無依之所以能立,證據就是那句「不知從何而至」。
經文自述:「我皆以方便示同其形,隨其所應而為說法」,然後是本節最要緊的一句——「諸眾生等,悉不能知我是何人、從何而至,唯令聞者如實修行。」示同其形,所以認不出;認不出,所以聽的人只剩下法可以依。李通玄取影響為喻,說這樣的行「如是之行,常遍十方、無時不現,如影隨形、如響應聲,非往來之質,以智通萬有,常對現色身」——影隨形而不是另有一個東西來去,響應聲而不是另有一個聲音出門。
排一個誤解:以為攝化要先讓人知道自己是誰、有什麼來歷。這一段正好把來歷全抹掉,只留下「唯令聞者如實修行」。落到地上:能不能不留名字地把一件事做成,是這一用的實測。
一城與一閻浮提:利益之量怎麼推
第三用之末有一句過渡:「如於此城利益眾生,於閻浮提城邑聚落,所有人眾住止之處,悉亦如是而為利益。」
這一句短,卻是全子推量之法的第一級。所推之處是「所有人眾住止之處」——不是所有的地方,是所有有人住的地方。攝化之境隨眾生而定,不隨土地而定。
排一個誤解:以為這是誇大之辭。經文推的方式是「如……亦復如是」,是把已經做成的一件事按同一個樣子推出去,不是憑空加一個大數字。落到地上:一城做得到,才有資格說一閻浮提;一城做不到,後面的推全是空話。
第四用:普門般若——九十六眾與界界類推
第四用,澄觀繫在「善男子閻浮提內」以下,判為「四「善男子閻浮提內」下普門般若用,九十六種皆能窮故」。所以然在一個「窮」字——般若能窮盡九十六種異見,所以叫普門。
經文說:「閻浮提內九十六眾,各起異見而生執著,我悉於中方便調伏,令其捨離所有諸見。」要留意這一句的施與受:所調伏者是起異見而生執著的眾生,所令捨離者是他們的「所有諸見」——是捨其見,不是捨其人,而所捨又是「所有諸見」,不是只捨錯的那幾種。其下三重類推:「如閻浮提,餘四天下亦復如是」、「如四天下,三千大千世界亦復如是」、「如三千大千世界,如是十方無量世界諸眾生海」,末後歸到說法之方式——「隨諸眾生心之所樂,以種種方便、種種法門,現種種色身,以種種言音而為說法,令得利益。」四個「種種」與第一用的四個「種種」正相對:那邊是現身之種種,這邊是說法之種種。
四用配畢,澄觀自己補一句分寸語:「上來隨勝別配,實則義通。」四用是就各段之偏勝而分配的,就義理說則四用互通。落到地上:讀這四段時可以按科分著讀,但不要把四件事讀成互不相干的四件。
謙己推勝:我只知道這一個
授法既畢,這一位隨即自限:「我唯知此至一切處菩薩行。」本品諸友之下,幾乎人人都有這一句。接下來是推勝——舉諸菩薩摩訶薩之行:「身與一切眾生數等,得與眾生無差別身」、「以變化身普入諸趣,於一切處皆現受生」、「普現一切眾生之前」、「清淨光明遍照世間」、「以無礙願住一切劫,得如帝網諸無等行」、「常勤利益一切眾生,恒與共居而無所著」、「普於三世悉皆平等,以無我智周遍照耀,以大悲藏一切觀察」,末以一問收之:「而我云何能知能說彼功德行?」
推勝所舉,逐句數之得十三德,可分四組讀。第一組說身,五句:「身與一切眾生數等」是量與眾生相齊,「得與眾生無差別身」是質與眾生無隔,「以變化身普入諸趣」是以變化而入,「於一切處皆現受生」是入而現生,「普現一切眾生之前」是現而人人得見——由量而質、由入而現,一步緊接一步。第二組說這身憑什麼站得住,三句:「清淨光明遍照世間」是所現之身自帶光明,「以無礙願住一切劫」是願無礙故住得住,「得如帝網諸無等行」是行行相入而無可比等。第三組說處眾之法,二句:「常勤利益一切眾生」是不歇,「恒與共居而無所著」是同居而不黏,一正一遮。第四組說所依之智,三句:「普於三世悉皆平等」是不落於時,「以無我智周遍照耀」是不落於我,「以大悲藏一切觀察」是不落於冷——這三句是前十句的根。
要留意所推之行與自己所說之法,題目其實是同一個——都在說遍入諸趣。差別正在後三組:同樣是遍入,一個是已能入,一個是入而三世平等、無我而照、悲藏而觀。
排一個誤解:以為謙己是客套。此段所舉的十餘句,句句是他自己法門的加深版,不是換了一個題目來讚別人。落到地上:知道自己這一門往上還有多深,才算真的站在這一門裡。
指示後友:從山上的外道到南方賣香的長者
末段指路:「善男子!於此南方,有一國土,名為:廣大;有鬻香長者,名:優鉢羅華。汝詣彼問:菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道?」
三件事都要看。一是方向——仍是南方,本會五十餘友一路南行。二是身分之轉——從山上梵眾圍繞的外道,轉到城裡賣香的長者;從離群之相轉入市廛之業。三是問句照舊——所問義旨照舊,句式略省。
排一個誤解:以為換一位老師就換一個問題。經文的體例正相反:問題不變,答的人變。落到地上:同一個問題被一位又一位善友各答一次,這才是本品的教法本身。
戀德禮辭:末一句裡的四個動作
本節末句:「時,善財童子頂禮其足,遶無量匝,慇懃瞻仰,辭退而去。」四個動作——頂禮、繞行、瞻仰、辭去。
比起別的善友之末段,這一段極短,沒有列所得之法、沒有列所持之念。要據實說:這一位的辭別之文本來就簡。澄觀於本節之科止於稱讚授法之顯四業用一段,末段未別立科目。
落到地上:「慇懃瞻仰」四字是這一段唯一帶情的字。走之前多看一眼,這一眼是善財這一節留下的全部。
寄真實行:這一位為什麼排在十行之末
寄位之說,要先說清楚它從哪裡來。這一位配屬十行第十之真實行,是澄觀所科——澄觀於本節總科即標「第十遍行外道,寄真實行」。經文本身不說位名,讀時要分清這兩層。澄觀對這種配位自下一明判:「二皆有理,謂隨一一位具多法門,豈容凡心不得習求善友之法,故不配有理。然無次位中不礙次位,顯位是常規,配亦無失」——不配有其理,配亦不失,寄位是顯常規,不是把善知識鎖死在一個階位。
何以名真實行?澄觀在《演義鈔》裡繫於二諦與言行:「智度已圓,稱於二諦,言行不虛,故名真實。」智度已經圓滿,說得上二諦,說的與做的沒有兩樣,所以叫真實。李通玄同繫第十行而所繫之義別,他繫在慈悲之終滿:「從此已去至於第十行中,遍行外道,以大慈悲行,乃為九十六種外道身我皆為之,接諸邪見,是一終行滿故。」一自智度與言行立,一自大慈悲行立。李通玄又於本位別給一個判屬:「此是真實行善知識,以智波羅蜜為主,餘九為伴。此位治於生死中行不自在障令得自在」——十度之中此位以智度為主,餘九度為伴;所對治者是「於生死中行不自在障」,所得者是在生死中行而自在。這正回到本節開頭的張力:現外道之相而不為外道所染,就是「行不自在障」已除之相。李通玄又於推德一段點出去向:歎德中「以無礙願住一切劫,得如帝網諸無等行」一句,他說「即是十迴向中願行方便」——本友寄十行之末,所推之德已是下一位十迴向之願行,推德即是轉位。
古德於寄位一事本自有寬有嚴,寬嚴二說並存,此處誌錄不判——所誌錄不判者唯古德寬嚴之異,不含上引澄觀「配亦無失」之明判:那一句是澄觀自下之判語。亦不以一家之科作經文自判。落到地上:位次之名幫你看見這一節在全品裡的位置,卻不必拿它去框經文自己沒說的話。
承衍
本節之文,向下所開之流有三條線。
其一是「示外道」一義之線。澄觀立「能行非道故。非道不染,故曰出家」,李通玄立「號出家外道名為遍行者,智齊佛果名為出家,為化邪流示同邪見名為外道,益眾生行及以三乘盡同其事名為遍行」,又說「以菩薩行中化邪不化正名為外道,處行無染名為出家」。一自非道與不染立,一自化邪與處行立;二家所指之事同,所取之義門異,誌錄不判。李通玄於此更引《淨名經》之句為證,說「彼外道六師所墮,汝亦隨墮,乃可取食」;澄觀於本節窗內未引此經。
其二是「遍行」所遍之界之線。澄觀繫於「巧智隨機,無不行故」,所遍之界即經文所列之九十六眾與諸趣。李通玄則把界推得更寬,說「凡所修進未至究竟一乘法界理智妙行,一多同異自在、身土交徹十方世界如因陀羅網門,皆是外見」,並由此判「如是通凡及聖,盡以同行方便引之,名為遍行外道」——依此說,所化者不止於邪見之凡,亦及於未至究竟之聖。李通玄又別引孔丘莊老為此行之比類,澄觀無此語。二說並錄不判。
其三是異譯之線。六十本此友名作「隨順一切眾生」,城名作「知足」,山唯言「城北有一大山」而無名;四法之第四,八十本作「普門般若波羅蜜」,六十本作「以平等般若波羅蜜光明」;帝網一句,八十本作「得如帝網諸無等行」,六十本作「得因那羅莊嚴光明之行」;後友之名,八十本作「有鬻香長者,名:優鉢羅華」,六十本作「彼有長者名青蓮華香」。諸異文並錄不判。四十本亦存本友全段,而要目多有開合:山在「城東北」而名「妙吉祥」,不作善得;第四法作「普門法界際般若波羅蜜」,於普門之外更著「法界際」三字;利益之番,八十本十番,四十本同型起句十一番,多出「或為演說堅如金剛能破無明陀羅尼智」一番;界界類推之首一重,八十本作「餘四天下」,四十本作「餘三天下」;後友之國作「廣博」,友名作「具足優鉢羅華」。三本之異同並錄不判。
一節之文,前段是相,後段是用。相是外道,用是菩薩;而使二者不打架的,只是「非道不染」四個字。
The Person Sudhana Is to Look for This Time Is a Non-Buddhist Ascetic
Of the nineteen good friends before this one, some were monks, some laywomen, some elders, some kings, some youths and maidens. At this twentieth one, the person Sudhana is to look for is called, in the plain words of the scripture text, a non-Buddhist ascetic named Universal Practice. The place where he dwells is not a monastery but a mountain; those who surround him are not disciples of the Buddha but ten thousand Brahmā gods; and his majestic light is such that a Great Brahmā king cannot match it.
A misreading must be cleared away first: this is not Sudhana taking a wrong road, nor is the scripture text urging anyone to go and consult non-Buddhist teachers. The text states its own account plainly — Sudhana comes here having already heard the Dharma at the place of the laywoman Immovable, following the direction the previous good friend gave him. The marks this one wears are those of a non-Buddhist; the Dharma he holds is the practice of a bodhisattva. Chengguan, glossing this name, says it straight out: he is displayed as a non-Buddhist because he is able to walk what is not the path; because what is not the path does not stain him, he is therefore said to have left the household life. He manifests the marks of a non-Buddhist because he can in fact walk what is not the path; and because, having walked what is not the path, he is not stained by it, one may turn the matter around and say that he is the one who has truly left the household life.
Bringing it to the ground: in reading this section, if at the sight of the two graphs for non-Buddhist one first puts up a guard, the section cannot be read through at all; and if at the sight of a non-Buddhist one concludes that non-Buddhist teachers may be studied as such, one has gone off the other side. What the text means to say is a third thing — to be able to enter and not be stained is what universal practice means.
Seeking in Accord with the Teaching: That Stretch of Walking Is the First Division of This Section
This section begins not with a meeting but with walking. Single-mindedly holding in mind all the instructions, receiving them all in faith, pondering and contemplating them — three things: holding in mind, receiving in faith, and pondering and contemplating. Holding in mind is not forgetting; receiving in faith is not doubting; pondering and contemplating is not stopping at the surface of the words. Only when these three have been done does he travel on little by little, passing through lands and cities.
Chengguan outlines this passage with a single heading name, four graphs long: seeking in accord with the teaching. The words are few, but the position matters — the first heading of this section is that one is in accord with the teaching and afterward seeks, not that one seeks first and then looks for a teaching.
Note too the manner of the searching. The scripture text writes that Sudhana entered that city at the hour when the sun goes down, and then searched place by place for the non-Buddhist ascetic Universal Practice in the market stalls, in the neighborhoods and lanes, and along both sides of the great roads that run out in all four directions. Markets, lanes, the mouths of the great roads — all of them the places where people are thickest. This tallies exactly with this one’s own Dharma gate: he does not wait inside a monastery gate for people to come to him; he is out among the crowds. Bringing it to the ground: seeking in accord with the teaching is not waiting for the next station to appear of itself, but taking what the previous one gave and going to where the people are to look for it.
The city’s name also deserves a word. Tusāra, Chengguan reads as meaning here the giving birth to gladness, that is, because within this city measureless matters of gladness are given birth; and upon that name, with respect to this friend’s virtue, he adds one further clause: because the perfection of knowledge is complete, there is nothing it cannot give birth to. Li Tongxuan reads the name in the same way — tu means joy and gladness, sāra means giving birth — but fastens it more widely, saying that the city’s name displays that this good friend’s perfection of knowledge is complete, that his practice is the same as the ten grounds already ended in the fruit of buddhahood, that he walks universally in all practices as befits what is seen, that he manifests his body everywhere the same as their gates of practice, and that in gathering beings in and benefiting the common world he causes them all to be glad. Ask first: why should a city’s name have to be spoken of in terms of knowledge? What the two houses point at is in fact the two ends of a single matter — the perfection of knowledge complete first, measureless gladness given birth after. Knowledge being complete, there is nothing it cannot give birth to; nothing it cannot give birth to, and then wherever he arrives people gain the benefit; gaining the benefit, they are glad. A misreading to be cleared away: that the city’s name is only a coincidence of place-names. Were it only a place-name, Chengguan would not have had to add the clause about the perfection of knowledge beneath the name, nor would Li Tongxuan have had to say that it displays this good friend’s perfection of knowledge. Bringing it to the ground: the reason the city is named the giving birth to gladness lies not in the city but in the one who dwells in it; and this one’s universal practice is likewise not a matter of walking far, but of gladness being given birth wherever he walks — the universal and the glad are two ends of a single matter, and the root of both is the perfection of knowledge complete.
Seeing the Light at Midnight: Why It Is Seen at Night, and Why upon a Summit
There are three details in the passage of seeing the friend, and Chengguan gives a symbolic gloss to all three, and gives all three together in a single stretch of words: as for the seeing, that it is seen at midnight is because knowledge enters birth-and-death, and because Sudhana is about to enter this position; above it was said that he entered the city at sundown; that it is upon a summit is to display that the position is at its utmost; that a radiance shines is because the light of wisdom breaks the darkness of birth-and-death and of the two extremes.
The first is the time. Entering the city at sundown and seeing the light at midnight — night stands for birth-and-death, and knowledge entering into the night is exactly the form of this one’s practice of entering the destinies; at the same time it displays that Sudhana is about to enter this position in the sequence. The second is the place. What is seen is upon a summit, displaying the utmost of the position — this is the last of the ten practices. The third is what appears. What is seen is light, and what that light breaks is the darkness of birth-and-death and of the two extremes; the two extremes are existence and nonexistence, the real and the conventional, the two ends.
A misreading to be cleared away: that these several clauses are literary ornament. Were that so, Chengguan would not have needed to gloss each matter one by one. Bringing it to the ground: the text writes the time, writes the place, and writes the light, and all three are saying one and the same thing — the height at which this one stands and the darkness into which he enters are two faces of a single matter.
What the Friend Looks Like: His Form and Features Perfect, His Majestic Light Beyond a Great Brahmā King
What Sudhana sees on climbing the mountain is this non-Buddhist ascetic upon his mountain, on a level piece of ground, walking slowly back and forth; and then he sees that his form and features are perfect and his majestic light shines, such that a Great Brahmā king cannot match him, and that ten thousand Brahmā gods surround him on every side.
There is a tension in this pairing: what is manifested is the mark of a non-Buddhist, what is attained is a majestic light beyond a Great Brahmā king. Li Tongxuan sets down a separate symbolic gloss on the single matter of the level ground upon the mountain, saying that the third is seeing him walking back and forth on level ground upon the mountain, that the summit is knowledge and the level ground is the dharma-body, and that this displays being the same as wrong views while not apart from the great knowledge of the dharma-body — the summit is knowledge, the level ground is the dharma-body; and the level ground lying upon the mountain, where he walks back and forth, is precisely manifesting marks the same as those of wrong views while not departing from the great knowledge of the dharma-body.
A misreading to be cleared away: that manifesting the marks of an ordinary being means one has come down to that height oneself. The text writes exactly the reverse — the lower what is manifested, the higher what is possessed. Bringing it to the ground: to be able to share the same work and not lose one’s own standing is what sharing the same work means; if in sharing the same work one sinks along with the rest, that is not gathering others in but being gathered in by them.
Fazang, glossing this passage in the sixty-fascicle version, gives a reason for each of the three matters of climbing the mountain and seeing the friend: that it is daybreak is because the obstructions are ended and the position is displayed; that he climbs the mountain is because he has gained a correspondence with the position; and why it matters that he sees the non-Buddhist lies in the last of the three — because he realizes that the person is the Dharma realm. What is realized is not a person, but that the person is the Dharma realm: to see this one who wears the marks of a non-Buddhist is itself to realize the Dharma realm. Were the person and the Dharma realm taken as two things, this seeing would be no more than the sight of a remarkable man.
Requesting: What Sudhana Asks Is Still Those Two Clauses
Sudhana’s question is nearly one and the same clause under all the friends of this chapter. Here it is: Holy one, I have already first set my mind upon anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, and yet I do not know how a bodhisattva is to study the practice of a bodhisattva, or how he is to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva. At the end he adds one clause giving the reason he has come to ask: I have heard that you, holy one, are well able to instruct others; I pray you will expound it for me.
Three layers are to be noted. The first is that he says first that he has already set his mind — he does not come empty-handed to ask, but comes to ask carrying a mind already set. The second is that the two matters asked about are kept apart: studying the practice of a bodhisattva and cultivating the path of a bodhisattva, the one what is studied, the other what is walked. The third is the clause of reason — he is not asking just anyone, but has come because he heard that this holy one is well able to instruct.
A misreading to be cleared away: that asking about the Dharma only requires having a doubt. The sequence in the scripture text is that setting the mind comes first, choosing the person next, and the question last. Bringing it to the ground: if before asking one can state clearly where one is standing, the answer will have something to land on.
The Four Names and Substances: Four Matters Inside a Single Clause of Self-Account
The answer opens with praise: Excellent, excellent! Son of good family! What is praised is the mind he has already set. Only then does the conferring proper begin, and the first passage of the conferring is a self-account of four matters — I already dwell in the bodhisattva practice that reaches everywhere, I have already accomplished the gate of the samādhi of contemplating the world everywhere; I have already accomplished the power of spiritual penetration that has no support and does no making, I have already accomplished the prajñā-pāramitā of the universal gate.
Chengguan judges this passage to be the setting forth of the names and substances, and says that the setting forth of the names and substances first has four items because knowledge knows everywhere, and that though the four senses are distinct they complete one another. The four matters are not four separate capacities set side by side, but a single matter in which each completes the others: the first is that the field of converting is everywhere all-round, and the name Universal Practice is set up from this; the second is entering concentration and contemplating the capacities of beings; the third is that by the spiritual penetration that does no making he is able to reach everywhere the places just named; the fourth is that by the wisdom of the universal gate he is able, while in concentration, to contemplate everywhere. Because the field of converting is everywhere all-round, he is called Universal Practice; only in entering concentration can he contemplate capacities; having the spiritual penetration that does no making, he can arrive at those places; having the wisdom of the universal gate, he can contemplate everywhere while in concentration.
If each is spoken of according to what predominates in it, Chengguan adds one further clause: taken separately, doing no making and having no support means functioning without abiding; the wisdom of the universal gate means there is no thing it does not exhaust.
Bringing it to the ground: these four clauses are the cord of the whole unit. The four passages of broad exposition that follow are just these four clauses each spread out once.
Fazang gives a separate reason for the one name “reaching everywhere”: reaching everywhere, he says, makes clear that the ten practices are fulfilled, and that the tenth of them, the perfection of knowledge, knows everywhere. That he can reach everywhere is, first, because the ten practices are already fulfilled, and second, because the tenth of those ten practices is precisely the perfection of knowledge — knowledge knowing everywhere, the practice therefore reaches everywhere. He further gathers the four things into two senses: the first, that relying on concentration he sends forth knowledge that illumines the Dharma realm everywhere; the second, that relying on concentration he sends forth penetration that reaches everywhere — and the two clauses that follow in the sixty-fascicle text he relies on, 「成就普觀三昧法門」 tr. “accomplishing the Dharma gate of the samādhi of universal contemplation” and 「無依無作神足」 tr. “spiritual feet that have no support and do no making,” gloss these two senses one by one (in the eighty these answer to the second and the third of the four things). This does not collide with Chengguan’s four senses completing one another: Chengguan matches the four names one by one to the four workings, Fazang gathers the four names into two senses — the one opens, the other closes, and that is all. Zhiyan, on the sixty, divides the gathering and converting by substance and working within the conferring of the Dharma into three steps: first raising up the light of knowledge, next observing their capacities, last expounding the Dharma so that they receive benefit — first the knowledge that illumines, next the observing of the faculties to be converted, then the expounding that brings benefit; the three steps are one continuous sequence.
The First Working: Reaching Everywhere — Born Among All the Destinies
The first of the four workings Chengguan fastens to the scripture text from the clause beginning “son of good family, everywhere I,” and judges it to be, first, making clear the working of reaching everywhere. What the text gives as self-account is: everywhere in the world I am born among all the destinies, with all sorts of locations, all sorts of shapes and appearances, all sorts of practice and understanding, all sorts of dying and being born. Four occurrences of “all sorts” — locations, shapes and appearances, practice and understanding, dying and being born. The first two are outward marks; the latter two are inward practice and the going and coming of birth-and-death.
The items listed beneath the words “that is to say” are set out one by one: the destiny of gods, the destiny of dragons, the destiny of yakṣas, gandharvas, asuras, garuḍas, kiṃnaras, mahoragas, the hells, animals, the realm of King Yama, humans, non-humans — thirteen items in all, gathered up with the word “and so on.” It is to be noted that this list has the hells in it, and animals in it — the manifesting is not only within the good destinies.
A misreading to be cleared away: that when a bodhisattva manifests a body according to the kind of being, he manifests only presentable bodies. This list places the hells and the animals right in the middle of it. Bringing it to the ground: the “every” in reaching every place counts in even the place one is least willing to go.
The Second Working: Contemplating the World Everywhere — How the Ten Rounds of Benefit Are Divided
The second working Chengguan fastens from the clause beginning “some dwell within views,” and judges it to be, second, from “some dwell within views” downward, the working of contemplating the world everywhere, since he contemplates what is fitting for them and expounds according to what is fitting. So the capacities of beings are sorted first: some dwell within all sorts of views, some put their faith in the two vehicles, and some again have faith and delight in the path of the Great Vehicle — those who dwell in views, those who have faith in the two vehicles, those who have faith and delight in the Great Vehicle, three kinds. Only when the capacities have been sorted does he use all sorts of skillful means and all sorts of gates of knowledge to work their benefit.
The text of the benefit runs to ten rounds, each round beginning with “sometimes I” and closing with a clause of “causing them.” The order of the ten rounds is not set down at random: first the crafts and skills of the world, next the four means of gathering, next the perfections, next the great mind of awakening, next the practices of the bodhisattvas, next the suffering retribution of evil deeds, next making offerings to the buddhas, and the last three rounds praise the Buddha alone — the merit and virtue of the Tathāgatas, the majestic virtue of the buddhas, the sovereign body of a buddha. From the handicrafts of the world it climbs all the way up to the great and majestic substance of a buddha that nothing whatever is able to overshadow.
Ask first: in these ten rounds, what is expounded, and what is caused? Every round in the scripture text is a pair — the upper half the Dharma expounded, the lower half the benefit caused — and without either half there is no round. What the first round causes is that they become fully possessed of the knowledge of the dhāraṇī of every art and technique: what is expounded is the crafts of the world, but what is caused is the knowledge that holds all together. The nine rounds beneath it keep the same pattern. He expounds the four means of gathering, and what is caused is that they become fully possessed of the path of omniscient knowledge — the four means are the door by which one enters among people, the path of omniscient knowledge is where it arrives. He expounds the perfections, and what is caused is that they dedicate what they cultivate toward the station of omniscient knowledge — the perfections are what is practiced, the dedication is where it returns. He praises the great mind of awakening, and what is caused is that they do not lose the intent upon the unsurpassed path — praise here is guarding, and what is guarded is that one thought not falling back. He praises the practices of the bodhisattvas, and what is caused is that they fulfill the vow to purify a buddha-land and to deliver beings — the reason the practices are praised is that these two vows may be brought to fullness. He expounds the suffering retribution of evil deeds, and what is caused is that they give rise to a deep aversion toward evil karma — suffering is spoken of not to frighten but to turn them away. He expounds how making offerings to the buddhas and planting wholesome roots will certainly obtain the fruit of knowledge, and what is caused is that they give rise to a mind of gladness — cause and effect are spoken of not for calculation but for gladness. He speaks in praise of the merit and virtue of the Tathāgatas, and what is caused is that they delight in the buddha-body and seek omniscient knowledge — praising the Buddha does not stop at admiration but must turn into the seeking of knowledge. He speaks in praise of the majestic virtue of the buddhas, and what is caused is that they vow and delight in the indestructible body of a buddha — what the majestic virtue draws out is a longing for the body that cannot be destroyed. He speaks in praise of the sovereign body of a buddha, and what is caused is that they seek the great and majestic substance of a Tathāgata that nothing is able to overshadow — what the last round seeks is already the very substance of a buddha.
A misreading to be cleared away: that expounding the crafts of the world does not count as expounding the Dharma. What the first round gives is the knowledge that holds all together, not merely a handicraft. Read the ten rounds through, and what is expounded climbs all the way from the crafts of the world up to the sovereign body of a buddha, while what is caused climbs likewise from the command of a single skill up to the great and majestic substance of a buddha — what is expounded and what is caused are two faces of one stairway, not two separate matters; and the stairway can be climbed all the way only because each round sets out from where the hearer is standing now. Bringing it to the ground: the “fitting” in expounding the Dharma according to what is fitting is starting out from where a person is standing now, not from where the speaker would like to be talking.
The Third Working: No Making and No Support — No One Knows Who I Am
The third working Chengguan fastens from the clause beginning “again, son of good family, this Busāra,” and judges it to be, third, from “again, son of good family, this Busāra” downward, making clear the working of doing no making and having no support, and therefore it says that they do not know where he has come from. The pivot of this judgment lies in that last clause: the evidence that doing no making and having no support can be established is exactly the words that they do not know where he has come from.
The scripture text gives its own account: I use skillful means to display myself as having one and the same shape with them, and expound the Dharma for them according to what they ought to receive — and then comes the most important clause in this section: those beings are none of them able to know what person I am or where I have come from; it is only that those who hear are made to cultivate in accordance with the real. Because he displays a shape the same as theirs, he is not recognized; because he is not recognized, those who listen have nothing left to rely on but the Dharma. Li Tongxuan takes shadow and echo for his comparison, saying that a practice like this is always everywhere in the ten directions and at no time not manifest, like a shadow following a form, like an echo answering a sound, having no substance that comes and goes, penetrating the ten thousand existents by knowledge and constantly manifesting bodily form to whatever it faces — a shadow follows the form, and is not a separate thing that comes and goes; an echo answers the sound, and is not a separate sound that goes out of doors.
A misreading to be cleared away: that in gathering and converting others one must first let them know who one is and what one’s credentials are. This passage wipes out the credentials altogether, and leaves only the words that those who hear are made to cultivate in accordance with the real. Bringing it to the ground: whether one can bring a thing to completion without leaving one’s name on it is the practical test of this working.
One City and One Jambudvīpa: How the Measure of the Benefit Is Extended
At the end of the third working there is one transitional clause: just as I work the benefit of beings in this city, so too in the cities and towns and hamlets of Jambudvīpa, in every place where throngs of people dwell and stay, in just this way do I work their benefit.
This clause is short, but it is the first stage of the whole unit’s method of extending a measure. What it extends to is every place where throngs of people dwell and stay — not every place whatsoever, but every place where people live. The field of gathering and converting is fixed by beings, not by territory.
A misreading to be cleared away: that this is an exaggeration. The manner in which the text extends is “just as … so too in just this way,” which takes a thing already brought to completion and extends it outward after the same pattern; it does not add a large number out of thin air. Bringing it to the ground: only one who can do it in a single city is entitled to speak of a whole Jambudvīpa; if it cannot be done in one city, everything extended afterward is empty talk.
The Fourth Working: The Wisdom of the Universal Gate — The Ninety-Six Hosts and the Extension from Realm to Realm
The fourth working Chengguan fastens from the clause beginning “son of good family, within Jambudvīpa,” and judges it to be, fourth, from “son of good family, within Jambudvīpa” downward, the working of the wisdom of the universal gate, since the ninety-six kinds can all be exhausted. The reason for it lies in the one word “exhaust” — because wisdom can exhaust the ninety-six divergent views, it is called the universal gate.
The scripture text says: within Jambudvīpa there are ninety-six hosts, each giving rise to a divergent view and thereby giving rise to attachment, and in the midst of them all I use skillful means to tame them, causing them to let go of every one of their clingings to views. It is to be noted how the giving and the receiving run in this clause: those tamed are the beings who have given rise to divergent views and thereby to attachment, and what they are made to let go of is every one of their views — it is their views that are let go of, not the beings themselves, and it is every one of their views, not only the several mistaken ones. Beneath this come three tiers of extension: as it is with Jambudvīpa, so it is with the remaining four continents; as it is with the four continents, so it is with the three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system; as it is with the three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system, so it is with the oceans of beings in the measureless worlds of the ten directions — and at the end it comes back to the manner of expounding the Dharma: according to what the minds of those beings love and delight in, using all sorts of skillful means and all sorts of Dharma gates, manifesting all sorts of bodily forms, and using all sorts of speech and sounds to expound the Dharma for them, causing them to obtain benefit. The four occurrences of “all sorts” here stand exactly opposite the four of the first working: there they were the various ways of manifesting a body, here they are the various ways of expounding the Dharma.
Having finished matching the four workings, Chengguan adds a clause of his own about the measure of the matching: in what has gone above, the matching was made separately according to what predominates, but in reality the senses run through one another. The four workings are matched out according to what predominates in each passage; spoken of by the doctrine, the four workings run through one another. Bringing it to the ground: in reading these four passages one may read them divided by the outline, but one should not read the four matters as four things with nothing to do with each other.
Humbling Himself and Pointing to the Superior: I Know Only This One
The conferring of the Dharma once finished, this one at once sets a limit upon himself: I know only this bodhisattva practice that reaches everywhere. Under nearly every one of the friends of this chapter there is this same clause. What follows is the pointing to the superior — raising up the practice of the bodhisattva-mahāsattvas: their bodies are equal in number to all beings, they gain a body no different from that of beings; they use bodies of transformation to enter everywhere among the destinies, and display the taking on of birth in every place; they manifest everywhere before all beings; their pure radiance shines throughout the world; they use unobstructed vows to dwell throughout all kalpas, and gain those various matchless practices that are like Indra’s net; they are always diligent in benefiting all beings, and dwell together with them constantly without any attachment; they are everywhere and altogether equal throughout the three times, they use the knowledge of no-self to shine forth all around, and they use the treasury of great compassion to contemplate all things — and it closes with a single question: how then could I be able to know or to tell of practices of merit and virtue such as theirs?
Counted clause by clause, what is raised up in the pointing to the superior comes to thirteen virtues, and they may be read in four groups. The first group speaks of the body, five clauses: that their bodies are equal in number to all beings is a matching of quantity with beings; that they gain a body no different from that of beings is a matching of quality, with no partition between; that they use bodies of transformation to enter everywhere among the destinies is entering by transformation; that they display the taking on of birth in every place is entering and then being born; that they manifest everywhere before all beings is being manifest so that every one can see — from quantity to quality, from entering to manifesting, each step following close upon the last. The second group speaks of what enables that body to stand, three clauses: that their pure radiance shines throughout the world is that the body manifested carries its own light; that they use unobstructed vows to dwell throughout all kalpas is that, the vow being unobstructed, the dwelling can be sustained; that they gain those various matchless practices that are like Indra’s net is that practice enters into practice with nothing to match it. The third group speaks of how they stand among the multitude, two clauses: that they are always diligent in benefiting all beings is never ceasing; that they dwell together with them constantly without any attachment is dwelling together without sticking — the one affirming, the other excluding. The fourth group speaks of the knowledge they rely upon, three clauses: that they are everywhere and altogether equal throughout the three times is not falling into time; that they use the knowledge of no-self to shine forth all around is not falling into a self; that they use the treasury of great compassion to contemplate all things is not falling into coldness — and these three clauses are the root of the ten before them.
It is to be noted that the practice pointed to and the Dharma he has himself expounded are in fact upon one and the same topic — both speak of entering everywhere among the destinies. The difference lies precisely in the last three groups: it is the same entering everywhere, but the one is being already able to enter, and the other is entering while equal throughout the three times, shining forth while without a self, and contemplating out of the treasury of compassion.
A misreading to be cleared away: that humbling oneself is a courtesy. The more than ten clauses raised in this passage are, clause by clause, a deepened form of his own Dharma gate; he has not changed the topic in order to praise someone else. Bringing it to the ground: only one who knows how much deeper his own gate still goes is truly standing inside that gate.
Pointing Out the Next Friend: From a Non-Buddhist upon a Mountain to an Elder Selling Perfumes in the South
The last passage points the road: son of good family, going south from here there is a land named Vast Extent; there is an elder there who sells perfumes, named Utpala; go to him and ask how a bodhisattva is to study the practice of a bodhisattva and cultivate the path of a bodhisattva.
All three matters are to be looked at. The first is the direction — still south, the more than fifty friends of this assembly going southward all the way. The second is the turn of station — from a non-Buddhist upon a mountain surrounded by Brahmā gods to an elder selling perfumes inside a city; from marks of withdrawal from the crowd into a trade in the marketplace. The third is that the question stays the same — what is asked is the same in sense, though the wording is slightly abridged.
A misreading to be cleared away: that changing teachers means changing the question. The pattern of the scripture text is exactly the reverse: the question does not change, the one who answers changes. Bringing it to the ground: one and the same question answered once each by one good friend after another is itself the teaching method of this chapter.
Cherishing His Virtue, Paying Respects, and Taking Leave: The Four Actions in the Last Clause
The last clause of this section: at that time Sudhana the youth bowed to his feet, circumambulated him measureless times, gazed up at him with earnest devotion, and took his leave and departed. Four actions — bowing, circumambulating, gazing up, departing.
Compared with the closing passages under other good friends, this passage is extremely short: it does not list the Dharma gained, nor list what is to be held in mind. It must be stated as it stands: the text of this one’s leave-taking is simply brief in itself. Chengguan’s outline of this section stops at the passage of praising and conferring the Dharma that displays the four workings, and he sets up no separate outline heading for the closing passage.
Bringing it to the ground: the four graphs for gazing up with earnest devotion are the only ones in this passage that carry feeling. One more look before going — that one look is the whole of what Sudhana leaves behind in this section.
Assigned to the Practice of Truth: Why This One Stands Last Among the Ten Practices
As for the account of the assigned position, where it comes from must be made clear first. That this friend is matched to the tenth of the ten practices, the practice of truth, is Chengguan’s outline — in his general outline of this section Chengguan states outright that this is the tenth, the non-Buddhist ascetic Universal Practice, assigned to the practice of truth. The scripture text itself does not name the position, and in reading, these two layers are to be kept apart. Chengguan himself sets down an explicit judgment upon matching of this kind: both have their reason, since each single position possesses many Dharma gates, and how should an ordinary mind be barred from practicing and seeking the Dharma of the good friends? — therefore not to match them has its reason; yet within the absence of a sequence of positions the sequence of positions is not obstructed, and displaying the positions is the ordinary rule, so that to match them is likewise not amiss. Not to match has its reason; to match is likewise not amiss. An assigned position displays the ordinary rule; it does not lock a good friend into one stage.
Why is it named the practice of truth? Chengguan, in the Yanyi chao, fastens it to the two truths and to speech and conduct: the perfection of knowledge being already complete, it tallies with the two truths, and speech and conduct are not empty, and it is therefore named truth. The perfection of knowledge is already complete, so that one may speak of the two truths; what is said and what is done are not two things; and therefore it is named truth. Li Tongxuan likewise fastens it to the tenth practice, but the sense he fastens it by is different, for he fastens it to the fulfilling of kindness and compassion at its end: from this point onward, up to within the tenth practice, the non-Buddhist ascetic Universal Practice, by the practice of great kindness and compassion, becomes for their sake every one of the bodies of the ninety-six kinds of non-Buddhist ascetics and gathers in all the wrong views, and this is because one whole course of practice is fulfilled. The one sets it up from the perfection of knowledge and from speech and conduct; the other sets it up from the practice of great kindness and compassion. Li Tongxuan further assigns this position a further determination: this, he says, is the good friend of the practice of truth, who takes the perfection of knowledge as host and the other nine as companions, and this position counters the obstruction of not being free in one’s conduct within birth-and-death and causes freedom to be gained. Among the ten perfections this position takes the perfection of knowledge as host and the other nine as companions; what is countered is the obstruction of not being free in one’s conduct within birth-and-death, and what is gained is freedom of conduct within birth-and-death. This returns exactly to the tension with which this section opened: to manifest the marks of a non-Buddhist and yet not be stained by them is just the form of that obstruction of unfreedom already removed. Li Tongxuan further points out, in the passage of pointing to virtue, where it is heading: of the clause in the praise of virtue 「以無礙願住一切劫,得如帝網諸無等行」 tr. “by unobstructed vows abiding through all eons, gaining the unequalled practices that are like Indra’s net,” he says 「即是十迴向中願行方便」 tr. “this is precisely the skillful means of vow and practice within the ten dedications” — this friend is assigned to the last of the ten practices, and the virtue pointed to is already the vow and practice of the next position, the ten dedications; to point to virtue is to turn toward the next position.
The ancient worthies have of themselves been now loose and now strict on the matter of assigned positions, and the two accounts, the loose and the strict, stand together; here they are recorded without adjudication — what is so recorded without adjudication is only the difference between the ancient worthies’ looseness and strictness, and it does not take in the explicit judgment of Chengguan cited above, that to match them is likewise not amiss: that clause is a judgment Chengguan himself sets down. Nor is the outline of one house made into the scripture text’s judgment upon itself. Bringing it to the ground: the name of a position in the sequence helps you see where this section stands within the whole chapter, but it need not be used to frame words the scripture text has not itself said.
Lineage
From the text of this section three lines of flow open onward.
The first is the line of the single sense of being displayed as a non-Buddhist. Chengguan sets up that he is able to walk what is not the path, and that because what is not the path does not stain him he is therefore said to have left the household life; Li Tongxuan sets up that he is called a non-Buddhist ascetic who has left the household life and is named Universal Practice because his knowledge is equal to the fruit of buddhahood and he is therefore said to have left the household life, because in order to convert the stream of the wrong he displays himself as the same as wrong views and is therefore called a non-Buddhist, and because in benefiting beings his practice is the same in every matter as that of the three vehicles and he is therefore named Universal Practice; and he says further that within the practice of a bodhisattva it is converting the wrong and not the right that is called a non-Buddhist, and dwelling in practice unstained that is called having left the household life. The one sets it up from what is not the path and from being unstained, the other from converting the wrong and from dwelling in practice; the matter the two houses point at is the same, the gate of sense by which they take hold of it differs, and this is recorded without adjudication. Li Tongxuan here further cites a clause of the Jingming scripture as evidence, saying that where those six non-Buddhist masters fall, there you too must fall along with them, and only then may you take the food; Chengguan, within the window of this section, does not cite this scripture.
The second is the line of the field over which universal practice extends. Chengguan fastens it to skillful knowledge according with capacity, since there is nothing it does not walk, and the field so extended over is just the ninety-six hosts and the destinies listed in the scripture text. Li Tongxuan extends the field wider, saying that whatever is cultivated and advanced in that has not yet reached the ultimate wondrous practice of the principle and knowledge of the one-vehicle Dharma realm — the sovereignty of the one and the many, of sameness and difference, the gate of bodies and lands interpenetrating throughout the worlds of the ten directions like Indra’s net — is all of it outward seeing; and he judges from this that gathering in both the ordinary and the holy, and drawing them all in by the skillful means of practicing the same as they do, is what is named the non-Buddhist ascetic Universal Practice — on this account those converted are not only the ordinary who hold wrong views, but extend also to the holy who have not yet reached the ultimate. Li Tongxuan further cites Kong Qiu and Zhuang and Lao separately as a class comparable to this practice; Chengguan has no such words. The two accounts are recorded together without adjudication.
The third is the line of the parallel translations. In the sixty-fascicle version this friend’s name is given as “according with all beings,” the city’s name as “Contentment,” and the mountain is only said to be a great mountain north of the city, without a name; as for the fourth of the four things, the eighty-fascicle version has the prajñā-pāramitā of the universal gate, the sixty-fascicle version “by the radiance of the prajñā-pāramitā of evenness”; for the clause about Indra’s net, the eighty-fascicle version has the gaining of those various matchless practices that are like Indra’s net, the sixty-fascicle version the gaining of a practice of the radiance of the adornment of Indra; and for the name of the next friend, the eighty-fascicle version has an elder who sells perfumes, named Utpala, the sixty-fascicle version an elder there named Blue Lotus Fragrance. These divergent readings are recorded together without adjudication. The forty-fascicle version likewise has the whole passage for this friend, and its key items open and close in several places differently: the mountain lies northeast of the city and is named Wondrous Auspiciousness, not Well-Gained; the fourth of the four things is the prajñā-pāramitā of the limit of the Dharma realm of the universal gate, adding the limit of the Dharma realm beyond the universal gate; as for the rounds of benefit, the eighty has ten and the forty has eleven clauses of the same form, the one further round being the expounding of the knowledge of the dhāraṇī that, hard as a diamond, can break ignorance; in the first tier of the extension from realm to realm the eighty has the remaining four continents and the forty the remaining three; and the next friend’s land is Vast and Broad, his name Fully Endowed Utpala. What the three versions share and where they differ are recorded together without adjudication.
The text of this one section is, in its former part, the marks, and in its latter part, the working. The marks are those of a non-Buddhist, the working is that of a bodhisattva; and what keeps the two from quarreling is only the four graphs that say what is not the path does not stain him.
品三十九 入法界品 · 鬻香長者優鉢羅華(寄救護眾生離眾生相迴向)Entering the Dharma Realm · The Elder Utpala, Seller of Perfumes (Assigned to the Dedication of Rescuing and Guarding All Sentient Beings While Free of the Mark of Sentient Beings)
全文五層 →Full five layers →從這一位起,善財所學的名字換了
前面二十位善友所示的,是住位與行位;到這一位長者,換了一個位次。澄觀在此立了一句總綱,說「大文第四有十善友,寄十迴向」——從這一位起的十位善知識,配的是十迴向。而這一位配的是第一個,名叫救護眾生離眾生相迴向。智儼讀六十本時所判相同,說「此下十知識當十迴向位。初即第一救護眾生離眾生相迴向菩薩位」。
寄位之判是澄觀承古德所立之科,不是經文自己標的——經文只說「詣長者所」,連長者的名字都沒有出。澄觀自己在本會品科一段說得很持平:「二皆有理,謂隨一一位具多法門,豈容凡心不得習求善友之法,故不配有理。然無次位中不礙次位,顯位是常規,配亦無失。」——散釋與配位二說皆有理,配之而不礙其非次第。
要排一個誤解:不要以為「迴向」是修行做完之後補上的一道手續。澄觀釋長者所居之國名時說「在廣大國者,創入迴向故。迴向眾生故廣,迴向菩提故大,迴向實際義通廣大」——「創入」二字是說這才剛剛開始進入迴向,而國名之廣大,正是迴向所向的三處。落到地上:迴向不是把功德挪一個地方,是把所修的一切轉向眾生、轉向菩提、轉向實際。
走路的時候他在想什麼:十一個「唯願」
本節開頭不寫路,寫心。善財「因善知識教」而起了六個「不」——不顧身命、不著財寶、不樂人眾、不耽五欲、不戀眷屬、不重王位;接著是十一句「唯願」(實計十一,非十二):化度眾生、嚴淨佛土、供養諸佛、證知實性、修集功德海、修行無退轉、恆劫修行、普入道場、入一三昧門而現一切、於一毛孔見一切佛、得智慧光明持諸佛法藏。
為什麼要先立這一段?澄觀科這一分時說得明白,說「第一依教趣求中,先依教興願,以是迴向大願之首故」——因為迴向以大願為首,所以這一位的第一段就是興願。
排一個誤解:以為六個「不」是苦行的清單。細看,六個「不」是捨,十一個「唯願」是取;捨得那樣徹底,只為取這十一件事。落到地上:一個人真正要什麼,看的不是他做了什麼,是他肯不要什麼。
十個「欲」與一個「未知」:善財怎麼問
到了長者面前,善財頂禮、繞匝、合掌而立,然後說了一段話。前半是十個「欲」:欲求平等智慧、欲滿無量大願、欲淨最上色身、欲見清淨法身、欲知廣大智身、欲淨治諸行、欲照明三昧、欲安住總持、欲除滅障礙、欲遊行十方。後半只有一句:「而未知菩薩云何學菩薩行、云何修菩薩道,而能出生一切智智?」
為什麼要先鋪十個「欲」再問?因為問法要先交代自己站在哪裡。十個「欲」是所求之境,一個「未知」是所缺之路;境已明而路未明,問才問得準。
這一段申意之文,法藏讀六十本時另有一科。他判此段云「申意十句,初五上求果德、後五悕成因行」——前五句是上求果德,後五句是悕成因行;同是十句,前五所向在果,後五所向在因。此科是法藏就六十本之文而立,六十本與底本之句形有異,故不以此科逐句硬配底本之十「欲」;而其讀法之要在於:十句不是平列的十件願,是求果與成因兩段。澄觀於本節所科者是「先依教興願」一分,繫於前段十一句「唯願」;法藏此科所繫者是見敬申請中之申意十句。二家之科各繫其文,不相替代。
排一個誤解:以為這十句是客套。這十句正是前面二十位善友一路走來的所得——所得越多,所問越具體。落到地上:問不出好問題的時候,多半不是不夠謙虛,是自己要什麼還沒想清楚。
長者先讚:讚的不是問,是那顆心
長者的第一句話不是答,是讚:「善哉!善哉!善男子!汝乃能發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心。」
為什麼讚的是發心而不是問得好?因為在這一會裡,一切善知識所授之法,都以發心為根。善財問的是行與道,長者卻先指他問話裡的第一句——「我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心」,那才是他能站在這裡的理由。
排一個誤解:以為這只是開場的客氣話。這一節末尾,長者說象藏香之益時說「我知是已而為說法,令其決定發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心」——首尾都落在發心上。落到地上:一位老師先肯定你哪一點,往往就是他要教你的那一點。
總標所知:一個賣香的人,知道香的四層
長者的授法從總標開始。澄觀科這一段時判為四重,說「一知香體異;二「又善了」下約類辨異;三「又善別」下知力用異,前二約世,此兼出世;四「如是等」下明委窮本末」。
第一層是體:一切香、燒香、塗香、末香——這是香的四種形制。第二層是類:香王所出之處,以及天香、龍香、夜叉香,乃至乾闥婆、阿脩羅、迦樓羅、緊那羅、摩睺羅伽、人、非人所有的香——這是按出處分類。第三層是力用:治病、斷惡、生歡喜、增煩惱、滅煩惱、令樂著有為、令厭離有為、捨憍逸、發心念佛、證解法門、聖所受用、菩薩差別、菩薩地位——從世間之用一直說到出世之用。
這三層裡,前兩層鈔各給了一重理上的讀法。約事者,鈔說「如一知香體異,約事可知。」——四種形制之異,就事上看便知。約理則說「如燒香,謂以智火發揮萬行,普周遍故。塗香者,以性淨水和之,飾法身故。末香者,以金剛智碎,令無實故。即以智及性淨等為生處也。」燒是以智火發揮萬行而普周遍,塗是以性淨之水和之而飾法身,末是以金剛智碎之而令無實;三種形制在法上各配一門,而其所從生者即是智與性淨。第二層約類辨異,鈔亦有理讀,說「香即習氣行,天之因是天習氣熏灼成果故」——類之所別在習氣,天香之為天香,是天之習氣熏灼而成果。而下文五分法身之通配,鈔亦逐句繫定其文,說「戒定可知。三王及四兵皆騰空者,慧證空故。四心念於佛,脫五欲故。五集聽法,是知見故。」——不是泛配一組名目,是一分繫一句:慧繫於騰空,解脫繫於念佛,解脫知見繫於集聽法。
為什麼要分這三層?因為「善別知」三個字要有內容。澄觀就此點出全子的讀法,說「今初。知世諸香以表法香,謂以戒定慧慈悲等香,熏修生善、滅惡習氣故」——他所知的世間之香,表的是法上之香。
澄觀還把總標的兩句分開配:「善知一切香者,差別行也。亦知調合者,融通行也」——善別知一切香,是差別行,一香一香各知其體、其類、其用;亦知調合,是融通行,把各別的香合成一丸。二行不是先後兩步,是一件事的兩面:沒有差別之知,融通就成了混;沒有融通之行,差別就成了散。他再說怎麼合:「以金剛杵碎之,實相般若波羅蜜調和,令純雜無礙,悲智圓融,成迴向故」——碎的是各香各守其性的隔,調和之手是實相般若,純與雜無礙、悲與智圓融,這才叫迴向。落到讀處:本位是救護眾生離眾生相迴向,救護是差別行(一個一個眾生各有其苦),離相是融通行(不見有眾生可救之相),二者同時,正是這一丸香。
排一個誤解:以為前兩層是閒筆、第三層才是佛法。澄觀明說前二約世、第三兼出世——世間那一段不能跳過,因為出世之知正是從世間之知一路辨上來的。落到地上:辨得清世間的差別,才辨得清出世的差別;分不清好壞香的人,也分不清善惡法。
委窮本末:知道一樣東西,要知到什麼程度
總標的最後一句是收:「如是等香形相生起、出現成就、清淨安隱、方便境界、威德業用及以根本,如是一切我皆了達。」十事一路排下——形相、生起、出現、成就、清淨、安隱、方便、境界、威德、根本;經文於「威德」之後別出「業用」一詞,而澄觀判「其業用一種義通前七」,不別立一事,故成十事之數。
為什麼要立這一串?澄觀稱這一重為「明委窮本末」,並在下文用它來讀第一種香——這一串不是形容詞的堆疊,是一套查驗的目次:從它長什麼樣,到它怎麼生起、怎麼現前、怎麼成就,一直問到它的根本是什麼。
排一個誤解:以為「我皆了達」是誇口。這一句下面緊接著十種香:象藏一種把這一串十事說全,其餘九種澄觀說「餘之九香皆應具法喻之十,略故或二或三」——應具而文略,不是不具。落到地上:說自己懂一件事,標準就在這裡——講不出它的生起與根本,就只是認得它的名字。
知香之法該立幾目,法藏另有一套。他就六十本之文立十義,說「明知香法義有十種:一知所因起、二知香氣至處、三知至已成益、四所作圓滿、五能令喜悅清淨、六令離惱安隱、七巧便入法、八所知分齊、九所作行業、十究竟根本。」——從所因起、香氣至處、至已成益一路排到所知分齊、所作行業、究竟根本。這一套與澄觀的本末十事同為十目而名目不同:澄觀之十事自形相說到根本,法藏之十義自所因起說到究竟根本,中間諸目所取之角度亦各別。而法藏於餘香之處置與澄觀同其意,說「牛頭香等九種,皆各有十義,文中存略故,或二或三等,准之。」——應具十義而文存略。二家之十各自成套,誌錄不判。
智儼讀六十本,於所知之起因又自立一科。他說「知香起因有十種因:初一立、二所為、三法成、四諸分具、五無過、六德成不動、七善巧相發、八分齊、九成前事、十來處也」——初一是立,二是所為,三是法成,四是諸分具,五是無過,六是德成不動,七是善巧相發,八是分齊,九是成前事,十是來處。此十所問者是起因:一香之所以成其為香,從立、所為說到成前事與來處。智儼之十因、法藏之香法十義、澄觀之本末十事,三家皆作十而名目各異,所取之次第與所向亦異;三套並錄不判。
象藏香:一段最完整的示範
第一種香說得最長。它出在人間,「因龍鬪生」;燒一丸就起大香雲彌覆王都,七日中雨細香雨;沾身則身成金色,沾衣服宮殿樓閣也都成金色;風吹入宮殿,眾生嗅到的七日七夜歡喜充滿、身心快樂、無有諸病、不相侵害、離諸憂苦、不驚不怖、不亂不恚、慈心相向、志意清淨。末了一句是:「我知是已而為說法,令其決定發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心。」
為什麼第一種要說得這麼細?因為它是示範。澄觀逐句配上前面那一串本末,說「初象藏香,具前本末十事:一但語香名必有形相;二龍鬪為生起;三興雲為出現;四雨雨為成就;五金色為清淨;六喜樂為安隱;七無病等為方便;八慈心等為境界;九意淨為威德,其業用一種義通前七;十我知下是根本,本為菩提心故」。
排一個誤解:以為末句「而為說法」是附帶的結語。澄觀判它是第十「根本」——前面九事都是香的事,第十事才是這一段的所以然:一切香之用,根本在引人發菩提心。落到地上:讀這一段若只讀到『香很靈』,就把它讀成了神異;根本一句在最後。
象藏香的第二種讀法:把香換成菩提心
同一段文,澄觀還給了第二種讀法。他說「若就菩提心顯十義者,以菩提心香似如來藏,因善惡相攻而生。若一發心興慈雲注法雨,心所及者令歸真淨,得法喜樂離惑業苦,展轉興慈志願純淨」。
換句話說:龍鬪而生,換成善惡相攻而發心;起香雲雨香雨,換成興慈雲注法雨;著身金色,換成心所及者令歸真淨;歡喜無病,換成得法喜樂、離惑業苦;慈心相向志意清淨,換成展轉興慈、志願純淨。
排一個誤解:以為這是硬套。澄觀是先立十事之目,再說同一組目可以事上讀一遍、法上讀一遍——不是替換,是同一段文的兩重。落到地上:經上說的事相若讀不出法上的一重,那些七日七夜、金色香雲就只是奇聞。
牛頭香:塗身入火而不燒,這是忍
第二種香出在摩羅耶山,是栴檀香,名叫牛頭;用它塗身,即使進入火坑,火也燒不到。
為什麼舉這一件?澄觀直接配了行門,說「摩羅耶者國名,國多此香故。此即忍香,瞋火不燒」。火坑是外事,瞋是內火;能塗這一種香的人,外火不燒,內火也不燒。
排一個誤解:以為這是護身法術。經文一句「設入火坑」,設字是假設之詞——重點不在真的去跳火坑,在於身上有沒有那一味香。落到地上:檢驗自己有沒有忍,不必等大事,看被冒犯的那一瞬間,火有沒有燒起來。
無能勝香:塗在鼓上,敵軍自退
第三種香出在海中,名叫無能勝;用它塗在鼓以及螺貝上,聲音一發,一切敵軍全都自行退散。
澄觀配的是精進,說「三即進香,魔軍退散」。所以這一段的「敵軍」在法上是魔軍;而退散不是靠打,是靠聲——鼓聲一起,對方自己散了。
同是這一香,李通玄所配不是精進。他以十住位次讀之,說「明修行住以法忍成就,迴入生死海中教化眾生。以忍辱心,聞一切善惡聲音鼓,惡邪怨敵自然退散。」——所成就者是法忍,迴入生死海中教化眾生;所以退敵者是忍辱之心:聞一切善惡之聲如聞鼓音而心不隨,惡邪怨敵自然退散。澄觀繫此香於精進,李通玄繫之於法忍;一取聲之力用而說進,一取聞聲不動而說忍。二解並錄不判。
排一個誤解:以為精進就是硬撐。此段所示是塗香於鼓而發聲,力在香不在鼓——精進若只是咬牙,那是鼓在響;香在,聲才有那個力。落到地上:真正的精進不是把自己逼到很緊,是那件事本身有了香氣,聽見的人自己就退了。
蓮華藏香:一丸如麻子,普熏閻浮提
第四種香出在阿那婆達多池邊,是沈水香,名叫蓮華藏;一丸只有麻子那麼大,燒了卻香氣普熏閻浮提界,眾生聞到的,離一切罪,戒品清淨。
從這一種起,澄觀給了一個通配,說「次五如次是五分法身香」——第四到第八,依次配戒、定、慧、解脫、解脫知見這五分法身之香。所以這第四種對的是戒;經文末句「離一切罪,戒品清淨」正合。
排一個誤解:以為戒是一條一條的禁令,越多越重。此段所取正相反:一丸如麻子而普熏一界——澄觀釋鬻香時也說「香質雖小,發氣彌布;善根雖微,迴向普周」。落到地上:戒不在多,在真;一件持得真的小事,氣味走得比一長串規條遠。
阿盧那香:嗅之而心決定離染
第五種香在雪山,名叫阿盧那;有眾生嗅到,他的心決定遠離種種染著,長者為他們說法,沒有不得到離垢三昧的。
依澄觀那一通配,這第五種對的是定。經文兩層說得很清楚:先是嗅香而心離染著,後是說法而得離垢三昧——香只做了第一步,法才做成第二步。
排一個誤解:以為得定是境界現前。此段的次第是先離染著、後得三昧——染著不離,三昧無處立足。落到地上:坐不下來的時候,先別問定,問心裡黏著什麼。
海藏香:只給轉輪王用
第六種香在羅剎界,名叫海藏;這種香只給轉輪王用,燒一丸拿來熏,國王以及四種兵眾全都騰上虛空。
依通配,這一種對的是慧。經文特別點出「其香但為轉輪王用」——不是一切人都用得上。
排一個誤解:以為『唯王能用』是說法有偏私。此段所示是相稱:唯有輪王之位堪受此香,正如唯有相稱之器堪受此法。落到地上:同一句法,說給不同的人聽,效力天差地遠——不是法有分別,是受的人有沒有到那個位。
淨莊嚴香:普使諸天心念於佛
第七種香在善法天中,名叫淨莊嚴;燒一丸拿來熏,普遍使諸天的心念著佛。
依通配,這一種對的是解脫。前六種香所作的,多是身上的事、界內的事——金色、不燒、退敵、清淨戒品、騰空;其中第五阿盧那香已經落到心上,經文說「其心決定離諸染著」,而所落者是離;到這一種,落在心上的轉為所歸:念佛。
排一個誤解:以為念佛是初階的行門。此段在十香之第七,依通配所對的是解脫,鈔說「四心念於佛,脫五欲故」。經文所說的條件只有一個——燒此香而熏之,「普使諸天心念於佛」;經文沒有說要先做完前六種才輪到念佛。落到地上:念佛在這裡被放在脫五欲的位置上,讀時看它配的是什麼,不替它加經文沒有的先後。
淨藏香:天眾雲集,共聽一法
第八種香在須夜摩天,名叫淨藏;燒一丸拿來熏,夜摩天的天眾沒有不雲集到他們天王那裡共同聽法的。
依通配,這一種對的是解脫知見。前一種是「普使諸天心念於佛」,這一種是「夜摩天眾莫不雲集彼天王所而共聽法」——同是諸天蒙益,所別在念佛與集會聽法。
排一個誤解:以為聽法是被動的事。經文用的是「莫不雲集」——香只是熏,來是他們自己來的。落到地上:一個地方有沒有法,看的不是有沒有人講,是有沒有人自己走來。
先陀婆香:燒在一生所繫菩薩座前
第九種香在兜率天中,名叫先陀婆;在一生所繫菩薩的座前燒它一丸,就興起大香雲遍覆法界,普遍雨下一切供養之具,供養一切諸佛菩薩。
澄觀對這一名另有一釋,說「先陀婆,一名四實,此宜用鹽,香似此故」——一個名字通指四樣東西,用時看場合取;此處取其中似香者。而其表法,澄觀說「九即稱法界香」。經文說香雲「遍覆法界」,正是稱法界之義。
排一個誤解:以為「遍覆法界」是形容香很多。此香所以能遍,在它燒的地方——一生所繫菩薩之座前;因所燒之處已在法界之心,故所起之雲即與法界相稱。落到地上:一件事的影響有多遠,看的不是聲量,是它從哪裡發出。
奪意香:七日普雨莊嚴之具
第十種香在善變化天,名叫奪意;燒一丸,在七天之中普遍雨下一切莊嚴之具。
澄觀就名立義,說「十忘能所香,故名奪意」——奪意就是連能取所取之意都被奪去。所以這一種放在最後:前九種都還有一個能知者與所知之香,到這一種,知與所知俱盡。
排一個誤解:以為「奪意」是失去意識。此段所現是七日普雨莊嚴之具——奪的是能所之執,不是知覺;正因能所俱忘,所雨才無盡。落到地上:做到最後,最難放下的不是所做之事,是那個『我在做』。
謙己推勝:他只承認自己知道一件事
十香說完,長者收作一句:「善男子!我唯知此調和香法。」接著轉說諸菩薩摩訶薩——遠離一切諸惡習氣、不染世欲、永斷煩惱眾魔羂索、超諸有趣、以智慧香而自莊嚴、於諸世間皆無染著、具足成就無所著戒、淨無著智、行無著境、於一切處悉無有著、其心平等、無著無依;末了連發五問:而我何能知其妙行?說其功德?顯其所有清淨戒門?示其所作無過失業?辨其離染身、語、意行?
為什麼要有這一段?因為這是本節所寄之位的正題。這一位配的是救護眾生離眾生相迴向。依經文次第讀:前面十香段段說香之所益於眾生,這一段連下六個「著」字說的是無著。所知者是香,而所推者是無著。
排一個誤解:以為謙己是禮貌。長者說的不是『我懂得少』,是『我所懂的只有這一門』——所知有界,才推得出無界者的境。落到地上:能說清楚自己的界在哪裡的人,才是真的知道自己知道什麼。
指示後友:南方樓閣城,船師婆施羅
長者最後指路:南方有一座大城名叫樓閣,城中有一位船師名叫婆施羅,去問他菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道。
為什麼賣香的之後是行船的?經文自己沒有說。可看的是所問之句一字不改——善財問長者的是這一句,長者教他去問下一位的還是這一句。一路五十餘位,問題始終是同一個。
排一個誤解:以為換老師是因為前一位教完了。長者剛說過自己唯知一門——不是教完,是他只有這一門。落到地上:肯把人往別處指的老師,才是真老師。
戀德禮辭:一句話的告別
末段極短:那時候,善財童子頂禮長者的雙足,繞行無量匝,慇懃瞻仰,這才辭別退去。
為什麼這麼短?本節全篇一千二百餘字,體量在本會善知識子中屬簡;辭去之文亦隨之簡。但四事俱在:頂禮、遶匝、瞻仰、辭去。
排一個誤解:以為短就是略。「慇懃瞻仰」四字是離去前最後的動作——人已要走,眼還在看。落到地上:一段學處結束時最真的一刻,往往不在得法之時,在轉身之前那一眼。
承衍
本節之文,向下所開之流有三條線。
其一是釋名之線。澄觀就「鬻」字立義,說「言鬻香者,鬻者賣也。香質雖小,發氣彌布;善根雖微,迴向普周。又若賣若買,二俱得香;自他善根,俱可迴向」——以買賣之兩面,喻自他善根俱可迴向。李通玄取的角度不同,重在合香之法,說「又以善知眾香法門和合香藥以充賣鬻,以表迴向和合智悲、生死涅槃、染淨想念分別,總成一丸定慧解脫知見香」,並以合香一丸為喻,說「如此合香,以其眾香合為一丸,互相資益,皆無自性,不失自德,同異自在」。二家皆以鬻香喻迴向,取喻之角度各別,誌錄不判。
其二是青蓮華之線。長者之名,澄觀作青蓮華長者,並釋其義說「青蓮華者,蓮華處淤泥而不染,猶護眾生而離相。青蓮華為水中之最,救護為入生死之尊」。李通玄同取處泥不染之喻,而所繫者稍異,說「表行不染生死、不染涅槃,於二不二而中不污」,又說「如青蓮花要以淤泥濁水之中而生,不染泥水之性,色香第一」。智儼作青蓮華香,四十本作具足優鉢羅華,六十本作青蓮華香長者——底本此段之內並不出長者之名。諸家之名與釋並存,誌錄不判。
其三是位次之線。李通玄以三位之首相形,說「如十住之首以妙峯山而表無相智慧,十行之首以三眼國比丘而表明行出纏。十迴向之首以合香長者而表迴向和融智悲萬行涅槃生死」;並釋國名說「國名廣大者,廣興大願,起行無邊,普接一切群品故」。澄觀則以廣大配迴向三處。智儼判此下十知識當十迴向位。三家所判之位相同,而所以然之說各異,誌錄不判。
三位戒體,李通玄亦合而說之:十住以觀生死海十二緣生為性自清淨之本、唯佛智為戒體;十行以工巧、相法、算法、世間技藝饒益眾生為戒體;十迴向以真入俗,處生死海主導眾生成慈悲行為戒體——「如是三位修戒,各有同異昇進法則」。同是戒體,十住取觀理,十行取利生之技,十迴向取入俗導生:位愈進,戒愈向眾生開。此為李通玄位次之讀,繫屬於他。
一節之文,前半是十種世間之香,後半是一串「無著」。香說得越實,無著才立得越穩——這一節的次第,全在這一個轉身上。
From This One Onward, the Name of What Sudhana Studies Has Changed
What the twenty good friends before this one displayed were the positions of abiding and the positions of practice; at this elder the sequence of positions changes. Chengguan sets up a general heading here, saying, “In the fourth great division there are ten good friends, assigned to the ten dedications” — the ten good friends beginning from this one are matched to the ten dedications. And this one is matched to the first of them, named the dedication of rescuing and guarding all sentient beings while free of the mark of sentient beings. Zhiyan, reading the sixty-fascicle version, judges the same, saying, “The ten good friends from here on correspond to the positions of the ten dedications. The first is the position of the bodhisattva of the first, the dedication of rescuing and guarding all sentient beings while free of the mark of sentient beings.”
The judgment of assigned position is an outline Chengguan set up in succession to the ancient worthies; it is not something the scripture text marks out for itself — the scripture text says only “he went to where the elder was,” and does not even give the elder’s name. Chengguan himself, in a passage outlining this assembly’s chapter, puts it very evenhandedly: “Both have their reason. That is, since each single position possesses many Dharma gates, how could an ordinary mind be barred from studying and seeking the method of the good friends? And so not matching them has its reason. Yet within what has no sequence of positions, the sequence of positions is not obstructed; displaying the positions is the usual rule, and matching them too is without fault.” — the loose gloss and the matching to positions both have their reason, and to match them does not obstruct their not being a sequence.
A misreading to be cleared away: do not suppose that ‘dedication’ is some procedure added on after the practice is finished. Chengguan, glossing the name of the country in which the elder dwells, says, “That it is in the country Vast and Great is because he is only now entering dedication. Because one dedicates to beings it is vast; because one dedicates to awakening it is great; and dedicating to the real carries a sense running through both vast and great” — the two words ‘only now entering’ say that this is the very beginning of entering dedication, and the vastness and greatness of the country’s name are precisely the three places toward which dedication is directed. Bringing it to the ground: dedication is not shifting merit from one place to another; it is turning everything one has cultivated toward beings, toward awakening, toward the real.
What Was in His Mind While He Walked: The Eleven Clauses of “I Only Wish”
This section opens not with the road but with the mind. Sudhana, “because of the teaching given him by his good friends,” gives rise to six clauses of ‘not’ — not sparing body or life, not attached to wealth and treasure, taking no delight in crowds, not indulging in the five desires, not clinging to kin, not setting store by kingship; and then come eleven clauses of “I only wish” (eleven by actual count, not twelve): converting and delivering beings, adorning and purifying buddha-lands, making offerings to the buddhas, realizing and knowing the real nature, cultivating and gathering the ocean of merit and virtue, practicing with never a turning back, cultivating throughout constant kalpas, entering the places of awakening everywhere, entering one gate of samādhi and manifesting them all, seeing all buddhas within a single pore, and attaining the radiance of wisdom and upholding the Dharma store of the buddhas.
Why must this passage be set up first? Chengguan says it plainly when he outlines this division: “Within the first, seeking in accord with the teaching, first there is the raising of vows in accord with the teaching, since this is the head of the great vows of dedication” — because dedication takes great vows for its head, the first passage of this one is the raising of vows.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing the six clauses of ‘not’ are a list of austerities. Look closely: the six clauses of ‘not’ are the letting go, and the eleven clauses of “I only wish” are the taking up; he lets go that thoroughly only in order to take up these eleven things. Bringing it to the ground: what a person truly wants is seen not in what he does, but in what he is willing to do without.
The Ten Clauses of “I Wish” and the One “I Do Not Yet Know”: How Sudhana Asks
Having come before the elder, Sudhana bows, circles him, joins his palms and stands, and then speaks a passage. The first half is ten clauses of “I wish”: wishing to seek equal wisdom, wishing to fulfill measureless great vows, wishing to purify the supreme form-body, wishing to see the pure dharma-body, wishing to know the vast knowledge-body, wishing to purify and cultivate all the practices, wishing to illumine the samādhis, wishing to abide in the dhāraṇīs, wishing to wipe away obstacles, wishing to travel through the ten directions. The second half is but one clause: “yet I do not yet know how a bodhisattva is to study the bodhisattva’s practice and how he is to cultivate the bodhisattva’s path, so as to give birth to the knowledge of omniscient knowledge?”
Why lay out ten clauses of “I wish” before asking? Because to ask about the Dharma one must first say where one is standing. The ten clauses of “I wish” are the realm sought; the one “I do not yet know” is the road that is lacking. The realm is already clear and the road is not yet clear — only so can the question be asked precisely.
For this passage of setting forth his intent, Fazang, reading the sixty-fascicle version, has a separate outline. He judges the passage thus: setting forth his intent in ten clauses, the first five seeking above the virtues of the fruit, the latter five longing to complete the practices that are the cause — the first five clauses seek above for the virtues of the fruit, the latter five long to complete the practices that are the cause; the clauses are ten in either case, but the first five face toward the fruit and the latter five toward the cause. This outline Fazang sets up with respect to the text of the sixty-fascicle version, and since the shape of the clauses in the sixty and in the base text differs, the outline is not to be forced clause by clause onto the ten clauses of “I wish” in the base text; what matters in his way of reading is this: the ten clauses are not ten petitions laid out flat, but two passages, seeking the fruit and completing the cause. What Chengguan outlines in this section is the one part of “first, in accord with the teaching, raising up vows,” tied to the eleven clauses of “I only wish” in the passage before; what Fazang's outline here is tied to is the ten clauses of setting forth his intent within seeing him, paying reverence and setting forth his request. The outlines of the two masters are each tied to their own text; neither replaces the other.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing these ten clauses are a courtesy. These ten clauses are exactly what he has gained walking the whole way through the twenty good friends before — the more one has gained, the more concrete what one asks. Bringing it to the ground: when one cannot ask a good question, it is usually not that one is insufficiently humble, but that one has not yet thought out what one wants.
The Elder Praises Him First: What He Praises Is Not the Question but That Mind
The elder’s first words are not an answer but a praising: “It is good! It is good! Son of good family! You have actually been able to give rise to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi.”
Why is it the setting of the mind that is praised, and not the fineness of the question? Because within this assembly, the Dharma conferred by all the good friends takes the setting of the mind for its root. What Sudhana asked about was practice and path, but the elder points first to the first clause within his asking — “I have already given rise to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi” — and that is the reason he is able to stand here.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing this is merely an opening politeness. At the end of this section, when the elder tells of the benefit of the Elephant Store perfume, he says, “Knowing that this had come about, I expounded the Dharma for them, causing them to give rise decisively to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi” — head and tail both come to rest on the setting of the mind. Bringing it to the ground: the point a teacher affirms in you first is very often the very point he means to teach you.
The General Statement of What He Knows: A Man Who Sells Perfumes Knows Perfume in Four Layers
The elder’s conferring of the Dharma begins with a general statement. Chengguan, outlining this passage, judges it as four rounds, saying, “First, knowing that perfumes differ in substance; second, from ‘he is further skilled at clearly knowing’ downward, distinguishing differences by kind; third, from ‘he is further skilled at distinguishing’ downward, knowing that they differ in power and function — the former two are with respect to the worldly, this one takes in the world-transcending as well; fourth, from ‘perfumes such as these’ downward, clarifying the fathoming of root and branch to the end.”
The first layer is substance: all perfumes, perfumes for burning, perfumes for anointing, perfumes ground to powder — these are the four fashionings of perfume. The second layer is kind: the places from which the kings among perfumes come forth, together with the perfumes of the gods, of the dragons, of the yakṣas, and on to those of the gandharvas, asuras, garuḍas, kiṃnaras, mahoragas, humans and nonhumans — these are sorted by where they come from. The third layer is power and function: curing illness, cutting off evil, giving rise to joy, increasing the afflictions, extinguishing the afflictions, making one delight in and cling to the conditioned, making one weary of and turn from the conditioned, casting off arrogance and heedlessness, setting the mind on and being mindful of the buddhas, realizing and understanding the gates of Dharma, what the holy ones make use of, the distinctions among bodhisattvas, and the positions of the bodhisattvas — from worldly use it runs all the way to world-transcending use.
Within these three layers, the Yanyi chao gives each of the first two a further reading in terms of principle. In terms of phenomena it says, As with the first, knowing that perfumes differ in substance, this can be known in terms of phenomena. In terms of principle it says, As for perfume that is burned, it means that by the fire of knowledge the myriad practices are set blazing forth, since they reach everywhere. As for perfume that is smeared on, it is blended with the water of the purity of the nature, since it adorns the Dharma body. As for powdered perfume, it is ground by adamantine knowledge, so that it is made to have nothing real. That is, knowledge and the purity of the nature and the rest are taken as the place from which they arise. Burning is the fire of knowledge setting the myriad practices blazing forth so that they reach everywhere; anointing is blending with the water of the purity of the nature so as to adorn the Dharma body; powdering is grinding by adamantine knowledge so that it is made to have nothing real. The three fashionings are each matched to one gate in terms of the Dharma, and the place from which they arise is knowledge together with the purity of the nature. For the second layer, distinguishing differences by kind, the Yanyi chao likewise has a reading in terms of principle, saying, perfume is just the practice of habitual tendencies; the cause of a god is that the habitual tendencies of a god perfume and kindle it into fruition — what divides the kinds is habitual tendencies: a god's perfume is a god's perfume because the habitual tendencies of a god perfume and kindle it into fruition. And in the comprehensive matching of the five parts of the dharma-body further on, the Yanyi chao likewise ties its text down clause by clause, saying, Precepts and concentration can be known. The third: that the king and the four armies all rise into the sky is because knowledge realizes emptiness. The fourth: the mind being mindful of the Buddha is because one is freed from the five desires. The fifth: gathering to listen to the Dharma is knowing and seeing. This is not a loose matching of a set of headings but one part tied to one clause: wisdom tied to rising into the sky, liberation to being mindful of the Buddha, the knowing and seeing of liberation to gathering to listen to the Dharma.
Why divide out these three layers? Because the three words ‘skilled at distinguishing and knowing’ must have content. Chengguan points out here the way of reading this whole unit, saying, “Now, the first. Knowing the various worldly perfumes serves to signify the perfume of the Dharma; that is, by the perfumes of precepts, concentration, wisdom, kindness and compassion, and the rest, one perfumes and cultivates so as to give birth to the wholesome and to extinguish the habit-energies of evil” — the worldly perfumes he knows signify the perfumes that belong to the Dharma.
Chengguan also matches the two clauses of the general statement separately: “As for knowing all perfumes well, that is the practice of differentiation. As for also knowing how to blend them, that is the practice of merging and penetrating” — being skilled at distinguishing and knowing all perfumes is the practice of differentiation, knowing each perfume one by one in its substance, its kind, and its function; also knowing how to blend them is the practice of merging and penetrating, blending the several perfumes into a single pellet. The two practices are not two steps in sequence; they are two faces of one thing: without the knowing that differentiates, merging becomes mere confusion; without the practice that merges, differentiation becomes mere scattering. He then says how they are blended: “One grinds them with an adamantine pestle, and the prajñā-pāramitā of the mark of the real blends them, so that pure and mixed are unobstructed and compassion and knowledge are perfectly merged, and thereby dedication is accomplished” — what is ground away is the barrier of each perfume keeping to its own nature, the hand that blends is the prajñā of the mark of the real, pure and mixed unobstructed, compassion and knowledge perfectly merged: this is what is called dedication. Bringing it to the reading: this position is the dedication of rescuing and guarding all beings while free of the mark of beings; rescuing is the practice of differentiation (each being with its own suffering, one by one), being free of the mark is the practice of merging (seeing no mark of a being to be rescued), and the two at once are precisely this single pellet of perfume.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing the first two layers are idle writing and only the third is Buddha-Dharma. Chengguan states plainly that the former two are with respect to the worldly and the third takes in the world-transcending as well — that worldly passage cannot be skipped, because world-transcending knowing is precisely what is distinguished, step by step, up out of worldly knowing. Bringing it to the ground: only one who can distinguish the differences of the world can distinguish the differences beyond it; whoever cannot tell good perfume from bad cannot tell good things from evil ones.
Fathoming Root and Branch to the End: To What Degree Must One Know a Thing?
The last clause of the general statement gathers it all in: “Perfumes such as these — their forms and marks, their arising, their coming forth, their being brought to completion, their purity, their ease and security, their skillful means, their objective realms, their majestic virtue and working, and their very root — all such matters as these I have penetrated through and through.” Ten matters are laid out in a row: forms and marks, arising, coming forth, completion, purity, ease and security, skillful means, objective realms, majestic virtue, and root; the scripture text sets out the word ‘working’ separately after ‘majestic virtue,’ but Chengguan judges that “as for the one item of working, its sense runs through the previous seven,” and does not set it up as a separate matter, and so the number of ten matters is reached.
Why set up this string? Chengguan calls this round “clarifying the fathoming of root and branch to the end,” and uses it further on to read the first of the perfumes — this string is not a heaping up of adjectives but a set of headings for inspection: from what it looks like, to how it arises, how it comes forth, how it is brought to completion, all the way to asking what its root is.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that “I have penetrated through and through” is a boast. Right beneath this clause come the ten perfumes: the Elephant Store perfume tells this string of ten in full, and of the other nine Chengguan says the remaining nine perfumes should all possess the ten of Dharma and likeness, but because it is abbreviated there are only two or three — they should possess them and the text abbreviates; it is not that they lack them. Bringing it to the ground: the standard for saying one understands something lies just here — if one cannot tell of its arising and its root, one merely knows its name.
As for how many headings the method of knowing perfume is to be set up under, Fazang has a set of his own. With respect to the text of the sixty-fascicle version he sets up ten senses, saying, clarifying that knowing the sense of the method of perfumes has ten kinds: first, knowing that from which it arises; second, knowing where its fragrance reaches; third, knowing the benefit accomplished once it has reached; fourth, the completeness of what it does; fifth, its being able to bring joy and purity; sixth, its causing one to leave vexation and be at ease; seventh, skillful means of entering the Dharma; eighth, the bounds of what is known; ninth, the practice and action performed; tenth, the ultimate root. From that from which it arises, where its fragrance reaches, and the benefit accomplished once it has reached, it runs on to the bounds of what is known, the practice and action performed, and the ultimate root. This set and Chengguan's ten matters of root and branch are alike ten headings but differ in the headings themselves: Chengguan's ten matters run from forms and marks to the root, Fazang's ten senses from that from which it arises to the ultimate root, and the angle taken by the headings in between differs as well. As for the disposal of the remaining perfumes, Fazang's sense is the same as Chengguan's, saying, The Ox Head perfume and the rest, nine kinds, each likewise has the ten senses; because the text keeps them brief, there are two or three or so; take them as modeled on this — they should possess the ten senses and the text keeps them brief. The ten of each master forms its own set; recorded without adjudication.
Zhiyan, reading the sixty-fascicle version, sets up an outline of his own for the causes from which what is known arises. He says, knowing the causes from which perfume arises, there are ten causes: the first is establishing; second, that for whose sake; third, the completion of the Dharma; fourth, the completeness of all the parts; fifth, being without fault; sixth, virtue accomplished and unmoving; seventh, skillful means and marks set forth; eighth, the bounds; ninth, completing the preceding matter; tenth, the place from which it comes — the first is establishing, the second that for whose sake, the third the completion of the Dharma, the fourth the completeness of all the parts, the fifth being without fault, the sixth virtue accomplished and unmoving, the seventh skillful means and marks set forth, the eighth the bounds, the ninth completing the preceding matter, the tenth the place from which it comes. What these ten ask after is the arising-cause: why a perfume comes to be the perfume it is, from establishing and that for whose sake on to completing the preceding matter and the place from which it comes. Zhiyan's ten causes, Fazang's ten senses of the method of perfumes, and Chengguan's ten matters of root and branch are all ten in all three masters while differing in their headings, and the sequence each takes and what each faces toward differ as well; the three sets stand side by side, recorded without adjudication.
The Elephant Store Perfume: The One Fully Worked-Out Demonstration
The first perfume is told at the greatest length. It comes forth in the human world, “born because dragons fight”; burn one pellet and a great perfume cloud rises and spreads over the royal capital, and for seven days a fine rain of perfume falls; touching the body it turns the body the color of gold, and touching clothing, palaces and storeyed pavilions it turns these the color of gold too; when the wind carries it into the palace, the beings who smell it are for seven days and seven nights filled with joy, happy in body and mind, without the various illnesses, not harming one another, far from sorrows and pains, not startled and not frightened, not confused and not angry, turning toward one another with minds of kindness, their aims and thoughts pure. The closing clause is: “Knowing that this had come about, I expounded the Dharma for them, causing them to give rise decisively to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi.”
Why must the first perfume be told in such detail? Because it is the demonstration. Chengguan matches it clause by clause to the string of root and branch set out above, saying, “The first, the Elephant Store perfume, possesses the ten matters of root and branch given above: first, merely to speak the name of a perfume is necessarily to have its form and marks; second, the fighting of dragons is its arising; third, the rising of the cloud is its coming forth; fourth, the raining of rain is its being brought to completion; fifth, the color of gold is its purity; sixth, joy and happiness are its ease and security; seventh, being without illness and the rest are its skillful means; eighth, minds of kindness and the rest are its objective realms; ninth, purity of thought is its majestic virtue — as for the one item of working, its sense runs through the previous seven; tenth, from ‘knowing that this had come about’ downward is its root, since its root is for the sake of the mind of awakening.”
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that the closing clause “and I expounded the Dharma for them” is an incidental conclusion. Chengguan judges it to be the tenth, the root — the nine matters before it are matters of perfume, and only the tenth matter is the reason this passage exists at all: the use of every perfume is rooted in leading people to give rise to the mind of awakening. Bringing it to the ground: if in reading this passage one reads only that ‘the perfume is potent,’ one has read it as a marvel; the clause of the root stands at the very end.
A Second Way of Reading the Elephant Store Perfume: Put the Mind of Awakening in Place of the Perfume
To the same passage Chengguan also gives a second reading. He says, “If the ten senses are displayed with respect to the mind of awakening, then the perfume of the mind of awakening resembles the Tathāgata-womb, and is born because good and evil attack one another. Once the mind is set, a cloud of kindness rises and pours down a rain of Dharma; those whom the mind reaches are made to return to what is true and pure, gaining the joy and happiness of the Dharma and leaving behind the suffering of delusion and karma, and so kindness rises on and on and aims and vows are made wholly pure.”
Put otherwise: born because dragons fight becomes setting the mind because good and evil attack one another; the perfume cloud rising and the rain of perfume falling becomes the cloud of kindness rising and the rain of Dharma pouring down; the touching of the body turning it gold becomes those whom the mind reaches being made to return to what is true and pure; joy and freedom from illness becomes gaining the joy and happiness of the Dharma and leaving behind the suffering of delusion and karma; minds of kindness turned toward one another and aims and thoughts pure becomes kindness rising on and on and aims and vows made wholly pure.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing this is a forced fitting. Chengguan first sets up the headings of the ten matters, and then says that the same set of headings may be read once with respect to phenomena and once with respect to the Dharma — it is not a substitution, but two layers of the same passage of text. Bringing it to the ground: if one cannot read out of the phenomena the scripture speaks of the layer that belongs to the Dharma, then those seven days and seven nights and golden perfume clouds are merely a curiosity.
The Ox Head Perfume: Smeared on the Body, One Enters Fire and Is Not Burned — This Is Patience
The second perfume comes forth on Mount Malaya, is a sandalwood perfume, and is named Ox Head; anoint the body with it and even should one enter a pit of fire, the fire cannot reach him.
Why raise this instance? Chengguan matches it directly to a gate of practice, saying, “As for Malaya, it is the name of a country, since that country has much of this perfume. This then is the perfume of patience: the fire of anger does not burn.” The pit of fire is an outward matter; anger is an inward fire. One who can anoint himself with this perfume is not burned by the outward fire, nor by the inward fire either.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing this is a magic art for guarding the body. The scripture text has the clause “even should one enter a pit of fire,” and the word ‘should’ is a word of supposition — the point is not really going and leaping into fire, but whether one has that one perfume upon one’s body. Bringing it to the ground: to test whether one has patience there is no need to wait for a great matter; look at the instant one is offended against, and see whether the fire has started up.
The Unconquerable Perfume: Smeared on a Drum, the Enemy Armies Withdraw of Themselves
The third perfume comes forth in the ocean and is named Unconquerable; smear it on drums and conches and shells, and when the sound goes forth, all the enemy armies scatter of themselves.
What Chengguan matches to it is vigor, saying, “The third then is the perfume of vigor: the armies of demons scatter.” So the ‘enemy armies’ of this passage are, in the Dharma, the armies of demons; and their scattering is not by fighting but by sound — once the drum sounds, the other side disperses of itself.
For this same perfume, what Li Tongxuan matches to it is not vigor. Reading it by the sequence of the ten abidings, he says, it clarifies that in the abiding of cultivating practice, by the accomplishment of forbearance toward dharmas, one turns back and enters the ocean of birth-and-death to teach and transform sentient beings. With a mind of patient endurance one hears the drum of all sounds good and evil, and evil, perversity and hostile foes of themselves retreat and scatter. What is accomplished is forbearance toward dharmas, and with it one turns back and enters the ocean of birth-and-death to teach and transform beings; what makes the foes retreat is the mind of patient endurance — hearing all sounds good and evil as one hears the sound of a drum, the mind does not follow after them, and evil, perversity and hostile foes of themselves retreat and scatter. Chengguan ties this perfume to vigor, Li Tongxuan ties it to forbearance toward dharmas; the one takes the power and function of sound and speaks of vigor, the other takes hearing sound without being moved and speaks of forbearance. Both glosses are recorded without adjudication.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that vigor means gritting one’s teeth. What this passage displays is perfume smeared on a drum so that a sound goes forth; the strength lies in the perfume, not in the drum — if vigor is only clenching the jaw, that is the drum sounding. Only where the perfume is does the sound have that strength. Bringing it to the ground: real vigor is not driving oneself very tight; it is that the matter itself has acquired a fragrance, so that those who hear it withdraw of themselves.
The Lotus Store Perfume: One Pellet the Size of a Sesame Seed, Perfuming All Jambudvīpa
The fourth perfume comes forth on the shore of Lake Anavatapta, is an aloeswood perfume, and is named Lotus Store; one pellet is only the size of a sesame seed, yet when it is burned its fragrance perfumes the whole realm of Jambudvīpa, and the beings who smell it leave every offense behind and their portion of the precepts is pure.
From this one onward Chengguan gives a comprehensive matching, saying, “The next five, in order, are the perfumes of the five parts of the dharma-body” — the fourth through the eighth are matched in order to precepts, concentration, wisdom, liberation, and the knowing and seeing of liberation, the five parts of the dharma-body. And so this fourth one corresponds to precepts; the scripture text’s closing clause, “they leave every offense behind, and their portion of the precepts is pure,” tallies exactly.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that the precepts are a list of prohibitions, one by one, the more the weightier. What this passage takes up is just the reverse: one pellet the size of a sesame seed perfumes a whole realm — and Chengguan, glossing the selling of perfumes, likewise says, “Though the substance of a perfume is small, the fragrance it gives off spreads far; though a root of goodness is slight, dedication makes it reach everywhere.” Bringing it to the ground: the precepts lie not in quantity but in truth; one small matter genuinely upheld carries its scent further than a long string of regulations.
The Aruṇa Perfume: Smelled, the Mind Decisively Leaves Defilement Behind
The fifth perfume is in the Snow Mountains and is named Aruṇa; when a being smells it, his mind decisively leaves behind the various defiled attachments, and the elder expounds the Dharma for them, and there are none who do not attain the samādhi of freedom from defilement.
According to Chengguan’s comprehensive matching, this fifth one corresponds to concentration. The scripture text states two layers very clearly: first, smelling the perfume and the mind leaving defiled attachment behind; afterward, the expounding of the Dharma and the attaining of the samādhi of freedom from defilement — the perfume does only the first step, and it is the Dharma that accomplishes the second.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that attaining concentration is some state appearing before one. The sequence of this passage is first the leaving behind of defiled attachment and afterward the attaining of samādhi — if defiled attachment is not left behind, samādhi has nowhere to stand. Bringing it to the ground: when you cannot sit still, do not ask about concentration first; ask what the mind is sticking to.
The Ocean Store Perfume: Furnished Only for a Wheel-Turning King
The sixth perfume is in the realm of the rākṣasas and is named Ocean Store; this perfume is furnished only for the use of a wheel-turning king, and if one pellet is burned and used to perfume him, the king together with his four kinds of troops all rise up into empty space.
According to the comprehensive matching, this one corresponds to wisdom. The scripture text points out expressly that “this perfume is furnished only for the use of a wheel-turning king” — it is not something all people can make use of.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that ‘only a king can use it’ means the Dharma is partial. What this passage displays is correspondence: only the position of a wheel-turning king is fit to receive this perfume, just as only a vessel that corresponds to it is fit to receive this Dharma. Bringing it to the ground: one and the same clause of Dharma, spoken to different people, has effects as far apart as heaven and earth — it is not that the Dharma makes distinctions, but that the one receiving it has or has not arrived at that position.
The Pure Adornment Perfume: Making the Minds of All the Gods Mindful of the Buddha
The seventh perfume is in the Heaven of Good Dharma and is named Pure Adornment; burn one pellet and use it to perfume, and it makes the minds of all the gods everywhere mindful of the Buddha.
According to the comprehensive matching, this one corresponds to liberation. What the first six perfumes accomplish is mostly a matter of the body and a matter within the realms — the color of gold, not being burned, driving back the enemy, purity in the portion of the precepts, rising into the sky; among them the fifth, the Aruṇa perfume, has already come down upon the mind, and the scripture text says “their minds decisively leave behind the various defiled attachments,” but what it comes down upon is a leaving-behind. At this one, what comes down upon the mind turns into a returning-to: being mindful of the Buddha.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that mindfulness of the Buddha is a beginner’s gate of practice. This passage stands seventh among the ten perfumes, and by the comprehensive matching it answers to liberation; the Yanyi chao says, “fourth, the mind mindful of the Buddha, because it is freed from the five desires.” The scripture states one condition only — this perfume burned and its fragrance spread, “it makes all the gods mindful of the Buddha”; the scripture does not say that the six before it must first be carried out before mindfulness of the Buddha has its turn. Bringing it to the ground: mindfulness of the Buddha is set here in the place of being freed from the five desires; in reading, look at what it is matched to, and do not add a sequence the scripture does not give.
The Pure Store Perfume: The Gods Gather Like Clouds and Hear One Dharma Together
The eighth perfume is in the Suyāma Heaven and is named Pure Store; burn one pellet and use it to perfume, and there are none among the gods of the Yāma Heaven who do not gather like clouds where their heavenly king is and hear the Dharma together.
According to the comprehensive matching, this one corresponds to the knowing and seeing of liberation. The previous one “makes all the gods mindful of the Buddha”; this one has “the gods of the Yāma Heaven, none failing to gather like clouds where their king is, to hear the Dharma together” — in both it is the gods who benefit, and the difference lies between mindfulness of the Buddha and gathering to hear the Dharma.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that hearing the Dharma is a passive matter. What the scripture text uses is “there are none who do not gather like clouds” — the perfume only perfumes; the coming is their own coming. Bringing it to the ground: whether a place has the Dharma is seen not in whether someone is expounding, but in whether anyone comes walking there of himself.
The Saindhava Perfume: Burned Before the Seat of a Bodhisattva Bound by One More Birth
The ninth perfume is in the Tuṣita Heaven and is named Saindhava; burn one pellet of it before the seat of a bodhisattva bound by one more birth, and a great perfume cloud rises and covers the Dharma realm throughout, raining down everywhere all manner of offerings and making offerings to all buddhas and bodhisattvas.
Chengguan has a separate gloss on this name, saying, “Saindhava is one name for four real things; here it is fitting to use it for salt, since the perfume resembles this” — one name refers to four things in common, and in use one takes what suits the occasion; here what is taken is the one among them that resembles a perfume. As for what it signifies, Chengguan says, “The ninth then is the perfume of tallying with the Dharma realm.” The scripture text says the perfume cloud “covers the Dharma realm throughout,” and that is precisely the sense of tallying with the Dharma realm.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that “covers the Dharma realm throughout” is a way of saying there is a great deal of perfume. The reason this perfume can pervade lies in the place where it is burned — before the seat of a bodhisattva bound by one more birth; because the place where it is burned already stands within the mind of the Dharma realm, the cloud that rises from it corresponds to the Dharma realm. Bringing it to the ground: how far a thing reaches is seen not in its volume, but in where it issues from.
The Snatching Away the Mind Perfume: For Seven Days It Rains Down Adornments Everywhere
The tenth perfume is in the Heaven of Good Transformation and is named Snatching Away the Mind; burn one pellet and for seven days it rains down all manner of adornments everywhere.
Chengguan sets up the sense from the name, saying, “The tenth is the perfume of forgetting grasper and grasped, and so it is named snatching away the mind” — snatching away the mind means that even the very notion of grasper and grasped is snatched away. And so this one is placed last: in the previous nine there is still one who knows and a perfume that is known; at this one, knowing and what is known are both exhausted.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that “snatching away the mind” means losing consciousness. What this passage manifests is a raining down of all manner of adornments everywhere for seven days — what is snatched away is the clinging to grasper and grasped, not perception; and it is precisely because grasper and grasped are both forgotten that what is rained down is inexhaustible. Bringing it to the ground: at the very end of doing something, the hardest thing to set down is not the thing done, but the ‘I am doing it.’
Humbling Himself and Pointing to the Superior: He Admits Knowing Only One Thing
The ten perfumes told, the elder gathers it into one clause: “Son of good family! I know only this method of blending perfumes.” Then he turns to speak of the bodhisattva-mahāsattvas — leaving behind all the various evil habit-energies, not defiled by the desires of the world, cutting off forever the snares of the afflictions and the hosts of demons, passing beyond the various destinies of existence, adorning themselves with the perfume of wisdom, having no defiled attachment whatever to the various worlds, fully accomplishing the precepts that have nothing to which they are attached, purifying the knowledge that has nothing to which it is attached, walking in the objective realm that has nothing to which it is attached, in every place whatsoever having nothing to which they cling, their minds equal, without attachment and without dependence; and at the end he sets off five questions in a row: how could I know their wondrous practice? Or tell of their merit and virtue? Or display all the gates of pure precepts they possess? Or reveal the faultless deeds they perform? Or distinguish their practice of body, speech, and mind, which is free of defilement?
Why must this passage be here? Because it is the main theme of the position to which this section is assigned. This one is matched to the dedication of rescuing and guarding all sentient beings while free of the mark of sentient beings. Reading according to the sequence of the scripture text: the ten perfumes before this tell, passage after passage, of what perfume benefits in beings, and this passage lets fall six words for attachment in a row to speak of having nothing to which one is attached. What is known is perfume; what is pointed to as superior is having nothing to which one is attached.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that humbling oneself is politeness. What the elder says is not ‘I understand little’ but ‘what I understand is only this one gate’ — only because what he knows has a boundary can he point beyond it to the realm of those who have none. Bringing it to the ground: only the person who can say clearly where his own boundary lies really knows what he knows.
Pointing Out the Next Friend: The Shipmaster Sovereign in the City of Storeyed Pavilions in the South
At the last the elder points out the road: south of here is a great city named Storeyed Pavilions, and in the city is a shipmaster named Sovereign; go and ask him how a bodhisattva is to study the bodhisattva’s practice and cultivate the bodhisattva’s path.
Why should one who sells perfumes be followed by one who sails a ship? The scripture text does not itself say. What can be seen is that the clause of what is asked is not altered by a single word — what Sudhana asked the elder is this very clause, and what the elder teaches him to ask the next one is still this very clause. Through more than fifty stations, the question is from first to last one and the same.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that one changes teachers because the previous one has finished teaching. The elder has just said that he knows only one gate — it is not that he has finished teaching, but that he has only this one gate. Bringing it to the ground: only a teacher willing to point a person elsewhere is a real teacher.
Cherishing His Virtue and Taking Leave: A Farewell in a Single Clause
The last passage is extremely short: at that time Sudhana the youth bowed to the elder’s feet, circled him measureless times, gazed up at him with earnest longing, and only then took his leave and departed.
Why so short? This whole section runs to something over twelve hundred graphs, and in bulk it belongs among the simpler of this assembly’s good-friend units; the text of the taking of leave is simple accordingly. Yet all four matters are present: bowing, circling, gazing up, and departing.
A misreading to be cleared away: supposing that short means abbreviated. The four words “gazed up with earnest longing” are the last action before departing — the man is already about to go, and his eyes are still looking. Bringing it to the ground: the truest moment at the close of a period of study often lies not in the gaining of the Dharma, but in that one glance before turning away.
Lineage
Of the text of this section, three lines open out from it.
The first is the line of glossing the name. Chengguan sets up a sense from the word ‘sell,’ saying, “As for the selling of perfumes: to sell is to vend. Though the substance of a perfume is small, the fragrance it gives off spreads far; though a root of goodness is slight, dedication makes it reach everywhere. Moreover, whether one sells or buys, both alike obtain the perfume; the roots of goodness of self and of others may alike be dedicated” — taking the two sides of buying and selling to liken how the roots of goodness of self and of others may alike be dedicated. Li Tongxuan takes a different angle, laying weight on the method of blending perfumes, saying, “Further, by well knowing the Dharma gate of the many perfumes, he blends aromatic drugs to serve for selling and vending, thereby signifying that dedication blends knowledge and compassion, birth-and-death and nirvāṇa, and the discriminating notions of defiled and pure, altogether forming a single pellet of the perfume of concentration, wisdom, liberation, and the knowing and seeing of liberation,” and, taking the single pellet of blended perfume for a likeness, says, “Blending perfume in this way — with the many perfumes blended into a single pellet, they aid and benefit one another, all are without intrinsic nature, none loses its own virtue, and sameness and difference are sovereign.” Both masters liken the selling of perfumes to dedication, and the angle from which each takes the likeness differs; recorded without adjudication.
The second is the line of the blue lotus. As for the elder’s name, Chengguan gives it as the Elder Blue Lotus, and glosses its sense, saying, “As for the blue lotus: the lotus dwells in the mire and yet is undefiled, just as one guards beings and yet is free of the mark. The blue lotus is the highest among things in the water, and rescuing and guarding is the most honored among those who enter birth-and-death.” Li Tongxuan likewise takes the likeness of dwelling in the mire undefiled, but what he ties it to differs a little, saying, “It signifies practice that is defiled neither by birth-and-death nor by nirvāṇa, and that within the two, being not two, is not soiled,” and further, “Just as the blue lotus flower must be born within mire and turbid water, and yet is not defiled by the nature of mire and water, and its color and fragrance are foremost.” Zhiyan gives it as Blue Lotus Perfume; the forty-fascicle version gives it as Utpala Fully Endowed; the sixty-fascicle version gives it as the Elder Blue Lotus Perfume — while within this passage of the base text the elder’s name does not appear at all. The names and glosses of the several masters stand side by side; recorded without adjudication.
The third is the line of the sequence of positions. Li Tongxuan sets the first of three positions side by side, saying, “Just as the first of the ten abidings, by the Wondrous Peak, signifies markless wisdom, and the first of the ten practices, by the monk of the country of Three Eyes, signifies clarifying practice and coming out of entanglement, so the first of the ten dedications, by the elder who blends perfumes, signifies dedication blending and merging knowledge and compassion, the myriad practices, nirvāṇa and birth-and-death”; and glossing the name of the country he says, “That the country is named Vast and Great is because he vastly raises up great vows and sets practice going without bound, gathering in all kinds of beings everywhere.” Chengguan, for his part, matches vast and great to the three places of dedication. Zhiyan judges that the ten good friends from here on correspond to the positions of the ten dedications. The position the three masters judge is the same, while what each says is the reason for it differs; recorded without adjudication.
Of the precept-substance of the three positions Li Tongxuan also speaks together: in the ten abidings, contemplating the twelve links of dependent arising in the ocean of birth-and-death as the root of the nature's own purity, with the Buddha's knowledge alone as the precept-substance; in the ten practices, the arts and crafts, the dharmas of marks, the arts of reckoning, and the skills of the world that benefit beings as the precept-substance; in the ten dedications, entering the conventional from the real, dwelling in the ocean of birth-and-death and leading beings so as to accomplish the practice of kindness and compassion, as the precept-substance — thus the cultivation of the precepts in the three positions has in each its sameness and difference and its rule of advancing upward. The precept-substance is one and the same, yet the ten abidings take contemplation of the principle, the ten practices take the skills that benefit beings, the ten dedications take entering the conventional and leading beings: the further the position advances, the more the precepts open toward beings. This is Li Tongxuan's reading by position, and belongs to him.
In the text of this one section, the first half is ten worldly perfumes and the second half is a string of ‘nothing to which one is attached.’ The more solidly perfume is told, the more securely having nothing to which one is attached can be established — the sequence of this section lies wholly in this one turning away.
品三十九 入法界品 · 船師婆施羅(寄不壞迴向)Entering the Dharma Realm · The Shipmaster Sovereign (Assigned to the Indestructible Dedication)
全文五層 →Full five layers →善財第二十二位老師,是個船長
前面幾位善知識,有比丘、有優婆夷、有長者、有居士。到這一位,經文只給了一個身分——船師,一個在城門外海岸上帶著百千商人出海的人。他所說的法,也就是他吃飯的本事:哪裡有寶洲、哪裡有龍宮要避、水色怎麼看、風向怎麼候、船板是鐵是木、機關澀還是滑。
要先排一個誤解:這不是『以世間技藝作方便,順帶說一點佛法』。經文把這套本事整段說完之後,只用一句話收:「我以成就如是智慧,常能利益一切眾生。」——這套本事本身就是所成就的智慧。澄觀讀此段時,直接說這些海事之名「生死法海義皆有之」,並言明他是「且約生死海釋」。
落到地上:這一節要讀的,是一個人怎樣把自己整副本行,變成不出生死而度生死的行。全子一千三百八十三字,沒有偈頌。
觀察道路:走路的時候在看什麼
本節起手不是見面,是走路。而走路的這一段,經文寫得很細:他觀道路的高低、平險、淨穢、曲直,四樣一組。
為什麼要寫這四樣?澄觀給了四門的表詮,說「佛道為高,餘皆是卑。生死涅槃為夷險,障無障為淨穢。二乘為曲,菩薩為直等。」——高低是所趣之道有佛道與餘道之分,夷險是生死與涅槃之分,淨穢是有障與無障之分,曲直是二乘與菩薩之分。四樣看下來,是把『我現在走的是哪一條』看清楚。
演義鈔覆按此段,說澄觀之疏但略示其相而未言其餘,具說觀相乃有多意:一者就不壞之相說,則諸門之中「五是可依,五不可依」;二者就不壞之性說,則「不見高卑,無夷險等」。鈔又記新譯此段有「十事五對」,而「今經但有四對,闕第四安危」——八十本之四對,正是本節所觀之四樣。
排一個誤解:以為這是行路的寫實筆墨,可以略過。若是寫實,何以只觀這四樣、不觀遠近寬窄。落到地上:出發之前先看清楚腳下這條路屬於哪一類,比走得快更要緊。
十道因:善知識為什麼值得這樣去求
路上他心裡在念一件事——善知識。經文以「善知識者,是成就修行……道因」的句式連下十句:諸菩薩道、波羅蜜道、攝眾生道、普入法界無障礙道、除惡慧、離憍慢、滅煩惱、捨諸見、拔一切惡刺、至一切智城,逐字數之,十句。
十句分三截讀:前四句說善知識是『成就什麼道』的因——菩薩道、波羅蜜道、攝眾生道、普入法界無障礙道;中五句說善知識是『令一切眾生除去什麼』的因——除惡慧、離憍慢、滅煩惱、捨諸見、拔一切惡刺;末一句不說所除,說所至——「令一切眾生至一切智城」。前一截是所成,中一截是所治,末一截是所趣入;三截合看,才是十句之全。
排一個誤解:以為念善知識就是感恩懷念。經文接著自問自答「何以故」,答的是「於善知識處,得一切善法故;依善知識力,得一切智道故」——所念者是「因」,不是情。落到地上:判斷一位善知識,不看他讓你舒服不舒服,看他是不是這十件事的因。
難見難遇:這四個字是接下來一切的理由
十句念完,經文只給了一個結論:「善知識者,難見難遇。」
為什麼難?經文沒有直接說。但本會的體例已經在回答:善財一站一站走,每一位都要親自去見、去問、去禮。澄觀就這一段之科,說此位所得者是「即於菩薩法師得不壞信」——不壞的信,正是從「難見難遇」四個字上立起來的:知道其難,才不會把已遇的當作理所當然。
排一個誤解:以為「難見難遇」是說善知識人數少。若只是少,多走幾城就是了;經文所難者不在數,在遇了而能認得、能依。落到地上:這四個字是本節後面一切禮敬、瞻仰、悲泣的理由,不是修辭。
見敬諮問:他在城門外,不在城裡
善財到了城,見到這位善知識的地點,經文寫得很準——「在城門外海岸上住」。不是在城裡的家宅,不是在寺院,是在城與海之間的那條岸上,身邊圍著百千商人,正在說大海之法。
澄觀就「海岸」二字下了兩層轉語,說「見在海岸者,若佛法海,以生死為此岸,不捨生死故;若生死海,以大悲修因而為此岸,住大慈悲令離因故。」——把佛法看作海,則生死是此岸,他站在此岸是為了不捨生死;把生死看作海,則大悲修因是此岸,他站在此岸是為了令眾生離苦因。兩層讀法所歸是同一件事:他不進城,也不入海,就站在交界處。李通玄讀此句同一方向,說這是「常臨生死海岸引接眾生」。
排一個誤解:以為選在海邊是因為職業所在。經文特意寫『城門外』,而不寫『船上』。落到地上:接引人的位置,往往不在自己最安穩的地方,而在來去交界的那條岸上。
善財的問句:問法之前先報自己的位置
善財的請法之語,本會多數善友前皆作此式:先說「我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心」,再說「而未知菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?」
這個次第有其道理:先報所發之心,是說明自己來問的資格與方向;再問學與修,是說明所欠的是路徑不是志願。二問並舉——「學」是聞解,「修」是行持;缺一則問不完整。
排一個誤解:以為前一句是客套。若是客套,善知識答語中不會第一句就接「汝已能發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心」——所答正是所報。落到地上:問法之前先說清楚自己站在哪裡,答的人才知道要從哪裡接。
稱讚授法:你問的每一句,都是道的因
船師的答語從稱讚起。他把善財這一問拆開來讚,句句以「因」字收。前五句是:生大智因、斷除一切生死苦因、往一切智大寶洲因、成就不壞摩訶衍因、遠離二乘怖畏生死住諸寂靜三昧旋因——一是智之所生,二是苦之所斷,三是所往之寶洲,四是所成之大乘,五是所遠離之沉滯。後四句皆以「清淨道因」收,而各有所主:一是「乘大願車遍一切處行菩薩行無有障礙」——以大願為車,故行遍一切處而無礙;二是「以菩薩行莊嚴一切無能壞智」——以所行莊嚴其智,故其智無能壞;三是「普觀一切十方諸法皆無障礙」——普觀十方諸法而見其無礙;四是「速能趣入一切智海」——疾入一切智之海。底本以「因」字結句者逐字數之,九句。
澄觀判此段為十句,說「先讚問,讚其發心;後能問法。文有十句,前五能問果因;後五能問因因,故云道因。」——疏未別出其開合之由。疏中復別釋其中「三昧旋」一義,說「三昧旋者,旋謂深澓,沈而不流。二乘沈寂,動八萬劫,故能遠離是菩薩道。」旋是深處的迴流,沉下去就不再流動;二乘沉在寂滅裡,一動八萬劫,所以說遠離它才是菩薩道。疏所判之十與底本九結句之開合,並存誌錄。李通玄讀此句不作「旋」而作「旋還」——他說遠離二乘怖畏生死、住寂靜三昧旋還者,是明能以寂靜三昧處生死,旋還利生而不出生死。一家取其沉而不流,一家取其旋還利生;二讀並存誌錄。
排一個誤解:以為稱讚是禮貌的開場。這一段稱讚實際上是在給善財一張清單——你問的這一問,牽動的是這九件事。落到地上:一個問題值不值得問,看它牽出多少件事。
大悲幢行:名字裡的「幢」是什麼意思
答語的正文從標名開始:「我在此城海岸路中,淨修菩薩大悲幢行。」法門名只有四個字。
澄觀釋此名,分名與體二層,說「先標名體,謂大悲超出,為物所歸故」——幢是高高豎起的旗,兩個特徵:一是超出眾物之上,二是眾人望之而知所歸趣。所以大悲之所以稱幢,不在悲得深,在於它高出一切行之上,並且成為眾生辨認方向的那一支。李通玄則就戒立說,稱這一位「師以大慈悲為戒體,常處生死海往來,渡眾生故」,並以「不住此岸、不住彼岸」結之。二家所繫一在悲之為所歸,一在悲之為戒體。
排一個誤解:以為「幢」只是莊嚴之飾。若只是飾,經文何必以之名法門。落到地上:檢驗自己的悲心,不看它動得多,看別人能不能憑它認路。
陸上化度:先給世物,再給法財
法門既標,接著說業用。業用先說陸上。經文的次第極清楚:先觀貧窮眾生,為饒益故修諸苦行,隨其所願悉令滿足;「先以世物,充滿其意」,然後「復施法財,令其歡喜」。此下以「令」字領句連下,自「令其歡喜」起,至「令入一切智智海」止,逐字數之,十四句,各有所令:令其歡喜、令修福行、令生智道、令增善根力、令起菩提心、令淨菩提願、令堅大悲力、令修能滅生死道、令生不厭生死行、令攝一切眾生海、令修一切功德海、令照一切諸法海、令見一切諸佛海、令入一切智智海。前三令是使他歡喜而起福行與智道,次四令是使他於善根力、菩提心、菩提願、大悲力四者上漸次堅固,次二令一是修能滅生死之道、一是生不厭生死之行——一滅一不厭,並列而不相違;末五令皆以「海」字收,自攝眾生海而修功德海、照諸法海、見諸佛海,末歸於入一切智智海。
這個次第本身就是教法:先滿足他所要的,再給他所該得的。若倒過來,法財給了他也接不住;若只停在前一半,就只是賑濟。澄觀判陸海二化之序時說得直白,說這一段是「先明於陸化生令知有海」——在陸上化度的目的,是讓他知道有海這回事。
排一個誤解:以為布施財物是方便、說法才是正事。經文把「先以世物,充滿其意」寫在最前,並不以之為權。落到地上:不肯先給世物的人,往往給不出法財。
海中知寶:十二句分三疊
轉入海化,第一事是知寶。經文的文字排得極整齊:一疊是寶洲、寶處、寶類、寶種;二疊是淨、鑽、出、作;三疊是寶器、寶用、寶境界、寶光明。逐字數之,十二句。
澄觀就這十二句逐句配法,說「於中有十二句:一生死海中湛寂不動謂之寶洲、二空不空如來藏為寶處、三恒沙功德皆寶類、四佛性為寶種,此上皆約本有」;下八句他分兩截,說「次四約修成,以淨戒頭陀等為能淨、以緣起智為能鑽、以發一切智心為出因、聽聞為能作,後四為寶用」。三疊於是成了三層:本有、修成、起用。而他所以能這樣配,前提在一句話——他說「一知寶,寶即是智故。不入生死大海,則不能得一切智寶。」李通玄則逐句另配,說「我知海中一切寶洲者,明達一切智洲。一切寶處者,善別賢能諸根利純」,寶類是同行別行之類,寶種是大小乘差別之種。二家軌異,並存誌錄。
排一個誤解:以為這十二句是鋪陳排比、讀一句可以類推其餘。三疊各有各的層次:不知本有則無所取,不知修成則取不出,不知所用則取了也白取。落到地上:智慧不是一團籠統的好,它有本來就在的一面、要動手挖的一面、和挖出來怎麼用的一面。
海中知難處:三處宮室,兩家配法不同
第二事是知難。經文舉三處:龍宮處、夜叉宮處、部多宮處,末以「皆善迴避,免其諸難」收。
澄觀就這三處配三毒,說它們「即生死中瞋貪癡之三毒」,並釋末一名曰「部多,此云自生,亦如夜叉,但不從父母生,故喻多癡。」李通玄所釋之三處與底本不同——他所配的是龍、夜叉、羅剎,說「一切龍宮難處者,淨土菩薩如龍,分有慈悲,遊空神足一分自在。夜叉,喻聲聞能害三毒亦得神通。羅剎害難處者,喻緣覺居涅槃海」,配的是淨土菩薩與二乘。一家配三毒,一家配三種行人,並存誌錄。
排一個誤解:以為「迴避」是躲開不管。經文說的是行船之人知道哪裡有暗礁而繞開,船仍在海上走。落到地上:避難不是離海,是知道哪一段水不能直穿。
海中知水事:漩渦的深淺,就是心的深淺
第三事是知水。經文三句:漩澓的淺深、波濤的遠近、水色的好惡,末以「種種不同」收。
澄觀就這三句配心識,說「即知心識相,色無色等依識心定劫數淺深,七識波浪染習遠近,隨善惡緣心水色異。」——漩渦之深淺配定心所住之劫數,波濤之遠近配習氣染著之遠近,水色之好惡配所遇善惡緣而心色隨異。演義鈔覆按澄觀此句,直說「沈空滯寂即漩澓義」——沉於空、滯於寂,正是水之打旋而不流;並就無色界之劫數辨其淺深,說「非想八萬劫為深,二萬即為淺」。李通玄配得更就業惑說,稱「亦善別知漩澓深淺者,愛取有業深淺也。波濤遠近者,情識想念攀緣多少。水色好惡者,愛心善惡。」二家所配之細目不同而同取一軸——海面的三種相,就是心的三種相。
排一個誤解:以為這是航海知識的羅列。三句所辨的都是『同一片水,樣子不同』,正對心之一體而相異。落到地上:讀自己的心,可以先從這三樣看起——它現在打旋打得多深、浪頭離自己多遠、水色是清是濁。
海中知時事:知道什麼時候該做什麼
第四事是知時。經文寫日月星宿運行的度數、晝夜晨晡、晷漏延促。
澄觀配得極簡,只一句,說「即能知時,謂機之生熟,如是時中宜修定慧等。」——知時就是知機之生熟:此人此刻是生是熟,這一段時節宜修定還是宜修慧。李通玄則把它推到位次上去,說是三位進修與三乘差別教分行門的迴轉軌則。
排一個誤解:以為知時是講究吉凶時日。經文所知者是「運行度數」與「晷漏延促」,是規律不是吉凶。落到地上:同一句法,早一步說人接不住,晚一步說人已經走了——知時是這件事。
海中知船事:船板與風向,配的是萬行
第五事是知船。經文寫船的鐵木堅脆、機關澀滑、水之大小、風之逆順,末以「如是一切安危之相無不明了,可行則行,可止則止」收。
澄觀就此配萬行,說「即知萬行不同,有方便為堅、無方便為脆,曾修為滑、不曾則澁。水之大小者,謂生死有邊與無邊。風之逆順者,八風四順四逆,又謂修行有住與無住故。」——有方便的行如鐵,沒方便的行如朽木;修過的門路滑,沒修過的澀。他末後又補一句開合之數,說「若開第三第五各有三事,則總具十二。」李通玄則配三乘根之熟未熟,說「明善知三乘迴心堪入生死、不堪入生死,根品成熟及未成熟。」並自明其法為託事表法。二家並存誌錄。
排一個誤解:以為「可行則行,可止則止」是隨緣的態度話。前面五事都是為了這八個字:知道得夠準,才有資格說停。落到地上:能停下來而不誤事,是知得夠,不是膽子小。
好船運眾:一次也沒有壞過
海事說完,經文回到事上:以好船運諸商眾行安隱道,為說法令歡喜,引至寶洲與珍寶充足,然後帶回閻浮提。接著一句是本節最重的一句——「我將大船如是往來,未始令其一有損壞。」
這一句是本節所寄之位的樞紐。他往來於生死海與寶洲之間,一趟一趟,而船從來沒有壞過。往下經文列見聞我者之所得,自「令其永不怖生死海」起,逐字數之,十一句,句句以「海」收:永不怖生死海、必得入一切智海、必能消竭諸愛欲海、能以智光照三世海、能盡一切眾生苦海、能淨一切眾生心海、速能嚴淨一切剎海、普能往詣十方大海、普知一切眾生根海、普了一切眾生行海、普順一切眾生心海。前四句所說者,是見聞之人自身之所免與所入——免生死之怖、入一切智、竭愛欲、照三世;後七句所說者,是及於眾生之事——盡其苦海、淨其心海、嚴其剎海、詣其十方、知其根海、了其行海、順其心海。澄觀就這一列判云「既列十海,則知前海,準此應思。前四自利,後六利他。」——疏文作十海而以前四為自利、後六為利他,底本自首句起數之為十一句,開合之數並存誌錄。李通玄結此子時,也正是繫在這句上,說「是不壞迴向義,以戒波羅蜜為主,餘九為伴。」
排一個誤解:以為「未曾損壞」是誇言業績。船是他的行,海是生死;行入生死而不壞,才是「不壞」二字的落處。落到地上:能不能長久做一件利他的事,不看做了幾趟,看幾趟之後自己還在不在。
謙己推勝:我只得到這一個
法說完,他立刻收:「我唯得此大悲幢行;若有見我及以聞我、與我同住、憶念我者,皆悉不空。」
這一句有兩截。前半是謙——我只得這一門。後半卻不謙——凡見我聞我同住憶念我者,都不空過。二截並不衝突:所得者一門,而這一門所及之處無空過。往下他舉諸菩薩之所能,逐字數之,十句,皆以「海」收:善能遊涉生死大海、不染一切諸煩惱海、能捨一切諸妄見海、能觀一切諸法性海、能以四攝攝眾生海、已善安住一切智海、能滅一切眾生著海、能平等住一切時海、能以神通度眾生海、能以其時調眾生海。前四句所說者是菩薩自身於生死、煩惱、妄見、法性四海上之遊涉、不染、能捨與能觀;後六句所說者是以四攝、以安住、以滅著、以平等住、以神通、以時節六事而及於眾生之海。末以「而我云何能知能說彼功德行」作結。
排一個誤解:以為這是禮貌性的自貶。若是自貶,不會先說「皆悉不空」。落到地上:知道自己所得的是哪一門、其界在哪裡,同時知道這一門確實有用——這兩件事要一起說,才是本節的謙。
指示後友:南方可樂城,無上勝長者
末後指路:南方有城名可樂,中有長者名無上勝,往彼問菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道。所問之義與善財來時所問同,而字有小異:來時作「云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?」二問各出「云何」,此處指示句作「菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道」,只出一個「云何」。問題沒有變,換的是答的人。
本會之體例即在此:一位善知識所授者一門,門盡則指路。本節所指之路向南;至於一會之中所指之方,澄觀曾作三分——地前之善知識多在南方,地內則無方,地後則兼二,不可一概而論。
排一個誤解:以為指示後友是收尾的客套。若是客套,不必把善財原來的問句幾乎照樣再說一遍。落到地上:一位好老師的最後一件事,是把你原來的問題完整地交還給你,並告訴你下一個能答的人在哪裡。
戀德禮辭:哭著走
末段是善財之辭:頂禮其足、繞行無量匝、慇懃瞻仰、悲泣流淚、求善知識心無厭足,辭退而去。
五件事之序值得看:先禮足是身,次遶匝是敬,次瞻仰是不忍即去,次悲泣是情之所至,末一句「求善知識心無厭足」才是所以哭的理由——不是捨不得這一位,是知道還要再去求下一位,而求心無厭足。
排一個誤解:以為悲泣是傷別。若只是傷別,經文不會緊接著寫「心無厭足」。落到地上:辭別一位善知識時所帶走的,若只是不捨,走不到下一城。
承衍
本節之文,向下所開之流有四條線。
其一是寄位之線。本節寄不壞迴向,出於澄觀之科——經文自身沒有迴向位之名。澄觀於本會五相之判是承古德而立。其於本節之首句即標寄不壞迴向,並以「於一切法深信不壞」訓「婆施羅」之名。李通玄所配之位與澄觀同,而所主之度異:他以戒波羅蜜為主、餘九為伴,並說約智門則諸位通治、約位門則以成大慈悲戒。二家並錄不判。智儼《華嚴經孔目章》於十迴向方便德列本友為第二知識,約一乘別教就利生分說,以「海濟舟船雙時迴轉」成利他之義——舟船之來去兩趟皆是利他,正合本節往來不壞之旨。李通玄於〈十迴向品〉釋中亦先舉此友,說此迴向位中以大悲為戒體、居生死海而得自在,並以海性淨而不宿死屍喻法身本淨而不宿煩惱染污。誌錄不判。
其二是釋名之線。「婆施羅」之訓,澄觀與李通玄全同,皆云此云自在;澄觀更以三事釋其所以自在——於佛法海已善通達、於生死海能善運度、於一切法深信不壞;李通玄則加一句,說明於生死海而得自在。城名「樓閣」,澄觀唯就迴向義釋其所以在此城,說由此迴向令菩提心轉更增長、悲智相依而勝出;李通玄別立二釋,一就其地近南海下濕而人多作樓閣而居,一就十迴向中和融萬法總別同異重重立名。誌錄不判。
其三是海事表法之線,二家軌異。海中五事,澄觀逐事配生死海之義(寶即是智、三宮即三毒、水相即心識相、日月即知時、船即萬行),李通玄逐句配位次與三乘根熟,並自明其為託事表法、令眾生易解。難處一目,澄觀所配之三是龍夜叉部多,李通玄所配之三是龍夜叉羅剎。此諸異釋皆古德成說,誌錄之。
其四是三家異本之線。演義鈔所覆按者是澄觀之疏,故其所釋逐句牒疏而下:於觀道一段開出多意,於「色無色等依識心定劫數淺深」一句釋云沈空滯寂即是漩澓之義,又辨修行之有住為逆、無住為順。探玄記與搜玄記則皆依六十本立科,故其稱本友之名形不作音譯而作意譯——探玄記作「海師自在」,釋其名曰於佛法海及生死海能善通達及運度,故以為名;又以殊勝大悲於生死海拔出眾生釋「大悲幢淨行」之名。搜玄記作「海師名自在」,判其位為第二十二不壞迴向菩薩位,並就化用利益開為四科:解脫法、知世事法、迴世成出世、結成大用。三家所依之本不同,所立之名形亦異,誌錄不判,不以此本之名形改彼本之名形。
澄觀明判
寄位配當一事,澄觀於本會總科處自下一判:「二皆有理,謂隨一一位具多法門,豈容凡心不得習求善友之法,故不配有理。然無次位中不礙次位,顯位是常規,配亦無失。」配與不配二說皆有其理,配之而不礙其非次第——此是澄觀自己的明判,不是並錄之一說。
Sudhana’s Twenty-Second Teacher Is a Ship’s Captain
Among the good friends before this one there have been monks, laywomen, elders, and householders. At this one, the scripture text gives a single station and nothing more — a shipmaster, a man who stands upon the sea-shore outside the city gate with a hundred thousand merchants about him, putting out to sea. And the Dharma he speaks is the very trade by which he eats: where the islands of jewels lie, where there are dragon palaces to be avoided, how the color of the water is to be read, how the set of the wind is to be watched for, whether the planking is iron or wood, whether the gear runs stiff or smooth.
One misreading must be cleared away first: this is not ‘taking a worldly art as an expedient and then teaching a little Dharma alongside it.’ When the scripture text has told this whole trade out at length, it gathers it up with one sentence only: “Because I have accomplished wisdom such as this, I am constantly able to benefit all sentient beings.” — the trade itself is the very wisdom that has been accomplished. Chengguan, in reading this passage, says outright of these names of sea-matters that the sense of the ocean of birth and death and of the ocean of the Dharma is present in every one of them, and states plainly that he is glossing them with reference to the ocean of birth and death.
Bringing it to the ground: what is to be read in this section is how a man turns his whole trade into a practice that does not leave birth and death and yet ferries beings across it. The whole unit runs to one thousand three hundred and eighty-three graphs, and has no verse.
Contemplating the Road: What He Is Looking At While He Walks
This section begins not with a meeting but with walking. And the passage of that walking the scripture text writes out in fine detail: he contemplates the road’s high and low, its level and its steep, its clean and its foul, its crooked and its straight — four items in one set.
Why write these four? Chengguan gives a figurative reading of the four gates, saying that the path of a buddha is the high and all the rest are the low; that birth-and-death and nirvāṇa are the level and the steep; that having obstruction and being without it are the foul and the clean; that the two vehicles are the crooked and the bodhisattva is the straight — high and low is the division, among the paths one may head for, between the path of a buddha and the other paths; level and steep is the division between birth-and-death and nirvāṇa; clean and foul is the division between having obstruction and being without it; crooked and straight is the division between the two vehicles and the bodhisattva. To look these four items over is to see clearly ‘which one it is that I am walking now.’
The Yanyi chao, re-examining this passage, says that Chengguan’s commentary only briefly shows their marks and does not say the rest, and that to tell the marks of contemplation in full there are many senses: first, with reference to the mark of the indestructible, then among the gates five are such as may be relied upon and five are such as may not; second, with reference to the nature of the indestructible, then one does not see high and low, and there is no level and steep and the rest. The chao also records that the new translation has here ten matters in five pairs, while the present scripture has four pairs only, lacking the fourth, safety and danger — and the four pairs of the eighty-fascicle version are just the four items contemplated in this section.
Clear away a misreading: to take this for a realistic touch about traveling that may be passed over. If it were realism, why contemplate only these four and not how far, how wide? Bringing it to the ground: before setting out, to see clearly which kind the road beneath one’s feet belongs to matters more than walking fast.
The Ten Causes of the Path: Why the Good Friend Is Worth Seeking in This Way
On the road there is one thing he holds in mind — the good friend. The scripture text runs ten clauses down in the pattern “the good friend is the cause of accomplishing the cultivation of … the path”: the paths of all the bodhisattvas, the path of the perfections, the path of gathering in sentient beings, the path of entering everywhere into the Dharma realm without obstruction, putting away bad understanding, leaving arrogance behind, extinguishing the afflictions, casting off the various views, pulling out every evil thorn, arriving at the city of omniscient knowledge — ten clauses when counted graph by graph.
The ten clauses are to be read in three stretches: the first four say that the good friend is the cause of ‘accomplishing what path’ — the paths of the bodhisattvas, the path of the perfections, the path of gathering in sentient beings, the path of entering everywhere into the Dharma realm without obstruction; the middle five say that the good friend is the cause of ‘causing all sentient beings to put away what’ — putting away bad understanding, leaving arrogance behind, extinguishing the afflictions, casting off the various views, pulling out every evil thorn; and the last one names no putting away but an arriving — “causing all sentient beings to arrive at the city of omniscient knowledge.” The first stretch is what is accomplished, the middle what is cured, the last what is entered upon; only the three together are the whole of the ten clauses.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that holding the good friend in mind is gratitude and fond remembrance. The scripture text goes straight on to ask and answer for itself, “why is it said so,” and the answer is that at the place of the good friend one obtains all good dharmas, and that relying on the strength of the good friend one obtains the path of omniscient knowledge — what is held in mind is a “cause,” not a feeling. Bringing it to the ground: in judging a good friend, do not look at whether he makes you comfortable; look at whether he is the cause of these ten things.
Hard to See and Hard to Meet: These Four Graphs Are the Reason for Everything That Follows
The ten clauses told over, the scripture text gives one conclusion only: “The good friend, such a person, is hard to see and hard to meet.”
Why hard? The scripture text does not say directly. But the manner of this assembly is already answering: Sudhana walks station by station, and at every one he must go in person to see, to ask, and to pay respects. Chengguan, on the outline of this very passage, says that what is gained at this position is precisely that toward the bodhisattva Dharma-master one gains an indestructible faith — and that indestructible faith is set up upon just these four graphs, hard to see and hard to meet: only by knowing how hard it is will one not take the one already met for a thing owed.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that “hard to see and hard to meet” says that good friends are few in number. If it were only fewness, one need but walk through a few more cities; what the scripture text calls hard lies not in the number but in meeting one and being able to recognize him, and to rely on him. Bringing it to the ground: these four graphs are the reason for all the paying of respects, the gazing up, and the weeping later in this section, and are not a figure of speech.
Seeing, Paying Respects, and Inquiring: He Is Outside the City Gate, Not Inside the City
Sudhana reaches the city, and the place where he sees this good friend the scripture text writes with precision — “dwelling upon the sea-shore outside the city gate.” Not in a house within the city, not in a monastery, but on that strip of shore between the city and the ocean, a hundred thousand merchants about him, expounding the dharma of the great ocean.
Upon the two graphs for sea-shore Chengguan lays down two tiers of turning words, saying that as for his being seen upon the sea-shore, if one takes the ocean to be the Dharma of the buddhas, then birth-and-death is this shore, and he is there because he does not cast off birth and death; and if one takes the ocean to be birth-and-death, then cultivating the cause by great compassion is this shore, and he abides in great kindness and compassion so as to make beings leave the cause behind — take the Buddha-dharma for the ocean, and birth-and-death is this shore, and his standing on this shore is for the sake of not casting off birth and death; take birth-and-death for the ocean, and cultivating the cause by great compassion is this shore, and his standing on this shore is for the sake of making beings leave the cause of suffering. What the two tiers of reading come home to is one and the same thing: he does not go into the city, and he does not go out onto the ocean; he stands right at the joining of them. Li Tongxuan reads this clause in the same direction, saying that he constantly overlooks the shore of the ocean of birth and death and draws beings in.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that the seaside is chosen because that is where his trade is. The scripture text writes ‘outside the city gate’ on purpose, and does not write ‘on the ship.’ Bringing it to the ground: the position from which one takes people in is often not one’s own safest place, but that strip of shore where the coming and the going meet.
Sudhana’s Question: Before Asking for the Dharma, He Reports His Own Position
Sudhana’s words of requesting the Dharma take this form before most of the good friends of this assembly: first he says, “I have already first given rise to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi,” and then he says, “and yet I still do not know: how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva? How is he to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva?”
There is a reason for this sequence: to report first the mind that has been given rise to is to state one’s standing and direction in coming to ask; to ask afterward about studying and cultivating is to state that what is lacking is the route and not the aspiration. And the two questions are raised together — “study” is hearing and understanding, “cultivate” is practicing and upholding; lacking either, the question is not a whole question.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that the former clause is a courtesy. If it were courtesy, the good friend’s answer would not take it up in its very first clause, “you have already been able to give rise to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi” — what is answered is precisely what was reported. Bringing it to the ground: say clearly where you stand before you ask for the Dharma, and the one who answers will know where to take it up.
Praising and Conferring the Dharma: Every Clause You Have Asked Is a Cause of the Path
The shipmaster’s answer begins from praise. He takes this one question of Sudhana’s apart and praises it clause by clause, every clause closing on the graph for “cause.” The first five are: the cause that gives birth to great knowledge, the cause that cuts off all the sufferings of birth and death, the cause of going to that great island of jewels which is omniscient knowledge, the cause of accomplishing the mahāyāna that cannot be broken, the cause of leaving far behind the two vehicles’ dread of birth and death and abiding in the eddy of the samādhis of stillness — the first what knowledge is born from, the second what suffering is cut off by, the third the island of jewels headed for, the fourth the Great Vehicle accomplished, the fifth the sinking and sticking left far behind. The latter four all close on “the cause of the pure path,” and each has its own matter: the first, “riding the cart of great vows, practicing the bodhisattva practice everywhere without any obstruction” — the great vow being the cart, the practice reaches everywhere without hindrance; the second, “adorning with the bodhisattva practice that knowledge which nothing whatever is able to break” — the practice adorns the knowledge, and so the knowledge cannot be broken; the third, “contemplating everywhere all the dharmas of the ten directions as being without obstruction” — contemplating the dharmas of the ten directions everywhere and seeing them unobstructed; the fourth, “swiftly being able to enter upon the ocean of omniscient knowledge” — entering quickly the ocean of omniscient knowledge. Those clauses of the base text that close on the graph for “cause” number nine when counted graph by graph.
Chengguan judges this passage to have ten clauses, saying that first there is the praising of the question, praising his setting of the mind, and afterward his being able to ask about the Dharma; that the text has ten clauses, the first five being able to ask about the cause of the fruit and the latter five about the cause of the cause, and that this is why it says cause of the path — the commentary does not separately give the reason for its opening and closing up. Within the commentary he further glosses one sense among them, that of “the whirling eddy of samādhi,” saying that as for the whirling eddy of samādhi, the whirl means a deep eddy, sunken and not flowing; that the two vehicles sink into stillness and are stirred only after eighty thousand kalpas, and that therefore to leave this far behind is the bodhisattva path. The whirl is the eddy in the deep place, and what sinks into it no longer flows; the two vehicles sink into quiescence, and one stirring of them takes eighty thousand kalpas, and so it is said that to leave it far behind is the bodhisattva path. The ten of the commentary’s judgment and the nine clauses closing on “cause” in the base text — the difference of opening and closing up is set down and preserved. Li Tongxuan reads this clause not as “the whirl” but as “the turning back”: he says that leaving far behind the two vehicles’ dread of birth and death and abiding in the turning back of the samādhis of stillness makes clear that one is able by the samādhis of stillness to dwell within birth and death, turning back to benefit beings and not going out from birth and death. The one house takes it as sunken and not flowing, the other as turning back to benefit beings; both readings are set down and preserved.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that praise is a polite opening. This passage of praise is in fact handing Sudhana a list — this one question you have asked sets nine things in motion. Bringing it to the ground: whether a question is worth asking is seen from how many things it draws out.
The Practice of the Banner of Great Compassion: What the “Banner” in the Name Means
The main body of the answer starts from the setting forth of the name: “It is right here, upon the shore road of this city, that I purely cultivate the bodhisattva practice of the banner of great compassion.” The name of the Dharma gate is four graphs and no more.
Chengguan, glossing this name, divides it into the two tiers of name and substance, saying that first there is the setting forth of the name and substance, that is, great compassion surpassing and rising above, being that to which things return — a banner is a standard raised high, and it has two marks: first, that it rises above all other things; second, that the multitude look toward it and thereby know where to head. And so the reason great compassion is called a banner lies not in the depth of its pity but in its rising above every practice, and in its becoming the one thing by which beings recognize their direction. Li Tongxuan, for his part, sets up his account upon the precepts, calling this friend one who takes great kindness and compassion for the substance of the precepts and constantly moves back and forth within the ocean of birth and death to ferry beings across, and he rounds it off with “dwelling neither on this shore nor on the far shore.” What the two of them fasten to are, in the one case, compassion as that to which beings return, and in the other, compassion as the substance of the precepts.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that “banner” is merely an ornament of adornment. If it were merely ornament, why would the scripture text name a Dharma gate with it? Bringing it to the ground: in testing one’s own mind of compassion, do not look at how much it stirs; look at whether others can find their road by it.
Converting and Delivering upon the Land: First the Goods of the World, Then the Wealth of the Dharma
The name of the Dharma gate having been set forth, the working of it is spoken of next. The working is spoken of upon the land first. The sequence of the scripture text is exceedingly clear: first he contemplates the poor and destitute beings, and for the sake of benefiting them cultivates all kinds of austere practice, and according to what they wish causes them all to be satisfied; “first, with the goods of the world, I fill their hearts full,” and then “I give the wealth of the Dharma, causing them to rejoice.” Below this the clauses run on headed by the graph for “causing,” from “causing them to rejoice” down to “causing them to enter the ocean of the knowledge of omniscient knowledge,” fourteen clauses when counted graph by graph, each with its own thing caused: causing them to rejoice, causing them to cultivate the practice of merit, causing them to give birth to the path of knowledge, causing them to increase the strength of their roots of good, causing them to raise up the mind of awakening, causing them to purify the vow of awakening, causing them to make firm the strength of great compassion, causing them to cultivate the path that can extinguish birth and death, causing them to give rise to the practice that does not weary of birth and death, causing them to gather in the ocean of all sentient beings, causing them to cultivate the ocean of all merit and virtue, causing them to illumine the ocean of all dharmas, causing them to behold the ocean of all buddhas, causing them to enter the ocean of the knowledge of omniscient knowledge. The first three make him rejoice and so raise up the practice of merit and the path of knowledge; the next four make him firm, step by step, in the strength of his roots of good, the mind of awakening, the vow of awakening, and the strength of great compassion; the next two are, the one, cultivating the path that can extinguish birth and death, and the other, giving rise to the practice that does not weary of birth and death — an extinguishing and a not-wearying set side by side and not at odds; and the last five all close on the graph for “ocean,” from gathering in the ocean of sentient beings, through cultivating the ocean of merit, illumining the ocean of dharmas, and beholding the ocean of buddhas, home at last to entering the ocean of the knowledge of omniscient knowledge.
This sequence is itself a teaching: first satisfy what he asks for, then give him what he ought to have. Turn it around, and the wealth of the Dharma, once given, cannot be caught; stop at the first half only, and it is no more than relief of the poor. Chengguan, in judging the order of the two conversions on land and on the ocean, says it flatly, that this passage first makes clear the converting of beings upon the land so as to let them know there is an ocean — the purpose of converting and delivering on land is to let them know that such a thing as the ocean exists.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that giving goods is the expedient and expounding the Dharma the real business. The scripture text writes “first, with the goods of the world, I fill their hearts full” at the very head, and does not treat it as provisional. Bringing it to the ground: those unwilling to give the goods of the world first are often unable to give out the wealth of the Dharma at all.
Knowing the Jewels within the Ocean: Twelve Clauses in Three Rounds
Turning into the conversion upon the ocean, the first matter is knowing the jewels. The wording of the scripture text is arranged with great evenness: the first round is islands of jewels, places of jewels, kinds of jewels, seeds of jewels; the second round is cleansing, boring out, bringing forth, working; the third round is vessels of jewels, uses of jewels, objective realms of jewels, radiances of jewels. Twelve clauses when counted graph by graph.
Chengguan matches these twelve clauses with the Dharma clause by clause, saying that within it there are twelve clauses: first, that which is stilled and unmoving within the ocean of birth and death is called the island of jewels; second, the Tathāgata-womb that is empty and not empty is the place of jewels; third, merits and virtues as many as the sands of the Gaṅgā are all the kinds of jewels; fourth, buddha-nature is the seed of jewels — all of the above being with reference to what is originally there; and the eight clauses below these he divides into two stretches, saying that the next four are with reference to what is accomplished by cultivation, taking pure precepts and the austere disciplines and the like as that which can cleanse, taking the knowledge of dependent origination as that which can bore out, taking the giving rise to the mind of omniscient knowledge as the cause of bringing forth, and hearing as that which can work them, and that the last four are the uses of the jewels. The three rounds thus become three tiers: what is originally there, what is accomplished by cultivation, and the arising of use. And the premise on which he is able to match them so lies in one sentence — he says that the first is knowing the jewels, because the jewel is knowledge itself, and that if one does not enter the great ocean of birth and death one cannot obtain the jewel of omniscient knowledge. Li Tongxuan, for his part, matches clause by clause otherwise, saying that “I know within the ocean every island of jewels” means penetrating the island of omniscient knowledge; that “every place of jewels” means being good at distinguishing the sharpness or dullness of the faculties of the worthy and the able; the kinds of jewels are the kinds of those who practice in common and those who practice apart, and the seeds of jewels are the differing seeds of the great and the small vehicles. The two run on different tracks, and both are set down and preserved.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that these twelve clauses are a spread of parallel phrasing, and that having read one clause one may infer the rest. The three rounds have each their own tier: not knowing what is originally there, there is nothing to take; not knowing what is accomplished by cultivation, one cannot take it out; not knowing what it is used for, one has taken it out for nothing. Bringing it to the ground: wisdom is not one lump of undifferentiated goodness; it has a side that is there to begin with, a side that must be dug for, and a side that concerns what is done with what has been dug out.
Knowing within the Ocean the Places of Peril: Three Palaces, and the Two Houses Match Them Differently
The second matter is knowing the perils. The scripture text raises three places: the dwelling-places of the dragons, the dwelling-places of the yakṣas, the dwelling-places of the bhūtas, closing with “and am good at turning aside from them all, so as to be spared those perils.”
Chengguan matches these three places with the three poisons, saying that they are the three poisons of hatred, greed, and delusion within birth and death, and glosses the last name, saying that a bhūta means here “self-born,” that it is like a yakṣa but is not born of father and mother, and that it therefore stands for much delusion. The three places Li Tongxuan glosses are not the same as those of the base text — the three he matches are dragons, yakṣas, and rākṣasas, saying that as for the dragon palaces being places of peril, the bodhisattvas of the pure lands are like dragons, having a portion of kindness and compassion, ranging in space with a partial sovereignty of spiritual footing; that the yakṣa stands for the śrāvakas, who can slay the three poisons and also gain spiritual penetration; and that the rākṣasas’ places of harm and peril stand for the pratyekabuddhas, who dwell in the ocean of nirvāṇa — and what he matches them with are bodhisattvas of the pure lands and the two vehicles. The one house matches them with the three poisons, the other with three kinds of practitioner; both are set down and preserved.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that “turning aside” means dodging and taking no part. What the scripture text speaks of is a man sailing a ship who knows where the hidden rocks are and steers around them; the ship is still traveling on the ocean. Bringing it to the ground: avoiding peril is not leaving the ocean; it is knowing which stretch of water may not be cut straight through.
Knowing within the Ocean the Matters of the Water: How Deep the Eddy Runs Is How Deep the Mind Runs
The third matter is knowing the water. The scripture text has three clauses: how shallow or deep the whirling eddies run, how far or near the billows rise and fall, how good or bad the color of the water is, closing with “all of them differing one from another in all kinds of ways.”
Chengguan matches these three clauses with mind and consciousness, saying that this is knowing the marks of mind and consciousness, that the form realm and the formless and the rest depend on the concentrated mind of consciousness which fixes the number of kalpas as shallow or deep, that the waves of the seven consciousnesses are the nearness or farness of the perfuming of defilement, and that following upon good or evil conditions the color of the water of the mind differs — the shallowness or depth of the eddy is matched with the number of kalpas at which the concentrated mind dwells, the nearness or farness of the billows with the nearness or farness of the staining of habit-energy, and the goodness or badness of the water’s color with the mind’s color varying according to the good or evil conditions met with. The Yanyi chao, re-examining this clause of Chengguan’s, says outright that to sink into emptiness and to be stuck in stillness is just the sense of the whirling eddy — sunk in emptiness, stuck in stillness, which is precisely water that whirls and does not flow; and it distinguishes the shallow and the deep by the number of kalpas in the formless realm, saying that the peak of neither-perception at eighty thousand kalpas is the deep, and twenty thousand is then the shallow. Li Tongxuan matches them more with reference to karma and confusion, calling “I am also good at distinguishing and knowing how shallow or deep the whirling eddies run” the shallowness or depth of the karma of craving, grasping, and becoming; “how far or near the billows rise and fall” the greater or lesser reaching-out of the thoughts and imaginings of feeling and consciousness; and “how good or bad the color of the water is” the goodness or badness of the mind of craving. The two match different particulars while taking the same axis — the three marks on the face of the water are the three marks of the mind.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that this is a listing of seafaring knowledge. What the three clauses distinguish is in every case ‘one and the same body of water wearing different appearances,’ which answers exactly to the mind being one substance and yet differing in mark. Bringing it to the ground: in reading one’s own mind, one may begin from these three — how deep it is eddying just now, how far from oneself the crest of the wave is, whether the water’s color is clear or muddy.
Knowing within the Ocean the Matters of Time: Knowing What Ought to Be Done at Which Moment
The fourth matter is knowing time. The scripture text writes of the degrees along which the sun, the moon, and the constellations move in their courses, of day and night, dawn and dusk, of how the time-divisions of the sun-marker and the water-vessel lengthen and shorten.
Chengguan matches it with the utmost brevity, in one sentence only, saying that this is being able to know time, that is, whether the capacity of beings is unripe or ripe, and what within such and such a time it is fitting to cultivate, concentration or wisdom — knowing time is knowing whether a capacity is unripe or ripe: whether this person at this moment is raw or ripe, and whether in this stretch of season it is fitting to cultivate concentration or fitting to cultivate wisdom. Li Tongxuan, for his part, pushes it over onto the sequence of positions, taking it as the rule of turning by which the three positions advance in cultivation and the three vehicles’ differing teaching divides its gates of practice.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that knowing time is a matter of attending to auspicious and inauspicious days. What the scripture text knows are “the degrees of their courses” and “how the time-divisions lengthen and shorten,” which are regularities and not fortunes. Bringing it to the ground: one and the same clause of Dharma, said a step too early, cannot be caught; said a step too late, the person has already walked away — knowing time is this.
Knowing within the Ocean the Matters of the Ship: The Planking and the Wind Are Matched with the Myriad Practices
The fifth matter is knowing the ship. The scripture text writes of the ship’s iron and wood being firm or brittle, its gear stiff or smooth, the force of the water great or small, the set of the wind against or with, closing with “every mark of safety and of danger such as these there is none of which I am not clearly aware, and when it is fit to go I go, and when it is fit to stop I stop.”
Chengguan matches this with the myriad practices, saying that this is knowing that the myriad practices are not alike, that having skillful means is the firm and lacking them is the brittle, that what has been cultivated before runs smooth and what has not is stiff; that the greatness or smallness of the water means birth and death having a bound or being without bound; and that the wind’s being against or with means the eight winds, four with and four against, and again means that in cultivation there is dwelling and there is not dwelling — a practice with skillful means is like iron, a practice without them like rotten timber; a route once cultivated runs smooth, one not cultivated is stiff. Afterward he adds a further sentence on the number when opened and closed up, saying that if the third and the fifth are each opened into three matters, then there are twelve in all. Li Tongxuan, for his part, matches them with the ripeness or unripeness of the faculties of the three vehicles, saying that this makes clear the being well able to know, among those of the three vehicles who turn their minds about, who can bear to enter birth and death and who cannot, and the grade of their faculties as ripened or not yet ripened; and he states for himself that his method is to entrust the matter and thereby set forth the Dharma. Both houses are set down and preserved.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that “when it is fit to go I go, and when it is fit to stop I stop” is a phrase about an easy-going attitude. All five matters before it are for the sake of these eight graphs: only when one knows accurately enough is one entitled to say stop. Bringing it to the ground: to be able to stop without spoiling the matter comes of knowing enough, not of a small heart.
Carrying the Throng in a Good Ship: Not Once Has It Been Damaged
The sea-matters told over, the scripture text returns to the affair itself: with a good ship he carries the several merchants along a safe road, expounds the Dharma for them so as to make them rejoice, leads them to the island of jewels and to being furnished to the full with precious jewels, and then brings them back to Jambudvīpa. The sentence that follows is the heaviest sentence of this section — “I take the great ship back and forth in this way, and have never yet let it suffer so much as one damage.”
This sentence is the pivot of the position to which this section is assigned. He goes back and forth between the ocean of birth and death and the island of jewels, voyage after voyage, and the ship has never been damaged. Below this the scripture text lists what those who see and hear him obtain, eleven clauses when counted graph by graph from “then they are made never again to dread the ocean of birth and death,” every clause closing on “ocean”: never again dreading the ocean of birth and death; certainly entering the ocean of omniscient knowledge; certainly being able to dry up the oceans of craving and desire; being able with the light of knowledge to illumine the ocean of the three times; being able to exhaust the ocean of the suffering of all sentient beings; being able to cleanse the ocean of the minds of all sentient beings; being swiftly able to purify the ocean of every land; being able to go everywhere to the great ocean of the ten directions; knowing everywhere the ocean of the faculties of all sentient beings; understanding everywhere the ocean of the practices of all sentient beings; according everywhere with the ocean of the minds of all sentient beings. What the first four say is what the one who sees and hears is himself spared and himself enters — spared the dread of birth and death, entering omniscient knowledge, drying up craving, illumining the three times; what the latter seven say is what reaches out to beings — exhausting their ocean of suffering, cleansing their ocean of mind, purifying their ocean of lands, going to their ten directions, knowing their ocean of faculties, understanding their ocean of practices, according with their ocean of minds. Chengguan judges this list, saying that since ten oceans have been listed, the oceans before are then to be pondered accordingly, and that the first four are self-benefit and the latter six are benefiting others — the commentary makes it ten oceans, with the first four as self-benefit and the latter six as benefiting others, while the base text counted from the first clause comes to eleven; the number opened and closed up is set down and preserved. Li Tongxuan, in rounding off this unit, fastens on this very sentence too, saying that this is the sense of the indestructible dedication, with the perfection of the precepts as chief and the other nine as companions.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that “has never been damaged” is a boast of achievement. The ship is his practice and the ocean is birth and death; that the practice enters birth and death and is not damaged is where the two graphs for “indestructible” come to rest. Bringing it to the ground: whether one can go on doing a thing for others over a long time is judged not by how many voyages have been made, but by whether, after those voyages, one is still there.
Humbling Himself and Pointing to the Superior: I Have Gained Only This One
The Dharma told, he gathers it up at once: “I have gained only this practice of the banner of great compassion; and if there are those who see me or hear me, who dwell together with me or hold me in mind, none of them shall be in vain.”
There are two stretches in this sentence. The former half is humble — I have gained this one gate only. The latter half, however, is not humble — of all who see me, hear me, dwell with me, hold me in mind, not one shall be in vain. The two stretches do not conflict: what has been gained is one gate, and yet within the reach of this one gate nothing is in vain. Below this he raises what the bodhisattvas are able to do, ten clauses when counted graph by graph, all closing on “ocean”: being good at ranging and crossing the great ocean of birth and death; being unstained by any of the oceans of the afflictions; being able to cast off all the oceans of false views; being able to contemplate the ocean of the nature of all dharmas; being able with the four means of gathering to gather in the ocean of sentient beings; being already well settled in the ocean of omniscient knowledge; being able to extinguish the ocean of the attachments of all sentient beings; being able evenly to abide in the ocean of all times; being able by spiritual penetration to deliver the ocean of sentient beings; being able at the fitting moment to tame and subdue the ocean of sentient beings. What the first four say is the bodhisattva’s own ranging, non-staining, casting off, and contemplating upon the four oceans of birth and death, the afflictions, false views, and the nature of dharmas; what the latter six say is what reaches out to the ocean of beings by the six matters of the four means of gathering, of settling, of extinguishing attachment, of evenly abiding, of spiritual penetration, and of the fitting moment. It is rounded off with “how then could I be able to know, or be able to tell of, their practices of merit and virtue.”
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that this is a courteous belittling of oneself. If it were self-belittling, he would not first have said “none of them shall be in vain.” Bringing it to the ground: to know which gate it is that one has gained and where its bound lies, and at the same time to know that this one gate does indeed work — these two things must be said together, and that is what the humbling of this section is.
Pointing Out the Next Friend: The City Delightful to the South, and the Elder Unsurpassed Victory
At the end he points the road: to the south there is a city named Delightful, and within it an elder named Unsurpassed Victory; go there and ask how a bodhisattva is to study the practice of a bodhisattva and cultivate the path of a bodhisattva. The sense of what is asked is the same as what Sudhana asked on arriving, and yet the graphs differ a little: on arriving it read “how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva? How is he to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva?” with a “how” brought out for each of the two questions, whereas the clause of pointing out here reads “how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva and cultivate the path of a bodhisattva,” bringing out only one “how.” The question has not changed; what changes is the one who answers.
The manner of this assembly lies just here: one good friend confers one gate, and when the gate is exhausted he points the road. The road pointed out in this section is toward the south; as to the directions pointed out throughout the assembly, Chengguan once made a threefold division — the good friends before the grounds are mostly in the south, within the grounds there is no direction, and after the grounds both are held together — and so it may not be laid down as one rule.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that pointing out the next friend is a closing courtesy. If it were courtesy, there would be no need to say Sudhana’s original question over again almost word for word. Bringing it to the ground: the last thing a good teacher does is to hand your own question back to you whole, and to tell you where the next one who can answer it is.
Cherishing His Virtue and Taking Leave: Departing in Tears
The last passage is Sudhana’s leave-taking: bowing to his feet, circling him measureless times, gazing up with earnest devotion, weeping and shedding tears, his mind unwearied in seeking good friends, and only then taking his leave and departing.
The order of the five things is worth looking at: bowing to the feet first is the body; circling next is reverence; gazing up next is the not bearing to go at once; weeping next is feeling come to its full; and the last clause, “his mind unwearied in seeking good friends,” is only then the reason for the weeping — it is not that he cannot bear to leave this one, but that he knows he must go on to seek the next, and that the seeking mind is unwearied.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that the weeping is grief at parting. If it were only grief at parting, the scripture text would not go straight on to write “his mind unwearied.” Bringing it to the ground: if what one carries away in taking leave of a good friend is nothing but unwillingness to part, one will not reach the next city.
Lineage
Of the text of this section, four lines are opened downward.
The first is the line of the assigned position. This section is assigned to the indestructible dedication, and this comes from Chengguan’s outline — the scripture text itself has no name of a dedication position. Chengguan’s judgment of the five aspects of this assembly is set up in succession from the ancient worthies. At the very first clause of this section he marks the assignment to the indestructible dedication, and glosses the name of the Shipmaster by “in all dharmas his deep faith is indestructible.” The position Li Tongxuan matches is the same as Chengguan’s, and the perfection he makes chief is different: he takes the perfection of the precepts as chief and the other nine as companions, and says that with reference to the gate of knowledge all the positions are cured in common, and that with reference to the gate of position it is by accomplishing the precepts of great kindness and compassion. Both are recorded without adjudication. Zhiyan’s Huayan jing kongmu zhang, under the skillful virtue of the ten dedications, lists this friend as the second good friend, speaking with reference to the distinct teaching of the one vehicle and to the portion of benefiting beings, and taking the boat that succors upon the ocean and turns about at both times as accomplishing the sense of benefiting others — both voyages, the going and the coming, are for the benefit of others, which answers exactly to the going back and forth without damage of this section. Li Tongxuan too, in his gloss on 〈The Ten Dedications〉, raises this friend beforehand, saying that within this dedication position great compassion is taken for the substance of the precepts and that dwelling within the ocean of birth and death he gains sovereignty, and likening the ocean, whose nature is pure and harbors no corpse, to the Dharma body, originally pure and harboring no defilement or staining. Recorded without adjudication.
The second is the line of the gloss on the name. On the gloss of the Shipmaster’s name Chengguan and Li Tongxuan agree entirely, both saying that it means here “Sovereign”; and Chengguan glosses further, by three things, the reason for his being sovereign — that upon the ocean of the Buddha-dharma he has already penetrated well, that upon the ocean of birth and death he is able to ferry well, and that in all dharmas his deep faith is indestructible; while Li Tongxuan adds one clause, making clear that it is upon the ocean of birth and death that he gains sovereignty. Of the city’s name, Tower-Pavilion, Chengguan glosses only with reference to the sense of dedication why it is in this city, saying that by this dedication the mind of awakening is turned and made to grow further, and compassion and knowledge, leaning upon each other, rise above; Li Tongxuan sets up two glosses separately, the one that the place is near the southern sea and low and damp, so that men mostly build towers to dwell in, and the other that within the ten dedications the myriad dharmas are blended, the general and the particular, the same and the different, layer upon layer, and the city is named from this. Recorded without adjudication.
The third is the line of the setting forth of the Dharma by the sea-matters, and here the two houses run on different tracks. Upon the five matters within the ocean, Chengguan matches each matter with a sense of the ocean of birth and death (the jewel is knowledge itself; the three palaces are the three poisons; the marks of the water are the marks of mind and consciousness; the sun and moon are the knowing of time; the ship is the myriad practices), while Li Tongxuan matches clause by clause with the sequence of positions and the ripeness of the faculties of the three vehicles, and states for himself that his is an entrusting of the matter so as to set forth the Dharma, making it easy for beings to understand. On the one item of the places of peril, the three that Chengguan matches are dragons, yakṣas, and bhūtas, and the three that Li Tongxuan matches are dragons, yakṣas, and rākṣasas. These various divergent glosses are all the settled sayings of the ancient worthies, and are recorded as such.
The fourth is the line of the three houses and their differing base texts. What the Yanyi chao re-examines is Chengguan’s commentary, and so its glosses take up the commentary clause by clause and run downward: upon the one passage of contemplating the road it opens out many senses; upon the clause “the form realm and the formless and the rest depend on the concentrated mind of consciousness that fixes the number of kalpas as shallow or deep” it glosses that to sink into emptiness and be stuck in stillness is just the sense of the whirling eddy; and it discerns that in cultivation dwelling is against the current and not dwelling is with it. The Tanxuan ji and the Souxuan ji, for their part, both set up their outlines upon the sixty-fascicle text, and so the form of this friend’s name they use is not the transcription but the rendering by sense — the Tanxuan ji has “the sea-master Sovereign,” and glosses the name by saying that upon the ocean of the Buddha-dharma and upon the ocean of birth and death he is able to penetrate well and to ferry well, and therefore this is taken for his name; and it glosses the name “the pure practice of the banner of great compassion” by a surpassing great compassion drawing beings out of the ocean of birth and death. The Souxuan ji has “the sea-master named Sovereign,” judges his position to be the twenty-second, the bodhisattva position of the indestructible dedication, and opens the benefit of the working of converting into four headings: the dharma of liberation, the dharma of knowing the matters of the world, turning the mundane so as to accomplish the supramundane, and the rounding off into the great working. The base texts the three houses rest upon are not the same and the name-forms they set up differ likewise; this is recorded without adjudication, and the name-form of the one text is not used to alter the name-form of the other.
Chengguan’s Explicit Judgment
Upon the one matter of matching the assigned positions, Chengguan lays down a judgment of his own at the place of the general outline of this assembly: “both have their reason, that is, since each and every position possesses many Dharma gates, how could it be that the ordinary mind may not learn and seek the dharma of the good friend, and so there is reason in not matching them; yet within what has no sequence of positions the sequence of positions is not obstructed, and to make the positions manifest is the constant rule, so that to match them is likewise not at fault.” Both the saying that matches and the saying that does not have their reason; matching them does not obstruct their not being sequential — and this is Chengguan’s own explicit judgment, not one of two sayings merely set down side by side.
品三十九 入法界品 · 無上勝長者(寄等一切佛迴向)Entering the Dharma Realm · The Elder Unsurpassed Victory (Assigned to the Dedication Equal to All Buddhas)
全文五層 →Full five layers →這一位善知識的道場,是人間的糾紛現場
前面幾位善友,或在山頂,或在海邊,或在佛塔,或在自己的居所。到這第二十三位無上勝長者,善財找到他的時候,他正在做一件很不像修行的事——「理斷人間種種事務」。周圍圍著他的,是無量的商人、百千的居士,都是來找他斷事的人。
要排一個誤解:這不是說他修行之外還兼一份俗差。經文緊接著一句「因為說法」——他就是順著判事的那個因緣說法。判事與說法不是兩件事,也不是先判完再說;是判的當下就在說。
落到地上:這一節把「至一切處」四個字,落在人間最紛雜的一處。若以為修行要先離開糾紛,這一位善知識連道場都不必開了。
上一段路上帶著什麼:起大慈周遍心
本節起手不寫走路,寫的是心。善財「起大慈周遍心、大悲潤澤心」,並且「相續不斷」——慈是周遍,悲是潤澤,二者一橫一縱。接著是十來句自敘之德:福德智慧二莊嚴、捨離煩惱塵垢、證法平等、心無高下、拔不善刺、滅一切障,再以四個比喻收——精進是牆塹,三昧是園苑,慧日破暗,方便風開花,無礙願充滿法界。
這十來句各有所司,不是同一件事說十遍:福德智慧二莊嚴是所帶之資,捨離煩惱塵垢是去其所染,證法平等是於法上不見二,心無高下是於人上不起揀,拔不善刺是拔已種之因,滅一切障是除現行之礙——資糧、去染、於法、於人、於因、於礙,六層各占一句。後四喻則說所倚之力:牆塹是守(精進所以不失),園苑是安(三昧所以能住),慧日與方便風是破與開(一破無明之暗,一開智慧之華),末以無礙願充滿法界,說明所以能遍——願若有礙,走再遠也只是走遠。
要問的是:為什麼一段路要寫這麼多?因為前一位善友所授之法,不是聽懂就算數的;要靠一路帶著走,走到下一處才看得見。李通玄科這一段時,把它列為正入當位法門五門的第一門,稱為念善知識教思惟昇進;至於推德昇進那一門,所圈的是前一位善友段末「如諸菩薩」以下至「辭退而去」那一段,不是這裡。
排一個誤解:以為「相續不斷」是指走得不停。經文所繫的是心,不是腳。落到地上:檢驗兩位善知識之間那段路,看的是那顆心斷過沒有。
心常現入一切智城:先入了智城,才進得了那座城
這一段末句是「心常現入一切智城,如是而求菩薩之道」,下一句才是「漸次經歷,到彼城內」。一句是心入智城,一句是身入實城,前後緊挨。
為什麼要這樣排?因為這一節所示之法叫「至一切處」,而「至」的根不在腳程。心若不曾現入智城,走遍城邑也只是走遍城邑。
排一個誤解:以為「一切智城」是比喻而「彼城」是實事,二者不相干。經文把二句擺在一起,正是要人看見那個接榫。落到地上:真到得了一個地方,是因為先到得了自己心裡那個地方。
城東·無憂林·商人圍遶:三件事各有各的義
長者所在,經文只給三個訊息:城東、大莊嚴幢無憂林、無量商人與百千居士圍遶。澄觀於此逐一釋之:說「在城東者,啟明佛日故」,取日出於東之象;說「處無憂林者,同佛迴向,無愛憎故」,把林名繫到本位之迴向;說「商人等圍遶者,佛為商主,菩薩為商人,法財外益,功歸己故」,以商賈之出資行販喻法財之流轉。
要排一個誤解:以為這些是經家隨手寫的背景。澄觀之意正相反——依報所在即是所示之法。法藏亦就此下一語,說「城東林等者,於城攝化,栖託之便也」,取的是攝化之便;李通玄則說東方表智、西方表悲,並以「無憂林中者,此主忍波羅蜜」繫於忍度。三家取義各異,而皆不以此為閒筆。
落到地上:一個人常在的地方,本身就在說他所修的是什麼。
為眾說法的那一串益:從拔我慢到增樂欲
長者為眾說法,經文列其所得之益十餘句,其序值得看:先是「令其永拔一切我慢,離我、我所」,再是捨所積聚、滅慳嫉垢,然後才是心得清淨、獲淨信力、常樂見佛、受持佛法,末後六句一路上升——生菩薩力、起菩薩行、入菩薩三昧、得菩薩智慧、住菩薩正念,第六句是「增菩薩樂欲」。六句各有所主:生力是能任此事之力,起行是行之發動,入三昧是心之安住,得智慧是照了,住正念是所照不失,增樂欲是於此道愈求愈欣——由力而行、由定而慧、由念而欲,是一個能行之人一步步成熟的次第。
要問的是:為什麼從我慢起手?因為來的是斷事之眾,人間之爭多半爭在一個「我」上。拔我慢、離我我所,正對其病。
排一個誤解:以為說法要從高處起講。這一串的起點極低——先讓人放下『這是我的』。落到地上:法要下得去,先得對得上人家正在爭的那件事。
以身投地,良久乃起:設敬何以佔一句
善財之設敬,經文寫得很細:先「觀彼長者為眾說法已」,等他說完;再「以身投地,頂禮其足」;再「良久乃起」。三個動作三層意思——不打斷、盡其禮、久而後起。
要問的是:為什麼要記「良久」?法藏就此釋云「前五體良久,以身表心」——身伏得久,是心重法之相。
排一個誤解:以為這是禮數的鋪陳。若如此,經文只須一句頂禮足矣。落到地上:求法的姿態不在儀式做得對不對,在等不等得住、伏不伏得下。
我是善財!我是善財!——重稱己名之義
善財之白,起手兩稱其名:「我是善財!我是善財!」這是全子極短而三家皆有釋的一句。澄觀說「稱名者,聲名久聞,表重法之器,冀有聞故」;法藏說「重稱己名,以語表心,顯愍重之極。又顯已是修行之器,悕其說法也」;李通玄則說「再云我是善財者,表求法深重也。亦明達我無我,以成忍也」。
要排一個誤解:以為重稱己名是自報身分而已。三家所繫皆在「重」字——身已投地表心,語再稱名亦表心,身語兩處都在說同一件事:我是來求法的。
落到地上:把自己交代清楚,不是為了讓對方知道你是誰,是為了讓自己知道此刻來做什麼。
善財的問句:兩問之後的十件事
問句本身是兩句——「菩薩云何學菩薩行?菩薩云何修菩薩道?」這是本會通問之式。可貴的是其後所繫的十句:隨修學時,常能化度一切眾生、常能現見一切諸佛、常得聽聞一切佛法、常能住持一切佛法、常能趣入一切法門、入一切剎學菩薩行、住一切劫修菩薩道、能知一切如來神力、能受一切如來護念、能得一切如來智慧。
要問的是:這十句是問法,還是誇口?看句式便知——「隨修學時,常能……」,問的是所修之行能不能帶出這十樣,不是自陳已能。
這十句亦有其序:起三句所對者三——化度一切眾生(對眾生)、現見一切諸佛(對佛)、聽聞一切佛法(對法);次二句轉入自受用——住持一切佛法是受持而不失,趣入一切法門是入而能通;再二句開其處與時——入一切剎是處無所揀,住一切劫是時無所斷;末三句則專就如來立——知一切如來神力是知其用,受一切如來護念是受其攝,得一切如來智慧是得其體。用、攝、體三層而上,故以「得一切如來智慧」為問之極。
排一個誤解:以為善財只問方法。他問的是方法所至之處——化眾生、見佛、聞法、持法、入門、遍剎、盡劫、知神力、受護念、得智慧。落到地上:問一個法門,要連它能走多遠一起問。
善哉善哉:長者先讚的不是別的,是那個心
長者不即答其問,先讚一句:「善哉善哉!善男子!汝已能發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心。」所讚者不是善財的誠、也不是他的問,是他先前已發之心。
要問的是:為什麼要先讚這個?法藏就同一段科為「先歎其發心,為授法方便」——讚發心是授法的方便,不是客套。心既已發,所授之法才有安處。
排一個誤解:以為善知識之讚是鼓勵之詞。此讚是勘驗:先確認器,再下法。落到地上:能不能受一個法,看的不是聽得懂多少,是那個心發了沒有。
標名體:法門的名字裡,有它的體也有它的用
長者所授之法,名為「至一切處菩薩行門無依無作神通之力」。這名字是兩截:「至一切處」是用,「無依無作」是體。澄觀就此判得極清楚,說「由無作無依,故能遍至」,又說「遍至是用廣,無依是體勝」,並釋其義云「無依者,不依他故。無作者,離加行故」。
要排一個誤解:以為「至一切處」是神通練出來的廣。澄觀之判正相反——因為無依,所以無所不至;因為離加行,所以不作而作。若有所依,便有依不到的地方;若有加行,便有加不上的時候。
落到地上:一個行門能走多寬,看的不是它加了多少力,是它放下了多少依靠。
徵釋業用:至一切處,落到文上就是說法
標名之後,長者自己設問:「云何為至一切處菩薩行門?」而其所釋,落在遍至而為說法。澄觀就此明指:「釋中明至一切處,廣說法故。」
經文之釋分兩節。先舉一個三千大千世界:欲界的三十三天、須夜摩天、兜率陀天、善變化天、他化自在天、魔天,以及天龍八部、人與非人,乃至村營城邑一切住處的眾生,全在所為說法之列;末以「乃至色界一切梵天,我亦為其說超勝法」收。次以「如於此三千大千世界」一句類顯十方——澄觀科其式為「先舉三千、後「如於此三千」下類顯十方」。
諸家所繫各有其本:澄觀就八十本,重在遍至之為廣說法;法藏與智儼就六十本,則分身與口二業——法藏說「神力遍到眾生之所,名至一切趣」,其下「於中說法益生,名淨行莊嚴」;智儼科之為「初身業至趣」與「口業說法」二文,復以知法合藥一節為意業。身、語、意三相既分,遍至與遍說並不相奪。誌錄不判。落到地上:經文所至之處,處處繫一句「而為說法」——所謂遍,是遍在有人可說法的地方,不是遍在風景裡。
遮惡與生善:一長串「令」字句的次第
三千界一節的正文,是一長串「令」字句。前面九句都是遮:令捨非法、令息諍論、令除鬪戰、令止忿競、令破怨結、令解繫縛、令出牢獄、令免怖畏、令斷殺生乃至邪見一切惡業;接著「不可作事皆令禁止」一句作轉;後面轉成生:令其順行一切善法、令其修學一切技藝、為其分別種種諸論、令生歡喜、令漸成熟,末後「隨順外道,為說勝智,令斷諸見,令入佛法」。
要問的是:為什麼技藝與論議也列在裡面?因為所化之眾是判事之眾,其生計、其爭端、其見解都在世法之中——經文自說其意,「於諸世間而作利益」。
排一個誤解:以為說法只說出世法。這一段從止鬪到教技藝到隨順外道,一路都在世間裡走,末後才「令入佛法」。落到地上:能把人從爭裡拉出來,已經是說法;教他一門手藝,也還在同一條線上。
五趣之說:說苦說樂,也說去那裡的路
十方類顯一節,所說者四法——佛法、菩薩法、聲聞法、獨覺法;其後轉入五趣,「說」字句共十六。其式大體是三句一組:說某一趣、說那一趣中的苦或樂、說通向那一趣之道。而合這個式子的只有三趣——閻羅王世間、天世間、人世間;其中天世間唯言樂,不言苦,人世間則苦樂並舉。地獄與畜生二趣的中間一句不作苦樂:地獄作「說地獄眾生」,畜生作「說畜生差別」;畜生一趣又多出「說畜生受苦」一句,故成四句。
要問的是:為什麼連『向某趣之道』都要說?因為只說地獄之苦,人未必知道自己正走在哪條路上。說苦是果,說道是因;因果並說,人才有下腳處。
排一個誤解:以為說五趣是恐嚇。天世間那一句只說樂,人世間苦樂並說——說得公道,不是嚇人。落到地上:真要人改路,得先讓他看見自己現在走的是哪一條。
十一句『為了什麼』:說法的所為
業用之末,經文一連十一句自陳所為:為欲開顯菩薩功德、為令捨離生死過患、為令知見一切智人諸妙功德、為欲令知諸有趣中迷惑受苦、為令知見無障礙法、為欲顯示一切世間生起所因、為欲顯示一切世間寂滅為樂、為令眾生捨諸想著、為令證得佛無依法、為令永滅諸煩惱輪、為令能轉如來法輪。末以「我為眾生說如是法」一句總收。
要問的是:這十一句的次第有沒有講究?看兩頭便知——起於「開顯菩薩功德」,終於「能轉如來法輪」;起於令人看見有這麼一條路,終於令人自己也轉得動法輪。中間一路亦可分三節讀:初二句是拔其所繫——捨離生死過患是令知所應離,知見一切智人諸妙功德是令知所應趣,一離一趣而志乃定。次三句是開其所見——知諸有趣中迷惑受苦是見苦之果,知見無障礙法是見法本無礙,顯示一切世間生起所因是見苦之所由;果、法、因三面既見,則不徒畏苦而已。再二句轉向所歸——顯示一切世間寂滅為樂是所歸之處,令眾生捨諸想著是所以能歸之行。末三句則說其所成:證得佛無依法是所證,永滅諸煩惱輪是所斷,能轉如來法輪是所作——證、斷、作三事既備,說法之所為乃盡。
排一個誤解:以為說法之所為只是度眾生離苦。這十一句裡有「為令證得佛無依法」一句,正回應法門之體——所說之法與所住之體是同一件事。落到地上:問自己為什麼要講一件法,若答不出十一句裡的任何一句,那多半是還沒到要講的時候。
謙己推勝:多出來的「清淨」二字
長者自陳所知,用的名字與先前不同——標名體時作「至一切處菩薩行門」,此處作「至一切處修菩薩行清淨法門」,多了「修」與「清淨」。澄觀不以為異文,就此下一語,說「加清淨法門者,遍至本為說法故,即前所說」——遍至本來就是為說法而有,說法即是清淨之用,所以此處加得。
其後推勝一段,所舉諸菩薩之德甚高:具足自在神通、遍往一切佛剎、得普眼地、悉聞一切音聲言說、普入諸法智慧自在、無有乖諍、勇健無比、以廣長舌出平等音、其身妙好同諸菩薩、與諸如來究竟無二、智身廣大普入三世、境界無際同於虛空;末以一問收——「而我云何能知能說彼功德行?」
這一串德目不是雜舉:遍往佛剎與得普眼地是所至與所見,悉聞一切音聲言說是所聞——三句合為身之遍、眼之明、耳之通。次三句轉入內:普入諸法而智慧自在,是於法無所不入;無有乖諍,是入法之後不與人諍、亦不自相違;勇健無比,是任此事而不怯。再以廣長舌出平等音一句轉出於口——所出者平等,不因所對而改其法。其後其身妙好同諸菩薩、與諸如來究竟無二,是身之極;智身廣大普入三世、境界無際同於虛空,是智之極。古德讀此一段,正就身、語、意三分之:法藏判其初明身業之遍(身等於剎而不待神力,所以過於前段之遍至),次明語業,次明意業,末乃結為非己所知;智儼亦作身業勝、口業勝、意業勝、總結四節。長者所謙者,正在這三業之極——他所得之遍至,猶待神力而後至;諸菩薩之身,不待神力而已等於剎。
排一個誤解:以為謙己是客套。他所謙的不是自己的證量,是自己的所知之量——我只知這一門,那些我說不出。落到地上:知道自己所知有邊,才有下一站可去。
指示後友:三個名字,三個方向
末段長者指路,給了三個名字:國名輸那、城名迦陵迦林、比丘尼名師子頻申,並囑其所問仍是那兩句——「菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道?」
要問的是:為什麼所問之句不變?因為所參之友雖換,所求之道未換。一路問同一句,答的人各答各的一分,合起來才是全。
排一個誤解:以為指示後友是收場的套話。長者自己剛剛說完他只知一門,緊接著就指出下一門在哪裡——謙己與指路是同一口氣裡的兩半。落到地上:一位善知識最後給的,往往不是他的法,是他知道的下一個人。
戀德禮辭:頂禮、遶匝、瞻仰,然後才走
末後一句極短:「時,善財童子頂禮其足,遶無量匝,慇懃瞻仰,辭退而去。」四個動作連著下來——先禮足,再遶無量匝,再慇懃瞻仰,最後才辭去。
要問的是:這一句在每一節之末幾乎照樣重複,何以不省?因為它所記的不是禮數,是善財離開一位善知識時的心相。禮足是身之敬,遶匝是繞著他一圈一圈地不肯即去,瞻仰是眼還捨不得移開,辭退是終於走了——次第分明,而走的那一步排在最後。
排一個誤解:以為「辭退而去」是此處之法已聽完、可以走了。前一段長者才自陳所知有邊,並指出下一位在何處;善財之去正是依其所教而去。戀德與前進是同一件事的兩面,不是捨此就彼。
落到地上:對教過自己的人,能不能像這樣走——該領的領足了,該敬的敬完了,才動身去下一站,而不是聽完就轉身。
承衍
本節之文,向下所開之流有三條。
其一是寄位之線。澄觀科此子為寄等一切佛迴向,其義《演義鈔》釋之,說是「謂等同三世一切如來能迴向道,所迴向善故」;而澄觀釋「可樂」之城名時所繫之義,鈔家更牒本經十迴向品之經文為證。須說明的是:善友寄某一位,是澄觀承古來諸德之科,經文本身不自標位;澄觀於品前總判五相處先述二家之說:意法師與臺山論隨文散釋而更無別配,光統等師則皆配地位。
澄觀明判
二說既列,澄觀乃自下明判——「二皆有理,謂隨一一位具多法門,豈容凡心不得習求善友之法,故不配有理。然無次位中不礙次位,顯位是常規,配亦無失。」此一句是澄觀之判,不是前二家之語:配與不配二說皆有其理,配之而不礙其非次第——本節既依其科,亦不以其科掩經文之自語。
其二是釋名之線。三家並舉:澄觀就所得之通釋名,說「以得勝通,無過上故;等於諸佛,更無勝故」;法藏亦就通釋,說「長者無上勝者,以得勝通,更無加過,故以為名」;李通玄則繫於忍度,說「長者號無上勝者,此是忍波羅蜜門,處眾行之中忍為殊勝,又德藝過世間故,號為無上勝」。城名一事亦三家並舉——澄觀就迴向之不見美惡釋,法藏說「城名可樂者,已境界等佛土,可願樂也」,李通玄說「城名可樂者,以長者善明斷決人間種種諸事,復能說出世之法,眾生樂之不捨故,城名可樂」。李通玄於此更說其主伴與所治:等一切諸佛迴向一位以忍波羅蜜為體,餘九度為伴;約智門則諸位通治,約位門則專治入生死海中忍不自在之障,令得法忍自在;前之十住、十行所修是出世間之離苦忍,此位所成乃是入世間中之慈悲饒益忍。他於〈十迴向品〉釋這一位時,所舉之表法即是可樂城東無憂林中的無上勝長者——幢表忍之不為違境所動,林表忍成行滿而廣蔭,名表眾行之中無過於忍。此諸異釋皆古德成說,誌錄不判。
其三是異譯之線。八十本此子未出城名,六十本作可樂城,四十本作樂瓔珞城;友名八十本與六十本作無上勝,四十本作最勝;後友之名八十本與四十本作師子頻申,六十本作師子奮迅。法門之名,三本亦三形,而體之目八十本與六十本作二,四十本作四。四十本之四目前後又不齊:標名體處作「無體、無依、無作、無住」,謙己句處作「無依、無作、無性、無住」,前列首目作「無體」而無「無性」,後列第三目作「無性」而無「無體」。八十本與六十本只立無依、無作二目;四十本所增之無性、無住,是就同一法門更說其所以——無性者,非有自性可為所依;無住者,遍至而不住於所至。此是四十本一本所有。並錄不判。智儼於善知識序次表所錄之城名又作喜樂,與諸本皆不同形。並錄不判。
一位在糾紛裡判事的人,說他所得之法叫「無依無作」。判事最要憑據,而他所憑者無依——這一節最要緊的一句,就藏在這個看似矛盾的地方。
This Good Friend’s Place of Practice Is the Scene of Human Quarrels
The several friends before this one were on a mountaintop, or by the sea, or at a stūpa, or in their own dwellings. At this twenty-third one, the elder Unsurpassed Victory, when Sudhana finds him he is doing something that looks very unlike practice — “governing and deciding for people all the various affairs of the human world.” Those surrounding him are measureless merchants and a hundred thousand householders, all of them come to have their matters settled.
One misreading must be cleared away: this is not to say that alongside his practice he also holds a worldly office. The scripture text goes straight on with the clause “following upon that occasion he expounded the Dharma for them” — he expounds the Dharma following upon the very occasion of settling matters. Settling matters and expounding the Dharma are not two things, nor is it that he first finishes judging and then speaks; it is that the judging, in the very moment of it, is the speaking.
Bringing it to the ground: this section brings the words “reaching every place” down into the most tangled place there is among human beings. If practice had first to leave quarrels behind, this good friend would not need to open a place of practice at all.
What He Carries Along the Road Behind Him: Giving Rise to a Mind of Great Kindness Reaching Everywhere
This section begins not with walking but with the mind. Sudhana “gave rise to a mind of great kindness reaching everywhere and a mind of great compassion that moistens and enriches,” and moreover these are “continuing on one after another without a break” — kindness is what reaches everywhere, compassion is what moistens and enriches, the one running crosswise and the other lengthwise. Then come a dozen or so clauses telling out his own virtues: the two adornments of merit and wisdom, the casting off of the dust and stain of affliction, the realizing of the evenness of dharmas, a mind with no high and no low, the pulling out of the thorns of what is not good, the extinguishing of every obstruction; and it closes with four figures — vigor is his wall and moat, samādhi his park and grove, the sun of wisdom breaks the darkness, the wind of skillful means opens the flowers, and the unobstructed vow fills the Dharma realm.
Each of this dozen or so clauses has its own office; they are not one matter said ten times over. The two adornments of merit and wisdom are the provisions he carries; the casting off of the dust and stain of affliction is the removing of what defiles him; realizing the evenness of dharmas is seeing no two upon the side of dharmas; a mind with no high and no low is raising no picking and choosing upon the side of persons; pulling out the thorns of what is not good is pulling out causes already sown; extinguishing every obstruction is clearing away what obstructs at present — provisions, defilement, dharmas, persons, causes, obstructions: six layers, each with its clause. The four figures that follow tell what he leans upon: the wall and moat are guarding (vigor is why nothing is lost); the park and grove are ease (samādhi is why he can abide); the sun of wisdom and the wind of skillful means are breaking and opening (the one breaks the darkness of ignorance, the other opens the flower of wisdom); and it ends with the unobstructed vow filling the Dharma realm, which tells why he can reach everywhere — if the vow be obstructed, then however far one walks it is only walking far.
The question to ask is: why should a stretch of road be written out at such length? Because the Dharma the former good friend conferred is not a thing settled by having understood it when heard; it must be carried along the whole way, and only on arriving at the next place does it come into view. When Li Tongxuan outlines this passage, he lists it as the first of the five gates of truly entering the Dharma gate of the present position, and calls it holding in mind the good friend’s teaching, pondering it, and advancing upward; as for the gate of pointing to virtue and advancing upward, what that one encircles is the stretch at the close of the former friend’s section, from “as for the bodhisattvas” down to “took his leave and departed,” and not this.
Clear away a misreading: to take “continuing on one after another without a break” for walking without stopping. What the scripture text fastens it to is the mind, not the feet. Bringing it to the ground: what is to be examined in the road between two good friends is whether that one mind has ever broken off.
His Mind Constantly Entering the City of Omniscient Knowledge: He Enters the City of Knowledge First, and Only Then Can Enter That City
The last clause of this passage is “in his mind he constantly entered, then and there, the city of omniscient knowledge, and in this way he sought the path of a bodhisattva,” and only the clause after it reads “little by little he traveled on, stage by stage, and arrived within that city.” The one clause is the mind entering the city of knowledge, the other the body entering an actual city, and the two press close upon each other.
Why set them in this order? Because the Dharma this section shows is called “reaching every place,” and the root of that “reaching” does not lie in the distance the feet cover. If the mind has never entered, then and there, the city of knowledge, then to walk through every walled town is only to have walked through walled towns.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that “the city of omniscient knowledge” is a figure while “that city” is a real matter, and that the two have nothing to do with each other. The scripture text sets the two clauses side by side precisely so that one may see the joint between them. Bringing it to the ground: that one truly arrives at a place is because one has first arrived at that place within one’s own mind.
East of the City · the Grove of Freedom from Sorrow · Surrounded by Merchants: Three Things, Each with Its Own Sense
Of where the elder is, the scripture text gives three pieces of news only: east of the city, the Grove of Freedom from Sorrow of the Banner of Great Adornment, and the measureless merchants and hundred thousand householders surrounding him. Chengguan glosses each of them in turn: he says that “as for his being east of the city, it is because the sun of a buddha opens the dawn,” taking the image of the sun rising in the east; he says that “as for his dwelling in the Grove of Freedom from Sorrow, it is because, being the same as a buddha’s dedication, there is neither loving nor hating,” fastening the grove’s name to the dedication that is the position here; he says that “as for the merchants and the rest surrounding him, the Buddha is the merchant-chief and the bodhisattva is the merchant, and the wealth of the Dharma benefits outwardly while the merit comes home to oneself,” taking a merchant’s outlay and trading as a figure for the circulation of the wealth of the Dharma.
One misreading must be cleared away: to take these for background the compilers wrote in casually. Chengguan’s sense is just the opposite — the dependent surroundings in which one is found are themselves the Dharma being shown. Fazang too has a word upon this, saying that “as for the grove east of the city and the rest, within the city he gathers and converts, and it is convenient for lodging,” which takes the convenience of gathering and converting; while Li Tongxuan says that the east sets forth knowledge and the west sets forth compassion, and fastens the grove to the perfection of patience by saying that “as for his being within the Grove of Freedom from Sorrow, this is governed by the perfection of patience.” The senses the three houses take are each different, and not one of them treats this as an idle stroke of the brush.
Bringing it to the ground: the place a person is constantly to be found is itself already telling what it is that he cultivates.
The String of Benefits from His Expounding for the Throng: From Pulling Out Arrogance to Increasing Aspiring Delight
When the elder expounds the Dharma for the throng, the scripture text lists a dozen or so clauses of the benefit they gain, and the order of them is worth looking at: first “causing them forever to pull out all arrogance, to leave behind ‘I’ and ‘what is mine,’” then the giving away of what has been heaped up and the extinguishing of the stain of stinginess and jealousy, and only then the mind’s gaining purity, the gaining of the strength of pure faith, the constant delight in seeing the buddhas, the upholding of the Buddha-dharma; and the last six clauses climb all the way up — giving rise to the strength of a bodhisattva, setting going the practice of a bodhisattva, entering the samādhis of a bodhisattva, gaining the wisdom of a bodhisattva, abiding in the right mindfulness of a bodhisattva, and for the sixth “increasing the aspiring delight of a bodhisattva.” Each of the six has its own charge: giving rise to strength is the strength able to bear this matter; setting going the practice is the practice set in motion; entering the samādhis is the mind’s settled abiding; gaining wisdom is illumination; abiding in right mindfulness is not losing what is illumined; increasing aspiring delight is seeking this path and delighting in it ever more — from strength to practice, from concentration to wisdom, from mindfulness to aspiration, this is the order in which one able to practise ripens step by step.
The question to ask is: why begin from arrogance? Because those who come are a throng with matters to be settled, and human contention is for the most part contention over one “I.” To pull out arrogance and to leave behind “I” and “what is mine” answers exactly to their sickness.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that expounding the Dharma must begin from a high place. The starting point of this string is extremely low — first let a man put down ‘this is mine.’ Bringing it to the ground: for the Dharma to get down to where a man is, it must first meet the very thing he is at this moment contending over.
Casting the Body to the Ground and Rising Only After a Long While: Why Paying Respects Takes Up a Clause of Its Own
Sudhana’s paying of respects the scripture text writes out very finely: first he “watched that elder until he had finished expounding the Dharma for the throng,” waiting until the speaking was done; then he “cast his whole body upon the ground and bowed to his feet”; then he “rose only after a long while.” Three motions with three layers of sense — not interrupting, giving his reverence to the full, and rising only after long.
The question to ask is: why record “a long while”? Fazang glosses this, saying “the prostration with the five limbs, held long, is the body setting forth the mind” — that the body lies low for long is the mark of a mind that weighs the Dharma heavily.
Clear away a misreading: to take this for an elaboration of courtesy. Were it that, the scripture text would need one clause of bowing to the feet and no more. Bringing it to the ground: the posture of one who seeks the Dharma does not lie in whether the ceremony is performed correctly, but in whether one can wait and whether one can lie low.
I Am Sudhana! I Am Sudhana! — the Sense of Naming Himself Twice
Sudhana’s address begins by naming himself twice: “I am Sudhana! I am Sudhana!” This is the one clause of the whole unit which is extremely short and which all three houses gloss. Chengguan says that “as for naming himself, his name has long been heard, and it sets forth a vessel that weighs the Dharma heavily, in hope that there may be a hearing”; Fazang says that “naming himself again, the speech sets forth the mind, showing his pity and weight at their utmost. And it further shows that he is himself a vessel of practice, longing that the Dharma be expounded”; while Li Tongxuan says that “as for his saying twice ‘I am Sudhana,’ it sets forth the depth and weight of his seeking the Dharma. It also makes clear that he penetrates the selflessness of self, and so accomplishes patience.”
One misreading must be cleared away: to suppose that naming himself twice is merely announcing who he is. What all three houses fasten upon is the word “weight” — the body already cast to the ground sets forth the mind, and the speech naming him again likewise sets forth the mind; in both body and speech one and the same thing is being said: I have come to seek the Dharma.
Bringing it to the ground: to give an account of oneself clearly is not so that the other may know who you are, but so that you yourself may know what you have come here at this moment to do.
Sudhana’s Question: The Ten Things That Follow upon Two Askings
The question itself is two clauses — “how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva? How is a bodhisattva to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva?” This is the manner of asking used throughout this assembly. What is precious is the ten clauses fastened after it: when I study in this way, shall I constantly be able to convert and deliver all sentient beings, constantly to see before me all the buddhas, constantly to hear all the Buddha-dharma, constantly to uphold and maintain all the Buddha-dharma, constantly to head into every Dharma gate, to enter every land and study the practice of a bodhisattva, to abide through every kalpa and cultivate the path of a bodhisattva, to know the spiritual strength of every tathāgata, to receive the mindful protection of every tathāgata, to gain the wisdom of every tathāgata.
The question to ask is: are these ten clauses an asking about the Dharma, or a boast? The clause-pattern settles it — “when I study in this way, shall I constantly be able to …”; what is asked is whether the practice he cultivates can bring these ten out, not a declaration that he is already able.
These ten clauses have their order too. The first three face three things: converting and delivering all sentient beings (facing beings), seeing all the buddhas then and there (facing the buddhas), hearing all the Buddha-dharma (facing the Dharma). The next two turn to what he takes up for himself: upholding all the Buddha-dharma is to receive and not lose it, entering all the Dharma gates is to enter and pass through. The next two open out place and time: entering every land is a place with nothing picked out, abiding through every aeon is a time with nothing broken off. And the last three are set wholly upon the tathāgatas: to know the spiritual strength of all tathāgatas is to know their working, to receive the mindful protection of all tathāgatas is to receive their gathering in, to gain the wisdom of all tathāgatas is to gain their substance. Working, gathering in, substance — three layers climbing, and so “gaining the wisdom of all tathāgatas” stands as the utmost of the asking.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that Sudhana asks only for a method. What he asks after is the place to which the method reaches — converting beings, seeing buddhas, hearing the Dharma, upholding the Dharma, entering the gates, ranging every land, exhausting every kalpa, knowing the spiritual strength, receiving the mindful protection, gaining the wisdom. Bringing it to the ground: when asking after a Dharma gate, ask at the same time how far it can carry a man.
Excellent, Excellent: What the Elder Praises First Is Nothing Else Than That Mind
The elder does not answer his question at once, but first gives one clause of praise: “Excellent, excellent! Son of good family! You have already been able to give rise to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi.” What is praised is neither Sudhana’s sincerity nor his question, but the mind he has already given rise to before this.
The question to ask is: why praise this first? Fazang outlines the same passage as “first he praises his setting of the mind, as the skillful means for conferring the Dharma” — praising the setting of the mind is the skillful means of conferring the Dharma, not a courtesy. The mind having already been set, only then has the Dharma conferred a place to settle.
Clear away a misreading: to take a good friend’s praise for words of encouragement. This praise is a testing: first confirm the vessel, then set down the Dharma. Bringing it to the ground: whether a man can receive a Dharma is judged not by how much he understands when he hears, but by whether that mind has been given rise to.
Setting Forth the Name and Substance: Within the Dharma Gate’s Name Are Both Its Substance and Its Working
The Dharma the elder confers is named “the spiritual penetrating strength, without anything depended upon and without anything done, of the gate of bodhisattva practice that reaches every place.” This name is in two halves: “reaching every place” is the working, and “without anything depended upon and without anything done” is the substance. Chengguan judges this with the utmost clarity, saying that “because there is nothing done and nothing depended upon, therefore he can reach everywhere,” and again that “reaching everywhere is the breadth of the working, having nothing depended upon is the excellence of the substance,” and glossing the sense of it: “having nothing depended upon means not depending on another. Having nothing done means being apart from applied effort.”
One misreading must be cleared away: to suppose that “reaching every place” is a breadth drilled up by spiritual penetration. Chengguan’s judgment is just the opposite — because there is nothing depended upon, therefore there is nowhere it does not reach; because it is apart from applied effort, therefore it does without doing. If there were something depended upon, there would be places the depending could not reach; if there were applied effort, there would be times when the effort could not be applied.
Bringing it to the ground: how wide a gate of practice can walk is judged not by how much force has been added to it, but by how many props have been let go.
Discerning the Working: Reaching Every Place, Brought Down onto the Text, Is Expounding the Dharma
After setting forth the name, the elder puts a question to himself: “what is meant by the gate of bodhisattva practice that reaches every place?” And what he glosses falls upon a reaching everywhere that is for the sake of expounding the Dharma. Chengguan points to this sense outright: “within the gloss he makes clear that reaching every place is because he expounds the Dharma widely.”
The scripture text’s gloss falls into two passages. First it raises one great threefold-thousand world: the Thirty-Three Gods of the desire realm, the Suyāma Gods, the Tuṣita Gods, the Gods Who Delight in Their Own Emanations, the Gods Who Command the Emanations of Others, the Māra Gods, together with the eightfold throng of gods and dragons, humans and nonhumans, on to the beings of the hamlets and encampments and walled towns and every dwelling-place — all of them stand in the list of those for whom he expounds; and it closes with “and on to all the Brahmā gods of the form realm, for them too I set forth the Dharma that rises beyond.” Then with the one clause “just as it is within this great threefold-thousand world” it displays the ten directions by the same kind — Chengguan outlines the manner of it as “first he raises the three thousandfold, and afterward, from ‘just as within this three thousandfold’ onward, he displays the ten directions by the same kind.”
What each house fastens this to rests upon its own witness: Chengguan, upon the eighty, weighs the reaching everywhere as a wide expounding of the Dharma; Fazang and Zhiyan, upon the sixty, divide the karma of the body from the karma of speech — Fazang says “his spiritual power reaches everywhere to where beings are, and this is named reaching every destiny,” and under it “expounding the Dharma therein and benefiting beings is named the adornment of pure practice”; Zhiyan outlines it as the two texts of “first the karma of the body reaching the destinies” and the karma of speech expounding the Dharma, taking besides the stretch on knowing dharmas and compounding medicines for the karma of mind. The three marks of body, speech, and mind being thus divided, reaching everywhere and expounding everywhere do not take each other’s place. Recorded without adjudication. Bringing it to the ground: every place the scripture text reaches to has fastened to it the clause “and for them I expound the Dharma” — what is meant by pervading is a pervading wherever there is someone to whom the Dharma may be spoken, not a pervading through scenery.
Barring What Is Evil and Giving Birth to What Is Good: The Sequence of a Long String of “Causing” Clauses
The body of the passage on the one great thousandfold world is a long string of clauses with the word “causing.” The nine clauses in front are all barring: causing them to cast off what is not the Dharma, to still disputes, to do away with fighting and battle, to stop anger and contending, to break the knot of enmity, to loosen bonds, to come out of prison, to be spared from dread, to cut off all the evil karma from the taking of life on to wrong views; then the one clause “whatever may not be done, all of it I cause them to forbid themselves” makes the turn; and the clauses after it turn into giving birth: causing them to practice in accord with every good dharma, causing them to study every craft and art, setting out and distinguishing for them all kinds of treatises and discussions, causing them to give rise to gladness, causing them little by little to ripen, and at the end “following along with the outer paths, expounding for them the surpassing knowledge, causing them to cut off the various views, causing them to enter the Buddha-dharma.”
The question to ask is: why are crafts and arts, and treatises and discussions, listed in here as well? Because the throng being converted is a throng with matters to be settled, and their livelihood, their quarrels, and their views are all within worldly dharmas — the scripture text states its own meaning: “within the various worlds he makes benefit for them.”
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that expounding the Dharma speaks only of what is beyond the world. This passage, from stopping fights to teaching crafts to following along with the outer paths, walks the whole way inside the world, and only at the end does it “cause them to enter the Buddha-dharma.” Bringing it to the ground: to be able to pull a man out of his quarrel is already expounding the Dharma; to teach him a trade is still on the same line.
The Expounding of the Five Destinies: Expounding Suffering and Bliss, and the Road That Goes There Too
In the passage displaying the ten directions by the same kind, what is expounded is four dharmas — the Buddha-dharma, the bodhisattva dharma, the śrāvaka dharma, the pratyekabuddha dharma; and after that it turns into the five destinies, where the clauses with the word “expound” come to sixteen. The manner of them is broadly three clauses to a set: expounding a certain destiny, expounding the suffering or the bliss within that destiny, and expounding the road that leads to that destiny. Yet only three destinies fit that manner — the world of King Yama, the world of the gods, and the world of humans; and of these the world of the gods speaks only of bliss and not of suffering, while the world of humans raises suffering and bliss together. The middle clause of the two destinies of the hells and the animals is not of suffering or bliss: the hells have “expounding the sentient beings of the hells,” the animals “expounding the differences among the animals”; and the one destiny of the animals has besides the clause “expounding the suffering the animals undergo,” so that it comes to four clauses.
The question to ask is: why must even ‘the road that leads to a certain destiny’ be expounded? Because to expound only the suffering of the hells does not necessarily let a man know which road he is at present walking. To expound the suffering is the fruit, to expound the road is the cause; only when cause and fruit are expounded together has a man somewhere to set his foot down.
Clear away a misreading: to take the expounding of the five destinies for a threatening. The clause on the world of the gods speaks of bliss only, and the world of humans expounds suffering and bliss together — this is speaking fairly, not frightening. Bringing it to the ground: to make a man truly change his road, he must first be let see which road he is walking now.
The Eleven Clauses of ‘For the Sake of What’: That for the Sake of Which the Dharma Is Expounded
At the end of the working, the scripture text tells out in eleven clauses running together that for the sake of which he speaks: because he would open up and reveal the merit and virtue of a bodhisattva; because he would cause them to cast off the faults and troubles of birth and death; because he would cause them to know and see the various subtle merits and virtues of the person of omniscient knowledge; because he would cause them to know the confusion and the undergoing of suffering within the several destinies of existence; because he would cause them to know and see the dharma that has nothing to obstruct it; because he would display why it is that all the worlds arise; because he would display that the stillness and extinction of all the worlds is what is at peace; because he would cause sentient beings to cast off the various imaginings and attachments; because he would cause them to realize the dharma of the buddhas that has nothing depended upon; because he would cause them forever to extinguish the several wheels of affliction; because he would cause them to be able to turn the Dharma wheel of a tathāgata. And it gathers all up with the one clause “for the sake of sentient beings I set forth a Dharma such as this.”
The question to ask is: is there anything careful about the sequence of these eleven clauses? The two ends settle it — it begins from “opening up and revealing the merit and virtue of a bodhisattva” and ends at “being able to turn the Dharma wheel of a tathāgata”; it begins from letting a man see that there is such a road, and ends with a man able himself to turn the Dharma wheel. All the way between may be read in three stretches. The first two clauses pull up what binds: to cast off the faults and troubles of birth and death is to be made to know what is to be left, and to know and see the subtle merits of the person of omniscient knowledge is to be made to know what is to be gone toward; one leaving and one going, and the will is settled. The next three open what is to be seen: to know the confusion and the undergoing of suffering within the several destinies is to see the fruit of suffering; to know and see the dharma that has nothing to obstruct it is to see that the dharma is of itself unobstructed; to display why it is that all the worlds arise is to see whence the suffering comes — fruit, dharma, and cause being all three seen, one no longer merely dreads suffering. The next two turn toward what is to be come home to: to display that the stillness and extinction of all the worlds is what is at peace is the place to come home to, and to cause beings to cast off the various imaginings and attachments is the practice by which one can come home. And the last three tell what is thereby accomplished: to realize the dharma of the buddhas that has nothing depended upon is what is realized; forever to extinguish the several wheels of affliction is what is cut off; to be able to turn the Dharma wheel of a tathāgata is what is done — realizing, cutting off, doing, all three being furnished, that for the sake of which the Dharma is expounded is complete.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that the sake for which the Dharma is expounded is only the delivering of beings from suffering. Among these eleven clauses is “because he would cause them to realize the dharma of the buddhas that has nothing depended upon,” which answers precisely to the substance of the Dharma gate — the Dharma spoken and the substance abided in are one and the same thing. Bringing it to the ground: ask yourself why you would speak of a certain Dharma, and if you can answer with none of the eleven clauses, then most likely the time to speak it has not yet come.
Humbling Himself and Pointing to the Superior: The Word “Pure” That Comes Out Extra
When the elder tells out what he himself knows, the name he uses differs from the earlier one — in setting forth the name and substance it was “the gate of bodhisattva practice that reaches every place,” and here it is “the pure Dharma gate of cultivating the bodhisattva practice that reaches every place,” with “cultivating” and “pure” added. Chengguan does not take this for a variant reading, but has a word upon it, saying “as for the pure Dharma gate being added, reaching everywhere is fundamentally for the sake of expounding the Dharma, and so it is what was expounded before” — reaching everywhere is from the first for the sake of expounding the Dharma, and expounding the Dharma is the pure working, and so here it may be added.
The passage of pointing to the superior that follows raises the virtues of the bodhisattvas very high: furnished to the full with sovereign spiritual penetrations, going everywhere to every buddha-land, gaining the ground of the universal eye, hearing every sound and speech, entering universally into all dharmas with wisdom sovereign, without going against and without contending, valiant and firm beyond compare, sending forth with the broad and long tongue the even and equal sound, their bodily forms subtle and fine and the same as the bodhisattvas’, with the tathāgatas ultimately not two, their knowledge-bodies vast and great and entering universally into the three times, their objective realms without bound and the same as empty space; and it closes with a single question — “how then could I be able to know, or be able to tell of, their practices of merit and virtue?”
This string of virtues is no miscellany. Going everywhere to the buddha-lands and gaining the ground of the universal eye are what is reached and what is seen, and hearing every sound and speech is what is heard — the three together being the body’s pervading, the eye’s clarity, and the ear’s penetration. The next three turn inward: to enter universally into all dharmas with wisdom sovereign is to have nothing among dharmas one cannot enter; to be without going against and without contending is, having entered, neither to contend with others nor to be at odds with oneself; to be valiant and firm beyond compare is to take this work up without flinching. Then the one clause of sending forth with the broad and long tongue the even and equal sound turns it outward through the mouth — what is sent forth is even and equal, and the Dharma is not altered for the one it meets. After that, their bodily forms subtle and fine and the same as the bodhisattvas’, and with the tathāgatas ultimately not two, are the utmost of body; their knowledge-bodies vast and great and entering universally into the three times, and their objective realms without bound and the same as empty space, are the utmost of knowledge. The ancient worthies read this passage by dividing it into the three of body, speech, and mind: Fazang judges that it first makes clear the pervading of the karma of the body (the body being equal to the lands without waiting upon spiritual power, and therefore surpassing the reaching everywhere of the passage before), next the karma of speech, next the karma of mind, and closes by concluding that it is not what he himself knows; Zhiyan likewise makes four stretches — the excellence of the karma of the body, of speech, of mind, and the summing up. What the elder humbles himself before is exactly this utmost of the three karmas: the reaching everywhere he has gained still waits upon spiritual power in order to reach; the bodhisattvas’ bodies are equal to the lands without waiting upon it at all.
Clear away a misreading: to take the humbling of himself for a courtesy. What he humbles is not the measure of his realization but the measure of what he knows — I know this one gate only, and of those others I cannot tell. Bringing it to the ground: only when one knows that what one knows has a bound is there a next station to go to.
Pointing Out the Next Friend: Three Names, Three Directions
In the last passage the elder points out the road and gives three names: the country named Śroṇa, the city named Kaliṅga Grove, the nun named Lion’s Stretching; and he charges that what is to be asked is still those same two clauses — “how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva and cultivate the path of a bodhisattva?”
The question to ask is: why does the clause to be asked not change? Because though the friend consulted changes, the path sought has not changed. Asking the same clause the whole way, each who answers answers his own one portion, and only put together do they make the whole.
Clear away a misreading: to take the pointing out of the next friend for a set phrase closing the scene. The elder has only just finished saying that he knows one gate alone, and straightway he points out where the next gate is — humbling himself and pointing out the road are two halves of one and the same breath. Bringing it to the ground: what a good friend gives at the last is often not his own Dharma, but the next person he knows of.
Cherishing His Virtue and Taking Leave: Bowing, Circling, Gazing Up, and Only Then Going
The last sentence is extremely short: “at that time, Sudhana the youth bowed to his feet, circled him measureless times, gazed up at him with earnest devotion, and took his leave and departed.” Four motions come down one after another — first bowing to his feet, then circling measureless times, then gazing up with earnest devotion, and only at the end taking his leave.
The question to ask is: this one sentence repeats almost unchanged at the end of every section — why is it not left out? Because what it records is not courtesy but the mark of Sudhana’s mind on leaving a good friend. Bowing to the feet is the body’s reverence; circling is going round and round him, unwilling to leave at once; gazing up is that the eyes still cannot bear to move away; taking leave is that at last he goes — the sequence is distinct, and the step of going is set at the very end.
Clear away a misreading: to suppose that “took his leave and departed” means the Dharma here has been heard through and one may go. In the passage just before, the elder has told out that what he knows has a bound, and pointed out where the next one is; Sudhana’s going is precisely a going in accord with what he was taught. Cherishing his virtue and going forward are two faces of one thing, not a casting off of this for that.
Bringing it to the ground: toward a person who has taught you, can you go like this — having taken to the full what was to be taken, having paid to the full the reverence that was to be paid, and only then setting out for the next station, rather than turning away the moment the hearing is done?
Lineage
Of the text of this section, three streams are opened downward.
The first is the line of the assigned position. Chengguan outlines this unit as assigned to the dedication equal to all buddhas, and its sense the Yanyi chao glosses, saying it is “because the road of dedication that all the tathāgatas of the three times are able to dedicate, and the goodness that is dedicated, are equalled”; and where Chengguan glosses the city-name “Delightful,” the author of the Chao further cites in evidence the text of this same sūtra’s 〈The Ten Dedications〉. It must be stated that a friend’s being assigned to a certain position is Chengguan’s outline, carried on in succession from the ancient worthies; the scripture text itself sets down no position. At the place of his general judgment of the five aspects before the chapter, Chengguan first sets out what two houses say: Master Yi and the Taishan lun gloss only as the text runs and make no separate matching, while masters such as Guangtong all match the positions.
Chengguan’s Explicit Judgment
The two sayings having been set out, Chengguan then passes his own explicit judgment — “both have their reason, that is, since each and every position possesses many Dharma gates, how could it be that the ordinary mind may not learn and seek the dharma of the good friend, and so there is reason in not matching them; yet within what has no sequence of positions the sequence of positions is not obstructed, and to make the positions manifest is the constant rule, so that to match them is likewise not at fault.” This one clause is Chengguan’s judgment, not the words of the two houses before him: both the saying that matches and the saying that does not have their reason, and matching does not obstruct their not being sequential — this section both follows his outline and does not let his outline cover over what the scripture text says of itself.
The second is the line of the gloss on the name. The three houses are raised together: Chengguan glosses the name by the penetration attained, saying “because he has attained a surpassing penetration, there is nothing above it; because he is equal to the buddhas, there is nothing more excellent”; Fazang likewise glosses it by penetration, saying “as for the elder Unsurpassed Victory, because he has attained a surpassing penetration and there is nothing further that surpasses it, this is taken for his name”; while Li Tongxuan fastens it to the perfection of patience, saying “as for the elder’s being styled Unsurpassed Victory, this is the gate of the perfection of patience, for among the practices carried on within the throng patience is what is distinguished, and moreover his virtue and skill surpass the world, and so he is styled Unsurpassed Victory.” The one matter of the city’s name is likewise raised by all three — Chengguan glosses it by the dedication’s not seeing fair and foul, Fazang says “as for the city being named Delightful, his objective realm is already equal to a buddha-land, and may be wished for and delighted in,” and Li Tongxuan says “as for the city being named Delightful, because the elder is good at clearly deciding all the various affairs of the human world, and is moreover able to expound the dharma that goes beyond the world, beings delight in him and will not let him go, and so the city is named Delightful.” Li Tongxuan says further what governs here and what attends, and what is cured: the one position of the dedication equal to all buddhas takes the perfection of patience for its substance and the other nine perfections for its attendants; with reference to the gate of knowledge it cures alike at every position, while with reference to the gate of position it cures precisely the obstruction of patience’s not being sovereign upon entering the ocean of birth and death, and causes the patience of dharma to be gained in sovereignty; what is cultivated in the former ten abodes and ten practices is the patience that leaves suffering behind and goes beyond the world, while what this position accomplishes is the patience of kindness, compassion, and benefit within the world. Where he glosses this position in 〈The Ten Dedications〉, the setting forth of the Dharma he raises is just this elder Unsurpassed Victory, in the Grove of Freedom from Sorrow east of the city Delightful — the banner setting forth that patience does not move though it meet what goes against it, the grove setting forth that patience brought to fullness shades widely, and the name setting forth that among the practices there is none beyond patience. These various divergent glosses are all the settled sayings of the ancient worthies, and are recorded without adjudication.
The third is the line of the parallel translations. In the eighty this unit brings out no city-name; the sixty has Delightful, the forty Necklace of Delight. As for the friend’s name, the eighty and the sixty have Unsurpassed Victory, the forty Most Victorious. As for the next friend’s name, the eighty and the forty have Lion’s Stretching, the sixty Lion’s Rousing. Of the Dharma gate’s name too the three witnesses have three forms; and of the items of the substance the eighty and the sixty have two, the forty four. The forty’s four items are moreover not even with each other: where the name and substance are set forth it has “without substance, without anything depended upon, without anything done, without anything abided in,” and in the clause of humbling himself “without anything depended upon, without anything done, without any nature, without anything abided in,” the first list has “without substance” as its first item and lacks “without any nature,” while the second has “without any nature” as its third item and lacks “without substance.” The eighty and the sixty set up only the two items of having nothing depended upon and nothing done; the two the forty adds, having no nature and abiding in nothing, say further of the same Dharma gate why it is so — to have no nature is to have no own-nature that could be depended upon; to abide in nothing is to reach everywhere and yet not abide in what is reached. This belongs to the forty alone. All are recorded without adjudication. The city-name that Zhiyan sets down in his table of the sequence of good friends is again Joyful Delight, differing in form from every witness. All are recorded without adjudication.
A man who settles disputes says that the Dharma he has attained is called “without anything depended upon and without anything done.” Settling disputes most requires something to go upon, and what he goes upon is nothing depended upon — the weightiest sentence of this section is hidden just there, in what looks like a contradiction.